Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout4020 Estes StreetY It `1 ti C ° Cli cl > o31° a M cn > 00O � O N Q 00 U .� �". .•- iw U y ° °�' •� ' ��°° � '� cj It opo N U O bA ti c° O O pa U N vii 0 0 U U � .� �' O U y N N •� U� to cd 0 0 O C,3 v� b J N cl f�. O ... $ U O p U �. �" cd U y by CG M � �, • � � � O � 03 �. � ,� � b 'O O O O p �, cl N O' . � 00 � O O cl sn' r, O Ocd ryi a ;3 cn ct Q , t� > �_ > 81 � �O • � `� �' ' � � � �0.� u 3 3 W Z cu 0 00 p C 00 N v y c'UON OI N r O > o ((:2) b O .Q ,UQU U �Z N N M N a, oo o (2 ° u 3 3 City of Wheat Idge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT TO: Accounting Department FROM: Meredith Reckert, Senior Planner DATE: September 24, 2018 SUBJECT: ESCROW REFUND / RELEASE Request for Release Reimbursement is requested for funds from G/L Account 01-356 in the amount of One thousand dollars and zero cents ($1,500.00) being held for residential front yard landscaping for properties listed below. 4020 Estes Street The landscape improvements have been completed to the City of Wheat Ridge's satisfaction. MAKE PAYMENT TO: Martha Mortell SEND TO: Martha Mortell 4020 Estes Street Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Kenneth Johnstone Community Development Director i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: � ( q - Job Address: Ho -Lu F 5 -Ie S Permit Number: 2-0 1 -1(,)4-�1;+( 2-019ttQC)z- ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 2. cart AM/Q) Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Datej--ZQ - I k Inspector: VIC,- DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE s_ CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: L103 F E 1310 EX Job Address: L-1(9 d�O E 61,-5 -5/' Permit Number:]/%O ❑ No one available for inspectio e )!f Uv AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes 611 When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 9 eVI Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line' (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: �A i SC Job Address: 40 2 D L s4e- Permit Number: ;201$�56((ar)2_ ❑ No one available for inspection: Time l AI'%PIV Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-2345933 Date: i Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE A o CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division �(303) (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: y1 F -L AQ -3 FER Jab Address: % 65 �P5 r Permit Number: x/7076/7/ ❑ No one available for inspectiDNo ime I % O . AM/PM .Re -Inspection required: Yes' When corrections h ve been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Q i6 / Inspector: ylI DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 44, CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax N Type: FF Inspection T e: F/' (1000/) Job Address: t/® L90 E 5 / ,,�9 Permit Number: 20/70 7 i7/ ❑ No one available for inspection: Time l ��C�� AM/PM Re -Inspection required: s No When correct' ns h ve been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: �.Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE C =� Building` Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: ??o FIST401.6- 51 - Permit -Permit Number: ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 1q00 -AM. Re -Inspection required: es When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: '9: l3 `1�, Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE nro a O''y�f�0 m A Con CG y oCD o� M m .n irJ770zZ c."' v, N K n r y tArJ Cror9 y CrJ A a eo C rr haw �o � ago Ur re a cr z r,n,o0 < < �l 0 O m O� d d ,a y o p.. CDC>p CrrCi00UjCCr ren a p• cn Zoo v' 0 2s G' v, 0 0 »_� 0fb N.ntr Q' -• 0.0 CD O m t?iZ��� � p o rvr a c7d ;t 0 O 1 - rt r (`o 00 p a 's] A.l „d p C v O 1 Om m A ,�-� W 3 ^ O Q kv c p CD BnC p oyy r m03Yo0 LA I -h NO c rob� yd ni Oz bn ON. 0 C) fD a " P, ' y m w �r- Fl m �i W O F' Wft a H 0 ppC 'LI es O rt rn o A rt F' lQ K7 0 ^s TQ eb A) 0 m by o0 p. � 0 r O 0 rrA C• O. C: a z a 6' to:j to C CD -0 oa to PO a p� k b7 fEn b rt o N � rt O W r a CD 0 Pr d e<o O 00 City of ],,��'Wheatl,dsse COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Escrow/Letter of Credit Transmittal Sheet An escrow agreement has been executed for front yard landscaping at 4020 Estes Street. The escrow is in the amount of One thousand dollars and zero cents ($1500.00) for installation of front yard landscaping. (A variance was approved to allow the use of artificial turf per Case No. WA- 18-08/Mortell.) The above amount is to be held in escrow for: ® Landscaping under Planning & Development: ❑ Street Improvements under Public Works: Established seed and/or sod consistent with state stabilization requirements ❑ Other: Escrow expires August 31, 2018 The escrow shall be held by the City as reimbursement to offset cost to City for completion of site work. Notes: Alc��� Name Date City of Wheat K dge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Landscapinm Escrow Agreement This agreement made this 2nd day of July, 2018, by and between the City of Wheat Ridge and Martha Mortell for escrow in the amount of One thousand five hundred dollars and zero cents ($1,500.00) being held by the City of Wheat Ridge until landscaping is competed at 4020 Estes Street In the event that the artificial turf is not installed by August 31, 2018, the City of Wheat Ridge or its designee shall have the right to enter upon said property to install live sod or grass seed or do other such work to accomplish that purpose as may be necessary, provided that the City of Wheat Ridge shall first give notice in writing to the property owner of its intent to do so. If the City of Wheat Ridge exercises its right to perform work of any nature, including labor, materials and use of equipment either by force account or contract, the City shall have the absolute right to withdraw the escrow funds to complete said improvements. The only precondition to the City's right to withdraw the funds for this purpose shall be a letter from the Community Development Director, stating that the improvements have not been completed or provided and that the compliance date of August 31, 2018, has expired. Approved and Agreed: General Contractor: / I I- �--1 -& Date Sig/V(, 01 �I A_ $rintt Name, 7-0 t---s-hes Business Address / Phone �p '-1 Title City of Wheat Ride Colorado By: p Title: Date: -1 — 2 — / � p, &� �j0. w -A ova j U- V—g- 2 g Q -, 503• - - -- I g - 6 C� cyo r0 v-e�, fa.t, , C X30 a 2- 1 T , -ft -YQQ-� i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE _:�9�Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: F;al06 F _t (,, c, Job Address: 40 2 0 �f - � v r Permit Number: 2G'i -7 Uv 3q S_ i�5y-e G� 14, ?r C Z)Cal) • %�(1 G /� lcJ o e-7 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time Re -Inspection required�es) No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-23a-5933 Date: 2,(" Inspector: T5 DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE J i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 71-14 1 P/v itt b i , �t Job Address: clU 7 U Z-5 7 -FS 4 ( Permit Number: �2C' 1 -7 CSU �`f5 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time.' (),'u PM Re -Inspection required; Yes When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303 -234 - Date: �2fk Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE 45 Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: ' °'' j r: C Job Address: 2 U j e S Permit Number: �70 1 -Tb U 45 - ❑ No one available for inspection: Time VM Re -Inspection required: Yes XO'-' When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: (' -2 q - I � Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE } i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division 003) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 3- Job Address: �4 0 a o Permit Number: -,_� 0 1-7 Q o -Z u ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes &0 When corrections have been made, Gaff, or re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Inspect ii DO REM E THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge Residential Electric PERMIT - 201709640 PERMIT NO: 201709640 ISSUED: 06/26/2018 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 06/26/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION: Residential electric upgrade to 400 amp service from a 200 amps. *** CONTACTS *** OWNER (303)345-8191 MORTELL MARTHA M SUB (720)495-7085 Franco Santini 170014 Cypress Builders, LLC SUB (720)272-1288 Diego Tellez 120187 L&D Electric LLC *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: UA / Unassigned SUBDIVISION CODE: 2406 / BEL AIRE,HILLCREST HEIGHTS, ME BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 4,250.00 FEES Total Valuation 0.00 Plan Review Fee 81.28 Use Tax 89.25 Permit Fee 125.05 ** TOTAL ** 295.58 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Must comply w/ 2012 IRC & 2014 NEC. Subject to field inspection. I by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications; applicable building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized bythe legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this_permit. I further attest that I am le ally authorized to include all entities named within this document as parties to the work to be perandthat all work to bemed is disclosed in this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. ��© Signature of OWNER or CONTRACTOR (Circle one) Date I. This permit was issued based on the information provided in the permit application and accompanying Flans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and may be subject to a fee equal to one-half of the original permit tee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees androcedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4_ No work of any manner shall be performed that shall results in a changeof the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division. 6. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, an violation of any provision of any applicable code or any ordinanc r regulation of this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to f any inspection. Signature of Chit u1Vn fficial Date REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. City of Wheat dge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: permits(a)_ci.wheatridge.co.us Building Permit FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date: Add to Permit #L�� � 7 V jq5-r--G-y Application *** Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *** Property Address: S�'T 4 o a� '� -S T,2 S - Property Owner (please print): /L a r -rt_jQ,� ` S _ L1 a Phone: 3 ° 3 • 3 %t S R (`t t Property Owner Email: "^^ �► o r'T.¢_Q '�-_ M .e co y! Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address City, State, Zip: G''L� n^'► F, Z't_ v C-0 Submitting Company: ti P ''�'�"� "`�!�-j0''"e r . t- t-- C - Contact Person: f '/Z A N C -o SX -T ► N t Phone: Z 'Zo . `t S _ `Z a 8 S Contractor: C SS L Contractors City License #: ! 'l o a `' fi Phone: -7 2-' • y 9 0 8 S Contractor E-mail Address: f -r a -N c o- a. S Q A + ti l (1-0 g vti. Q'k 1 c o Please Note: Additional valuation must include all general and subcontracted work to be performed related to the revisions and/or amendments declared in the description of work and which were not included in the original permit valuation. If revisions or amendments increase the original valuation, additional fees will be due at the time of approval. Depending on the scope of work, additional plan review fees may be due upon approval ($60.00 an hour - 2 hour minimum) `. 1 6vi Nk wo& 4u� ot lel. Lul m R Description of revised/amended work: Sq. FULF Amps Q Btu's Squares 'Tv 'A n o Pr fa --o Gallons Other -L-o o -#0% , Additional Project Value: (Must include all general and subcontracted work to be performed related to revisions/amendments described above) $ 1 S o o , 0" OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. CIRCLE ONE: (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) or (AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) PRINT NAME: A Gq S A nr'r u t SIGNATURE` DATE: + i 8 ZONING COMMMENTS: Reviewer: BUILDING DEPARTMEN OMMENTS: Reviewer: /I I 1 t/ PUBLIC WORKS COMMENTS: Reviewer: DEPARTMENT USE ONLY OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: PROOF OF SUBMISSION FORMS Fire Department ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Water District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Sanitation District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Building Division Valuation: $1,' ��l Architecture Structural RMG Geotechnical (i ROCKY MOUNTAIN GROUP Job No. 158336 May 31, 2017 Martha Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 Re: Perimeter Drain, Damp Proofing and Void Observations 4020 N Estes St Wheat Ridge, Colorado ZO)`7n�3Y5 Materials Testing Forensic Civil/Planning ,, City CA 11 '� W heat 'd e CommuNITv DEVEIOi'MENT APPROVED Reviewed for Code Compliance Pla s Ezarninet Date VMidkv of oermR- The issuome of o permit or opprovd ofPlons Speuficatie•tt Dear Martha, and computct,am sholl not be o Permit for, or cn approvot p6 oro violation to onvof the provisions plait buNding code or of any City ordinances. Permits presuming to give ourhorpy to violate of cancel tit provisions of the ✓gyp c or other ordinances of the City :holt not be 10"A representative from RMG — Rocky Mountain Group observed `tie perimeter drain and damp proofing on May 30, 2017. The perimeter drain was of correct size and installed in general conformance with project specifications. The void was intact and damp proofing was applied in accordance with the applicable code and accepted construction practices. No other observations or aspects of the construction are covered under this document. It is the responsibility of the builder to insure that any prerequisite observations have been completed prior to the issuance of this document. Should you have any questions, please call. Cordially, RMG — Rocky Mountain Group Matthew M. Eckhart, P.E. Geotechnical Project Engineer Observed by: MRA D�NO0 Lt 6/2/17 �y :z 0047094 y},�� tel. e e�•'e Southern Office: Central Office: Northern Office: Monument: 719.488.2145 Colorado Springs, CO 80918 Englewood, CO 80112 Evans; CO 80620 Woodland Park: 719.687.6077 719.548.0600 303.688.9475 970.330.1071 ErbiVKurdistan Iraq: 0750 192 99 44 www.rmgengineers.com Architecture Structural RMG Geotechnical ROCKY MOUNTAIN GROUP Job No. 158336 June 5, 2017 Martha Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 Re: Drilled Pier Observation 4020 N Estes St Wheat Ridge, Colorado Dear Martha: *- 20 I'7 cn 3q Materials Testing Forensic Civil/Planning Z Or City of '0VV heat. COMMuNrry DEVELOI'MEbiTT APPROVED Revbewed for Code Compliance Na Examiner Date visif tof permit: The issues a of o pernut or opprovol of pons speclfaattams aad oornwatations shotl not be a permrf for. or an approval of, ony violation to any of the provisions of the hdid np code or of any City ordn ones. Permits Prewmtng to give authority to vio/afe of cancel the provisions of the tuodinp codes or other ordmonces of the City shall not be vvhd. Personnel from RMG - Rocky Mountain Group were present at the above site on May 11, 2017 and June 5, 2017 to observe the installation of the drilled piers. The piers observed were installed in general conformance with the engineered foundation plans by Studio 8.18 Engineering, Project No. 16-404.1 dated 3/3/17. No other observations or aspects of the construction are covered under this document. It is the responsibility of the builder to insure that any prerequisite observations have been completed prior to the issuance of this document. Should you have any questions, please call. Cordially, RMG — Rocky Mountain Group Matthew M. Eckhart, P.E. Geotechnical Project Engineer Observed by: JB and BC o4ao0 cF�V FC- 6/5/17 �y•` .< 0047094 �FssJ'( Southern Office: Central Office: Northern Office: Monument: 719.488.2145 Colorado Springs, CO 80918 Englewood, CO 80112 Evans, CO 80620 Woodland Park: 719.687.6077 719.548.0600 303.688.9475 970.330.1071 ErbiUKurdistan Iraq: 0750 192 99 44 www.rmgengineers.com 4zO1 -) 00 Sys e City of /-OCOMMUNITYDEVELOPM/'` WheatIENT City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Building 7500 W. 29`h Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-8001 P: 303.235.2846 F: 303.235.2857 FOUNDATION SETBACK AND ELEVATION CERTIFICATION This form, including the Exhibit on the reverse side, must be fully completed by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Colorado. This Certification must be submitted for review and approval prior to the placement of concrete and before proceeding with any further construction. ' Ifcry CA Ridge COMMWheat UNITY DEVELOPMENT DATE: 6/16/17 APPROVED PERMIT# 201700345 Reviewed for Code Compliance ADDRESS: 4020 NORTH ESTES STREET LOT 0005, BLOCK N/A, SCHIFFERDECKER SUB IVIS-- . 9mmer Date '_!�M � permit TAr nsu°nce uj o perni+t w oeP+oval of plorri I hereby certify that the elevation and location of the strue 0.)X � im"! th��bd�e-PM Dnp a prov+s+ons o r e w141N c oro any City ordina" . 1 e ets described above has been measured by me or directly unde9ta�s��6fo�and�tond c or otmr offnances of he Cory shrpbe setbacks and elevations for all building corners as state herein nave been routnd"t�y me to be in compliance with the civil engineering and Building Permit construction plans as approved by the City of Wheat Ridge. The MINIMUM SETBACK DISTANCES from the property lines have been determined to be: FRONT: 30 FEET REAR: 15 FEET SIDE: 15 FEET SIDE: 15 FEET The MINIMUM ELEVATION has been determined to be: 5447.3 FEET (NAVD88). The above measurements have been determined on the following location: Check only one): X Top of foundation prior to placement of concrete Top of proposed foundation subsequent to placement of concrete The setback And djevati(x� meastf-�ment lwations are identified on the attached exhibit. �� Print y 222.4 � ,� Date ' •� t Me w 34183 L LPA (Surveyor's Seal) Professional Surveyor OFFICE USE ONLY Approved www'Ci.wheatridge.coms Rev 12/06 EXHIBIT t U I I I , GARAGE FF=5445. GARAGE 5447.3' FF=5445.4 i 30.1 POOL EL=5445.0 4020 5447.ESTES ST. i FF=5447.5 I I I � i � � I 5447.3' I I I 39.4 5447.3' 5447.3' 5447.4' N I I d" at NOTICE TO SURVEYOR: Wti '0640 1. Elevations shall be shown for ALL foundation corners. ,,,,��� C0V 2. Foundation corners with minimum elevation and setback distance shall l�`t'dentified. 3. Drawing must be properly oriented (North = top of page). 4. Show the roadway in front of the property. 5. If drawing is to -scale, provide the scale. If not to -scale show as N.T.S. Rev 12/06 ►�• �. 'iTFi December 14, 2017 Wheat Ridge Building Division 7500 W. 29th Avenue Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Re: 4020 Estes St. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Permit No.: 2017-00345 * ZO) ') 003 V Y W heat j�ie corwut�nry Dmtnnrter APPROVED ftykwed for Code Compliance 1 4/Z6/1S Plans ami�er Date VA two/ oermut The issuance of o permft w approval of plom speciflcotiaa end computations shall not be a permit for, or on approval of, any violation to ony of the provisions of the buil&V code oratory Gty ordinances. Prunus prewminp to give authority to viowte of cancel the provisions of the Building coda or other ordrances of the Oty shall not be valid. This letter is to confirm that this office has made periodic observations of the referenced project, and based on these limited observations, has found the work pertaining to the superstructure to be in general compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by this office. Observations included the foundation reinforcement and ufer ground. Items which were not in compliance were called to the Contractor's attention and have been corrected. Sincerely, Cody B. Bohall, P.E. CEO/President Studio 8.18 Engineering, PC 3222 Tejon Street, Studio F p: 303.255.3664 f: 303.568.0433 Denver, CO 80211 is studio818engineering.com i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 107 Job Address: y®20 5 i Permit Number: ;7- 0 l 7 P 7 9 f ❑ No one available for inspection: Time �r2t1 %PM Re -Inspection required: Yes When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234- Date:-6/2 03-234- Date:6/2Inspector: 141je , F0Se y_ ddr DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 1 4 v1 eosf Job Address: L10 20 5 - Permit Number: DC)1-7b -7 7 / ❑ No one available for inspection: Time G .' q(-) Re -Inspection required: Yesrliforre-inspectionat303-234- *When corrections have been made5933 Date: (a -2S- / S Inspector: f DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line __:�9�(303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 94 ! 5Z it Job Address: g0Z0 Permit Number: r,?C-,)j-7003585 44Lxis� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time �AMIPM Re -Inspection required: Yes & When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector:_ DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: 2Si1a' Permit Number: X170 ?1? 7 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time -1 _,K/ A Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:._5._-,i9 . % Inspector: 1VV DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE _1�9�Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: y4 Job Address:I- Permit Number:D17�� L 5 U, ❑ No one available for inspecti M71PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No a When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303 -234 - Date:, '5 ' % Inspector: ),w&4C4= DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge s� Residential Miscella PERMIT - 201801602 PERMIT NO: 201801602 ISSUED: 06/01/2018 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 06/01/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION: 6 foot cedar picket fence to be installed around pool on top of retaining wall and property on north/east/south side of house with 4 foot wide gates on north and south acting as wing fence. Gates will open away from the pool, will be self-closing, self -latching and will have a built-in Gates will be 6 foot high. 160, *** CONTACTS *** OWNER (303)345-8191 MORTELL MARTHA M SUB (720)495-7085 Franco Santini 170014 Cypress Builders, LLC *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: UA / Unassigned SUBDIVISION CODE: 2406 / BEL AIRE,HILLCREST HEIGHTS, ME BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 4,500.00 FEES Total Valuation 0.00 Plan Review Fee 81.28 Use Tax 94.50 Permit Fee 125.05 ** TOTAL ** 300.83 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Owner/Contractor is responsible for locating property lines and constructing improvements according to the approved plan and required development standards. The City is not responsible for inaccurate information submitted within the plan set and any construction errors resulting from inaccurate information. Work shall comply with 2012 IRC & 2014 NEC. Per IRC Sec. R314, smoke detectors are required to be installed in every sleeping room, .in hallways outside of sleeping rooms, and on every level of the structure. t# City of Wheat Ridge Residential Miscella PERMIT - 201801602 PERMIT NO: 201801602 ISSUED: 06/01/2018 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 06/01/2019 JOB DESCRIPTION: 6 foot cedar picket fence to be installed around pool on top of retaining wall and property on north/east/south side of house with 4 foot wide gates on north and south acting as wing fence. Gates will open away from the pool, will be self-closing, self -latching and will have a built-inm1,0�jo Gates will be 6 foot high. I, byy myy siggnature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, applicable building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal', owner of the pro erty and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this permit. further att st th I am I ally a thorized to include all entities named within this document as parties to the work to be performed that a ork o be per orme is disclosed in this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. �V-I-/6 Signature`of OWNER or CONTRACTOR (Circle one) Date I . This permit was issued based on the information provided in the permit application and accompanying plans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and maybe subject to a fee equal to one-half of the originalpermit fee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees and procedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4, No work of any manner shall be performed that shall results in a change of the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall nod proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Divisi . 4 aj 6. The i s ce granti f a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any provision of any ap )I le co },pr an or regulation of this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to field inspection. h Signature of Chief Building Official Date REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. City of W heat P_ dJgc / MUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 2911 Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 " Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: perm its(a�_ci.wheatridge.co.us FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date: Plan/Permit # Q0'/ Plan Review Fee: Building Permit Application *** Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *** Property Address: Property Owner iQ 7'�'6 F -4'ts e: Property Owner Email: VV1 M X 0 ('A' 1 t P Tenant (Commercial Projects Only) Property Owner Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: City, State, Zip: phiteettEngmneerm Arc ct/Engineer E-mail: Phone: Contractor: NMSS —&IlArLs City of Wheat Ridge License #:f (' } / ` 1 Phone: Phone: �)C%3 - Contractor E-mail Address: For Plan Review Questions & Comments (please print): CONTACT NAME (please print): Phone: CONTACT EMAIL(p/ease print): Sub Contractors (Must provide Wheat Ridge License No.): Electrical: Plumbing: Mechanical: W.R. City License # W.R. City License # W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: Other City Licensed Sub: City License # City License # ❑ COMMERCIAL XRESIDENTIAL r Description of work: For ALL projects, provide a detailed description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc. V�1- �rt7jk 4�� �JL�VX PD 150tA rCt' )Ckj- , 40 � fro C -q"- [t. -J+ , Sq. FULF BTUs Amps Squares Commercial Projects Only: Occupancy Type: - -Wf— — Ua44 ►� *flso i I I �' k 15� Gallons � Construction Type: 6 Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) $ q 5- 0©.-- OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF ITNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. I, the applicant for this building permit application, warrant the truthfulness of the information provided on the application. CIRCLE ONE: Signature (first and last name): Printed Name: ZONING COMMMENTS: Reviewer: t) r(A.UTH04IZED REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) M041� I I DATE: v 1 DEPARTMENT USE ONLY �z OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V16 BUILDING UDEPARTJCO MEN Reviewer: PUBLIC WORKS COMMENTS Reviewer: Building Division Valuation: Pr; icy-Fence-1.jpg 500x400 pixels V,•f JWt 5/31/18, 9:18 PM APPROVED d rC' I 6 Date plans l an' nN n mit a.,P".Vl of Pb", s The Issuonce of Pn pry dd .WaW!eapenultto.or of or MMts Reviewed for Zoning Compliance by the �� •, City of Wheat Ridge Planning Division �9r r APPROVED i DATE: COMMENTS:r�� https://2nuq.imgeng.in/w_500/cmpr_10/htt... ent/upload s/2014/10/Privacy-Fence-1. pg Page 1 of 4 bP' /-(41.09)- _ _ (40.92) / LOT 4 SCHIFfERDECKER SUB SI 9 4a L L _ - - _ FG=41.82' LX -a. � A+ I rEND � sTHIICKENEDIL TC=44.40 0.98% F6=41a.65 a FG=41.80 -•FG=41.72 CONC. EDGE T=45'TC=45.02 TC^45.50 .50 .a 44.78 FS H= 6' 'FLH3:S FL=44.99FL=44.OTC-44,65 a_44.83 �443.rila 41.97 FG2 FL=44.78cH=3 H=2.8' H=oHowaH=3.3'a v .0025442)- ° 8` PVC W/' 4 881FS/ 40% 44.55 FS .45_cV RAP co 0INV-41.071 a a A A- ba(42.33 s SWALE , ROOF DRAIN / - EX. EDGE OF i► ` ° S:1 � ^ %� JET EP OBS. OJ . 42.35 FL a ,? wC INSTALL CURB FROM EX. 1 22 F °. S S (42.51) ASPHALT A-zt xASPHALT TO PROPERTY TO b� w I THIICKENED _ ?EMOVE EX. 8" CMP AND PROTECT CULVERT PIPE (TYP) a L o a �� rs a° " F� THIICKENED CONCEDGE / 1� �. s� 'Lh a° A �yh as 46.21 FS / 28 LF -B" CMP O 2.64% /aj00% ff a ? ° / Q Imo- / GARAGE I °F5 .. I 1 ��� .,s��� °Y'a ,0�. II 2.94 FG Q I si / FF=5445.5 ° F a' �o `s6 11` NNGARAGE -O%o e a �.I SWALE p - - - - - ° a f ° _s - / FF=5445.00 �h ° ,n,+\ _ -(5443)'" 3122j L A (- � 0.50% c� - (A i (5443)1 4 a a� THIICKENED //� CZO I 329MF� I�„ �3 Q e �4 CONC.46.35 FS ° (SE SECTION) Nb 2.07% a 2.00% w as 43.69 FG / 8" CMP W/ I a a ° e' A H=2.7' W RIP RAP _� >z _--- ------ r - \ `\� , a 1 0 SWALE / INV= RA r (5444) J' y _ -(5444)- L 0.577!1_%, ',P pQikry 43.44 FL ° a -� - - �� 40204 ESTES ST. a: POOL I (43.57) I I` / NED 2 EL=F'S 60 CONC.THIICKEEDG m / / I FA f FF F 5447.50 `� CONC. EDGE 9.66% � \ _ �� a� / a - - - - 5446.40 1 I 46.35 FS % �. 44.04 FG SAN I\ a n a�A3�S `¢4�. / H=2.3' h"I ^� i a ~ >- / 11 1 6.91 % 2.14% 1 I 47.50 FF a. x u / ! _ ?I a y-_ °. 1.00 j �c� �c a 47.48 FS I a a oS ! c� (� �66 Oy 4.04% ° .. 2 d ° ! \ \ 0.67_% 6 goo •� �b, / Y cm 0Y }/0A �` ?S �i a }"STEP AT DOOR -- Aj ° 7, 16 i/ P FS F`' ; 4�d 0 S, • �v eA (S¢¢ 1 F 440 B)�. ,3? ") (44.98) 8" CMP W/ �J g►ry l5�yP RAP S' �\; SWALE 14/ INYI 43.54 I �y�"� a ' c �$\ 2.00% . --(5446). - - -% Spm a 44.85 FL / 1 ti's a S' 71 THIICKENED / ypP. W -3 H °a CONC. EDGE / A ta a 1.698 44,97 FG .35 FS 3.79% S `S PROTECT Ek. TREE --� S ° 61 ?�� �� 46.66 FG F0 a a H=1.4' kV //S/ 45. 5 FS qi �,- (46.90 FG) �0�6 1.88_% A �? (45.83) L A 1° + PROTECT EX. TREE - -(5446) - - - - - - - (5446) - - SWALE 18 LF -8" CMP ® 4.89% 45.80 FG Z EG _ �' 47.00 FG �p 45.71 FL a(45 a O°' F`' (45.61 FG) 1.64 8 r r Ni - �j^� ��� 30 BEGIN CONC. EDGE 96 rx6' �� 2' CONC. SWALE °' IV 1 46.22 FS �' ME) 46,38 FL ! O" cr 45.83 FG 8" CMP W/ZA �� H=0.4' 5446) RIP RAP I >� - - �(h w 2' CONC. SWALE 2' CONC. SW\ALE 5' UTILITY ( INV -44.42 a►I /� o , I g (SEE SECTION ESMT / 3q • ) 46.65 HP/FL _ _ _ EX. EDGE OF ASPHALT I� ay _ �/ (47.06) ----- - _ _ r----- -^�-(5447)-- (46.59) -i- - (5447)- 3' UTILITY - �i-- -- I l _ ESMT SPARKS BEVERLY J -o - - -(5448) I k� / _ PETERSON STEVEN M - - - -(5448- - - - - 4010 ESTES ST -10L ESSHIEFEBDECKER-Sk/BDWIs(Uf�t err --(5449)--__ -'r -- GRADING NOTES NORTH i 1. ALL SPOT ELEVA71ONS ARE TO FINISHED GROUND (FG) AND TO TOP OF PAVING (FS) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL PROPOSED CONTOURS ARE TO TOP OF FINISHED PAVING AND LANDSCAPING UNLESS NOTED 07HERMSE. 3. REFER TO SOILS REPORT PROVIDED BY CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC„ DATED 10-10-16 BY DARIN DENTON,P.E CON((¢((¢��RRRETE WORK AND PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS PER CRE DESIGN ENGINE ARE AS FOLLOWS: PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND F1.ArAWK THE UPPER 8 INCHES OF SUBGRADE S S ARE TO BE MOISTURE COND17IONED TO WITHIN 2% OF OP77MUM MOISTU CONTENT AND COMPACTED TO 95$ OF 7HE STANDARD PROCTOR AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D-698. USE A 5.5" THTC CONCRETE PAVEMENT. CONCRETE SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4,000 PSI AND A MAXIMUM WATER -CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. THE CONCRETE SHOULD BE A ' WITH APPROXIMATELY 6% AIR AND SHOULD HAVE A CEMENT CONTENT OF 6 MORE SACKS PER CUBIC YARD, THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT FOR EXTERIOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO REPEATED FREEZE THAW. CONCRETE PAVEMENTS SHOULD HAVE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS AT APPROXIMATELY 12 FOOT SPACING. PLACE STEEL REINFORCEMENT IN VEHICLE TRAFFIC AREAS, EITHER 6" BY 6" WELDED WIRE MESH OR STEEL RESAR CONSISTING OF NO. 3 REINFORCING BARS PLACED AT 18 INCHES ON CENTER. 4. PAVING CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL VALVE BOXES AND MANHOLE COVERS TO FINAL GRADES INDICATED ON PLANS. 5. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE DRAINAGE THROUGH THE SITE DURING THE PROCESS OF EXCAVATION, GRADING AND EMBANKMENT THE GRADE CMAI I RF UAWrAIMM IM CIIPU d PAMnITWnM THAT IT IC Y/CI r nOAAiCn AT All ru.ro EAR' VARI _ ES 2' C01 GRA[ MAJOR MINOR EX MA, EX MIN, SPOT EI EX. SPC SWALE FLOW A EX. FLO CRITIC/ NUMBE FINISHE[ TOP OF FINISHE[ FINISHEI HIGH PC LOW POI FLOW UI GRADE I PROPER UTILI FIRE H' WATER WATER IRRIGAI SANITAf CLEANO POWER ELECTRI TELEPHI CABLE � ­ WED aJU14 •L Pe-__-_-- -"- city of , Wheat Ri dge N O S O b .0 �� Latitude _ May 7, 2018 Public Works Department City of Wheat Ridge 7500 W. 291h Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 RE: Grading and Drainage Plan — Submittal Comments Project Address: 4020 Estes St Permit Number: 201700345 Reviewer: Mark Van Nattan CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE PUBLIC WORKS DATE 5 RECEIVED_/� /I I City of rr WMMUNrry DEVEIOMNENT"'ZY APPROVED Reviewed for Code Com liance Date 01102 dt=R:1Aeiwo�tWore�wterrgp,o,.roldw�piglnr.,, oM60896"assrwewarErop"Me br,arewsOOr 'Aerp,WeitbnM ewYMo'y►P sbnsoJMeDasl�rgaa0eao�ewrttyadHasres.hwn(b O'ft-"m96 oe0atyroaaarsyoaKNakororaslaayak&00, waresaraakrW&WRcesq(akpfp"OW bvalid Please see review comment response below in Italics City Comments by Mark Van Nattan: 1. As the drainage pattern has changed from the original approved drawing at the northeast corner of the property and now drains towards that corner, we suggest a review of the drainage calculations to reassure the parties involved that the post- development drainage will not negatively impact downstream properties and does not significantly change historic patterns, as directed by Colorado water law. In addition, a statement shall be included in the Drainage Letter to the effect that this development will not negatively impact downstream properties, and the letter must be returned to the City for review and approval. Response: The approved drainage letter and supporting calculations has been revised to reflect the additional areas that will now contribute to the developed flow to the north east property corner. The revised letter describes the increased flows being released to the north adjacent property and how they are still for less than what was previously being released prior to new construction. Please refer to letter and revised drainage map for specifics. 2. The site is bounded on two sides by a reinforced thickened edge of varying heights and these act in a manner similar to retaining walls. These heights approach, and may indeed exceed, the maximum allowed for walls before requiring design by a Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Colorado, per City of Wheat Ridge Design Standards. Response: A note has been added to the Grading Plan (see below) and the home owner has been advised. Note: If any of the proposed retaining wall is 48" or greater (including the footing) or if the unbalanced fill is 36" or greater, the entire wall must be designed by a Professional Engineer Licensed in the state of Colorado, and reviewed and signed off by the building division. 2150 West 29`h Ave Suite #335 Denver Co 80211 phone: (720)214-2115 www.latitude39.net / ���� E.gLsrvgBOwebpnarrt�OI151dWC For the easterly side of the swimming pool Public Works recommends: a. The use of a handrail or other pedestrian protection in the vicinity of the Swimming pool to protect the pool users from slipping off the edge and Potentially being injured. Response: Noted, the home owner has been advised. b. Consulting a structural engineer regarding the close proximity of the swimming pool to the easterly edge of concrete to ensure structural stability and safety for the long-term. Response: Noted, the home owner has been advised. Please let me know if you have any questions Sincerely, LATITUDE 39 ENGINEERING & DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS, LLC By: Catherine L. Johnson, LEED AP President 2150 West 29`h Ave Suite #335 Denver Co 80211 phone: (720)214-2115 www.latitude39.net May 19, 2017 (Approved) May 4, 2018 (devised) Mr. Mark Van Nattan `� of Jro,�,v Dewtomwr- APPROVED Reviewed for Code compliance City of Wheat Ridge Public Works Department � p m EuffJ4 Date 7500 W. 29th Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033AlAbLdANEW '"k""�;`yy¢ Project No: 17-01 CITY OF VMEAt RIDGE PUBLIC VMKS w � wr e�aro+o�oia o/tAr ara�q rode aaJenrGq oN�w�ers. omaarw+++�oa+,r�•ww�ro DATE •- so0tsaomnoron am of owGryOWN FWaomw. Re: 4020 Estes St. Drainage Compliance Letter RECEIVED,-�, / 7 /10 Dear Mark: The purpose of this drainage letter is to address and compare existing drainage with the proposed 4020 Estes St. residential project. This letter will also describe the characteristics of the current site's runoff and address how the redeveloped site will manage the site's future runoff. The overall area of the site is approximately 0.38 acres. As the current site exists, the runoff drains to the north property line and to a roadside ditch located along the west property line. The existing site had a house with a detached garage and a breezeway connecting them. The front and back yards consisted of grass and concrete walks. There was a concrete driveway from the street to the garage. Three quarters of the lot drains to the north/northeast and the remaining quarter drains to the existing roadside ditch in Estes St. Refer to the attached Existing Drainage Map for drainage basins and flow directions. The proposed development project includes a building, construction of curb, gutter, concrete pavement, pool and turf landscape throughout the lot. Refer to the attached Proposed Drainage Map for the revised drainage basins and flow directions. The proposed, site will maintain the existing flow patterns, allowing the majority of flows to move from the south to the north but will be captured in a curb along the north boundary where a high point (approximately 45 feet from the east property line) will direct the runoff to the west where it will release to the Estes St. roadside ditch in Basin A. The proposed site south and west of the house will flow to the west to the roadside ditch also in Basin A. A portion of the lot in the south east, more specifically south and east of the pool will drain east to a swale that flows to the northeast lot corner. A portion of the lot east of the proposed house will be directed to the east where it will enter the eastside swale. See attached proposed drainage map for revised basin boundary which is also the ridgeline between basins A and B. There will also be a small strip of the north lot that will sheet flow to the north as before. Based on the existing site conditions, the calculated runoff (Q) (based on a 100 -year storm/2-hour event) for Basin H1 is 0.39 cfs and Basin H2 is 1.74 cfs; Refer to attached storm runoff calculations for 2 year and 100 year events. Based on the proposed site conditions, the calculated runoff (Q) (based on a 100 -year storm/2-hour event) for Basin A is 2.7-3 efs 2.04 cfs and Basin B is 9=37- 0 63cfs; Refer to attached storm runoff calculations for 2 year and 100 year events. The revised flows conveyed to the north adjacent property are less than half of the historical rate. In summary, the proposed 4020 Estes St. Residential Project will be consistent with the intent of the area. The proposed storm water runoff will be managed and conveyed in an improved fashion to release considerably less flows to the property north of this project in comparison to the existing conditions. Overall, the proposed site development will maintain the intent of this area for runoff and flow direction. If you have any comments, concerns, or questions regarding the information contained in this letter and/or any of the attached documentation, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Sincerely, Latitude 39 Engineering & Development Consultants. CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER I hereby certify that this report for the final drainage design of the 4020 Estes Street Residence Project was prepared by me (or under my direct supervision) in accordance with the provisions of the City of Wheat Ridge Storm Drainage Criteria for the owners thereof. 0® RE�j . :v LU 23371 ss�ONAV / i4 IM L" �//� , C nie L. Ellefson, P—. -F11 Registered Professional Engineer State of Colorado No. 23371 4020 Estes Site Storm Water Runoff Calculations Entire Lot Area = 0.38 acres Calculations were performed using the Rational Method Rational Method Equation: Q= CciA Q = Peak discharge, cfs Cc = Rational method runoff coefficient (composite) Cc = 0.96 (for impervious areas, pavement) Cc = 1.00 (for impervious areas, pool) Cc = 0.83 (for roof areas) Cc = 0.75 (for turf areas) Cc = 0.52 (for landscape areas) i = Rainfall intensity, inch/hour 2 year i = 3.48 and 100 year I = 9.28 (Based on - Urban Drainage and Flood Control District 100-year/2-hour storm event) The time of concentration is assumed to be 5 minutes (min.) for basins H1, H2, A and B. A = Drainage area, acre Existing Site Basin H1 (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 2 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.00 cfs Pavement A = 0.0013 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.004 cfs Native Grass A = 0.079 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.14 cfs Total Fxisting Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qex = 0.14 cfs Basin H1 (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 100 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.00 cfs Pavement A = 0.0013 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.012 cfs Native Grass A = 0.079 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.38 cfs Total Existing Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qex = 0.39 cfs t e i Basin H2 (Flows to the north property) 2 year Roof A = 0.05 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Basin H2 (Flows to the north property) 2 year Roof A = 0.05 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.144 cfs Pavement A = 0.039 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.130 cfs Native Grass A = 0.21 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.400 cfs Total Existing Runoff to north property, Qex = 0.67 cfs Basin H2 (Flows to the north property) 100 year Roof A = 0.05 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.385 cfs Pavement A = 0.039 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.347 cfs Native Grass A = 0.21 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 9.28 Q =1.010 cfs Total EXisting Runoff to north property, Qex =1.74 cfs Proposed Site Basin A (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 2 year Roof A = 0.090 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.260 cfs Pavement ^ - 0.148 aUes, c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q - 0.49 Of A=0.096 acres Q=0.321 cfs Turf A = 0.070 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 3.48 pool A - 9.917 - 4:.00,1 - 3.48 Q = 0.183 cfs 0.059 acres, G Q= Gfs- Total Proposed Runoff to west roadside ditch, QpF - LAAe€s Qpr = 0.76 cfs Basin A (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 100 year Roof A = 0.090 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.693 cfs Pavement A - 0448 aUes, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 Q -1.390 efs A=0.096 acres Q=0.855 cfs Turf A = 0.070 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 9.28 - - Q = 0.487 cfs Poe! A 0.047 acres, 4:.00,1 .28 - Q-- ).158 efs Total Proposed Runoff to west roadside ditch, QPF -243 fs Qpr = 2.04 cfs Basin B (Flows to the north property) 2 year Roof A = 0.000 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.000 cfs Pavement n - 00.0118 aGFeS c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q= 0.960-Gfs A=�O 052 acres Q=0.174 cfs Native Grass A = 0.021 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.038 cfs Turf A = 0.016 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.042 cfs Pool A= 0 017 acnes , , - * Q = 0.059 cfs Total Proposed Runoff to north property, Qom• - 0.51:4 eft- Qpr = 0.31 cfs A -i L&���, ct, VS eoaar Basin B (Flows to the north property) 100 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.000 cfs Pavement A - 0.04:8 aUes, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 ^ - 0460 efs A= --O `052 acres X7-0 463 cJS Native Grass A = 0.021 acres, c = 0.52, 1= 9.28 Q =0.101 cfs Turf A=0.016 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 9.28 Q=0.111 cfs Pool A = 0.017 acres, c = 1.00, E = 9.28 Q = 0.158 cfs Total Proposed Runoff to north property, Qpr = 0.83 cfs 4020 ESTES STREET LOT 5, BLOCK 1, SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION CITY OF AEAHT A �OUNTY OF !`FERS`ON �STATE OF OTHE COLORADO' ...(54481 ._ _ - .� ! , I -(5449) _ - (544,.9),_ _ (5450)-- I / 1 d / / I 5aa1) . DRAINAGE LEGEND BASIN ID UB BASIN SIZE (ACRES) ca> DRAINAGE FLOW DIRECTION (EXISTING CONDITION) 5643 ® — m m c m ® DRAINAGE BOUNDARY -( --- EXIST. MINOR CONTOUR -- --5950— EXIST. MAJOR CONTOUR PROP. MINOR CONTOUR 5950— PROP. MAJOR CONTOUR City of `yal co,m TY D J / MT APPROVED •` Rev;ew� for Code Com liance Wens Egmhlcr . OlitiE Y�Isrd....a: fie p�W�oeewkr �orpdotiornanal�otbe@Pam* y:r ,.,,Puw~ w�Elblle� uovisbmof plycodero�w+rCyyr No yb preJumLq to yivt outhryyro v6y,Ktycactlthe�lheMMI�I� Coda or other ord)AOrM of OW City f rO Wb&6W01(2 Noanl 0 W 2e 3D Nu eel SCALE: 1'=iD n-01 ON6 NAVE I]-01 EX ORN 1 OF 2 'kf / � � S I / 5 3 I�i IY _ ■ x-(6447)--- � --(6449)--=._- 4020 ESTES STREET LOT 5, BLOCK 1, SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION SITUATED TYAOF WHEAHRIDGE OF SECTION IOF JEfFE22 RSON69 STATE OF COLORADO `..____.(5449)_.__-_ DRAINAGE LEGEND ABASIN ID B BASIN SIZE (ACRES) —0� DRAINAGE FLOW DIRECTION I DRAINAGE FLOW DIRECTION o -- - DRAINAGE BOUNDARY - - - - - - - REWSED DRAINAGE BOUNDARY EXIST. MINOR CONTOUR 0} (595- EXIST. MAJOR CONTOUR PROP. MINOR CONTOUR 5950— PROP. MAJOR CONTOUR ♦p�I City of WeatRidge CoAeMh UNtTY Demopmwr APPROVED Reviewed for Code Compliance / `Pla t Examiner Dae / // Y:7hc;ssuaoceyaoa■sittra■Pt■x■telp6mvirapmp■Io / 0dm-WuuwmsW'4tbe0Pm"lurOrMRGAW010110141111,100ba o / onYMMeprowsiom01theblk&Vc*d,,cfwWC,pdy ftl mks presuming to 9- ovthor$y to wobte al mmethe Osevifb+■ ttse / codes or other ordnonces of the _ hGN fhoA not 6e valid. 0!�/ NORTH 0 10 20 x '—moi SCALE:1"=Td n-01 17-01 PR ORN 2 OF 303 -71/y- i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: qi!9 � F E Job Address: 11ad-0 yc� f�S Permit Number: ?-0/7Gc,3qF LJNo one available for inspection: Time; ..} AM/PM Re -Inspection required: (Yes) No ti When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:-� Inspector: Girl/ lT DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Permit Number: /7G1 0 X77 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM) Re -Inspection required: Yes 60 :1 When corrections have been made, call for \re -inspection at 303-234- Date:,- 03 -234 -Date:- ' ��' Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Permit Number: /7G1 0 X77 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM) Re -Inspection required: Yes 60 :1 When corrections have been made, call for \re -inspection at 303-234- Date:,- 03 -234 -Date:- ' ��' Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: / a • / /l f�1�i�1 Ilk, 3tE? Job Address: Permit Number: 20170 %57% , ❑ No one available for inspection: Time fANYPM Re -Inspection required: Yes (NO) When corrections /have been made, call for re-inspectionJat 303-234-5933 Date: r " / Inspector: ( j ;/ /�W +— DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: Permit Number: �� 3 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time r'''tj -' J( PM Re -Inspection required: Yes Vo When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:_ • 4f Inspector: �)D1/�i� - DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 3�c�� J�ryiclz Job Address:�DSf2�' PermitNumber: %�13 ❑ No one available for inspection: TimesAM/FM Re -Inspection required: YesNo� ' When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date:/'* / �,,w Inspector: wiz DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE I� a i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 5� Job Address: Cha-si`�'S Permit Number: D-21742 0 -3 q5 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time $„ - 1 AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes f No When corrections have eeibeen made, call for re -inspection at 303 -234 - Date: /' ` �`1 Inspector: 1A161 / DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: C 60 Job Address: �S¢`S Permit Number: 2017003 c) Ll No one available for inspection: Time (' AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes/ No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Datel Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: '�l AUG- N F-12PM► 0 C1 Job Address: Ouzo Permit Number: 2C1l7�U J S ❑ No one available for inspection: Time Re -Inspection required: YesNo When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 1 Inspector:�-- DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 1* � 4 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: r4xyA t.i la, 19, F-1 OJ&L,f— Job Address: 4mp "T' S Permit Number: a-01_700345 VLIUHD NvywNtV ❑ No one available for inspection: Time ��+� AM PM Re -Inspection required: Yes (No When corrections have been made, call fo e -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 1`2- I1'� 11 Inspector: (,� DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE 0 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: c-/ C 7� C Permit Number: v 0 ! -;, z 3 4/ S- �Gnc� ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: 1-? Ll "� //7 Inspector: —F -D DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE �(303) Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: 5 0(--) - M ID 12aO c X16 - Job Address: 44020 ESTE-J, ST Mr - Permit Number: Zo(-7 o o 3q5 l.s lJQ ,V �4 e ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 2� Re -Inspection required: Yes oNc� When corrections have been made, calif re -inspection at 303-234-5933 y , ^ nA Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Ridge Residential Miscella PERMIT - 201707971 PERMIT NO: 201707971 ISSUED: 11/15/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 11/15/2018 JOB DESCRIPTION: Residential swimming pool installation - 18 ft x 40 ft vinyl lined swimming pool; Pool will be 3 ft deep shallow end with 8 ft deep end; Pool installation will include natural gas -electronic ignition heater, sand filter and variable speed pump; diving board and small water slide will also be installed; 336,000 BTUs, 29,700 gallons; 720 sq ft total *** CONTACTS *** OWNER (303)345-8191 MORTELL MARTHA M SUB (720)214-0330 Jason Hutchins 160099 Crystal Clear Pools Inc. SUB (720)272-1288 Diego Tellez 120187 L&D Electric LLC SUB Kevin Denny 130231 Mostly Plumbing *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: UA / Unassigned SUBDIVISION CODE: 2406 / BEL AIRE,HILLCREST HEIGHTS, ME BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 70,000.00 FEES Total Valuation 0.00 Plan Review Fee 578.86 Use Tax 1,470.00 Permit Fee 890.55 ** TOTAL ** 2,939.41 *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** Work shall comply with 2012 IRC & 2014 NEC. Per IRC Sec. R314, smoke detectors are required to be installed in every sleeping room, in hallways outside of sleeping rooms, and on every level of the structure. Pool cannot be covered without a lot coverage variance. A City of Wheat Ridge Residential Miscella PERMIT - 201707971 PERMIT N0: 201707971 ISSUED: JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: JOB DESCRIPTION: Residential swimming pool installation - 18 ft x pool; Pool will be 3 ft deep shallow end with 8 installation will include natural gas -electronic filter and variable speed pump; diving board and also be installed; 336,000 BTUs, 29,700 gallons; 11/15/2017 11/15/2018 40 ft vinyl lined swimming ft deep end; Pool ignition heater, sand small water slide will 720 sq ft total I, by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, appl�ca le building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this_perrt. I further attest that I am legally authorized to include al[ entities named within this document as parties to the work to be perfformed and that all work to be performed is disclosed in this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. /Q / Signature of OWNER or CONTRACTOR (Circle one) Date/ I I . This permit was issued based on the information provided in the permit application and accompanying plans and specifications and is suVject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and may be subject to a fee equal to one-half of the original ermit fee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees androcedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4. No work of any manner shall be performed that shall results in a changeof the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division.+.; . 6. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a pnit for, or an approval of, any violation of any provision of any applicable code or any ordinance or regulation of this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to field inspection. a Signature of Chief Buildin Vial' — ' — REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. ndgt on of work: (Please fill out attached sheet regarding checklist information.) `kNEW SWIMMING POOL Q REPAIR OF EXISTING POOL Please list details of work: f ela / L4.1: l b 3' deep �� �C��.�,�8 ` d��� per(, ,, j o- c(cA-we /la ,( � S &/eCf(V t ic "'c -rK A c-(0 a r sc h t I �' d- � 'V- ii` ( � , jpL` �C� (.�'--� 1��-c /� . LLJ-� t.✓ rr Q 1Sb 1, 54-e;- f(( l 0, ( 1V'I 5t1. Ft1LF �`' �S x � Btu's 33', 000 Gallons �� v Amps tf tither Pn*W Value; (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) t') 'p'yFRICONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT 1 hereby certify, that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or rLTulations of the City of Wheat Midge or Covenants. casements or restrictions of record that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate, that 1 have rend and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this applicatioti and that I assarme fall responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and ant :also authorized by the legal oyster of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. CIRCLE ONE. (OWNER) (COVTRACTi R) ar- (AUTIIOfi,aZED RC't'RESE"r'VT4TII *I;*) nJ' llJWNER) (CONTRACTOR) NAME: ZONING COMMMENT& SEittEW46 DEPARMENT COMMENTS. Reviewer. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIDN TYPE OFCONSTRUCTION: t�dK�.E�tEt1 OCCUPANT Ltd; Building Division Valuation: $ I CAA PROFESSIONAL BUILDING s: SAFLIY'ENGINEE RINGIN FRASTRUCIURE MANAGEMENI 1. Obtain plan review approval from the following departments: a. Planning Division 2. JNkon the site plan: ates exiting in the direction of egress with self -latching hardware. Note on the site plan all doors from the residence having access to the pool area shall be equipped with a rmanently attached exit alarm. V ol equipment including pumps, filtration tanks and pumps, etc. el the height and construction of the pool barrier. ation of diving board. Diving board shall conform to the minimum depth and width clearance uirements noted in the Mfg. installation manuals (page 5). Highlight the applicable row in table 1 and Location of the water slide. Water slide shall conform to the "Placement instructions" minimum depth and setback requirements of the Manufacturers requirements page 15 & 16. Check conflicts with diving board placement. Dimensions of the pool and setbacks from the property lines and other structures. Y.AN oe on the site plan "this project shall comply with the 2012 International residential code, appendix G of the �12 International Residential Code, 2014 NEC, 2012 IMC and 2012 IPC.,, Provide a soils report. 5. Provide an electrical single line diagram (see Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs Checklist, Item 5) Show location f the main service panel on the site plan & conduits and conductors to the pool equipment panel. D rs leading from the garage to the pool area shall be self-closing and self -latching and shall be in compliance ith the pool gate hardware requirements. i.e. self -latching, heights, etc. Note this on the site plan. Resubmit (2) sets of revised plans on 11"x17" minimum sheets. All plans shall be wet -signed and sealed by the Engineer of record. CHARLES ABBOTT ASSOCIATES, INC. 390 INTERLOCKE.N CRESCENT, 31° FLOOR• BROOMFIELD, CO 80021 ToLI. FREE: (866) 530-4980 EMAIL: NN'\V\V.C\APROFFSSIONALS.CONA Project Description Project Address: Permit App. Date: Applicant: Applicant email: Plan Checker: CAA PROFESSIONAL BUILDING & SAFETY FNGINEFRING'INFRASTRU=EMENT" PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS FOR CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Vinyl built in Swimming Pool 4020 Estes Street 7/18/17 Schafer Engineering Associates pools@schaferEA.com Dan Schultz Plan Checker email: dannyschultz@caaprofessionals.com Plan Check No.: 201707971 Phone: (518) 393-4767 Phone: (303) 235-3803 The project plans were reviewed for compliance with the following codes and standards: 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2012 IMC, 2012 ECC, 2014 NEC, 2012 IPC, 2009 ANSI/ICC, City of Wheat Ridge Amendments • TO EXPEDITE PROJECT APPROVAL: Please provide a written response indicating how and where each comment was resolved on the plans. • Resubmit all previously reviewed plans, updated plans and supporting documents with each subsequent review. For clarification of any plan review comment, please call or email the plan checker listed above. CIIAIILES ABBO"T"T' ASSOCIATES, INC. 340 IN 1IRI (o ..1 ', C'RI-M I N1, 3"" [ 100R• BRUT 1vII 11-11). I un FRFI_: (866) 530-4980 E'.m,w : AAVVV\.C'AAPR0Ff-SSIUAAI S.0 M Corqpdete TM Infoffnardon Below That Apoies to Yow Prtqect.- M7,MM t I- C -ung �4� i, -AAU�411. P 77, 5 X 11 t fit North Office South Office 9197 W. 610 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Lakewood, GO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPERTY AT 4020 Estes St. City of Wheat Rid•- • +r geerson County, Colorado PREPARED FOR: Martha & Steve Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 PREPARED BY CRE SA October 10, 2016 41r, esign U) < z z Ej, Engineering 0 W D Inc. z 0 North Office South Office 9197 W. 610 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Lakewood, GO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPERTY AT 4020 Estes St. City of Wheat Rid•- • +r geerson County, Colorado PREPARED FOR: Martha & Steve Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 PREPARED BY CRE SA October 10, 2016 41r, L 0, Darin Denton, P.E. C/1" 0 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 TABLE CJFCONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 1 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION & PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION .................................. 1 3'0 FIELD AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS ......................................................... 1 4L0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ......................................................................... 2 4.1. SOIL AND BEDROCK PROFILE ..................... —................. —..................... 2 4.2. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS ...... ................................... ....... .......... .... —2 5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................ 2 5]. DRILLED P|ERS—... ------_—.—.......... —...... .......................... ....... 3 6.0 SLAB RECOMMENDATIONS L----....-.-.----.'..---. ................................... 3 7.0 SITE GRADING -..--.^-.~~^^^.^-~_'--.^--.^,____,__~^,,_^~,,~,^,^.^,,'~_,,^,,~__4 7.1. SITE PREPARATION ....... --- .............. —......... -------...... ........... 4 7.Z EXCAVATIONS ....... .......... ......... ................. --................ .................... ..... h 7.3. ENGINEERED FILL --...... ........... --- ..................... ....... —............ ......... 5 7.4. BACKFILL ....................... --... ............. .... —... ......... ....... .......... —...... — 6 8.0 SURFACE DRAINAGE .................................................................................... 6 9.0 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE ............................................................................. 7 10.0 LIMITATIONS .................................................................................................. a APPENDIX A: ----'-------------------~--`'-----' APPENDIX B-1 LABORATORY DATA .... —......... ......... ----...... .............. B APPENDIX C: BORING LOG ................ ....... —................ .......... ................ ---C APPENDIX D: DRAIN AROUND FOUNDATION WALL, FOUNDATION DRAIN, AND BACKFILL ----------------------------'[> CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 CRE Design Engineering has completed a site investigation for the subject property at the request of Martha Mortell. The purposes of our study were to evaluate the subsurface conditions and to provide design and construction recommendations regarding the geotechnical aspects of the proposed project. This report presents the findings of our site investigation, the results of our laboratory testing, and geotechnical recommendations to comply with local requirements and present an appropriate foundation for this site. 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION & PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION A single family residential structure exists on this site. It is our understanding that the existing structure will be demolished and that a new single family residential structure is planned for the proposed construction. The structure is to be constructed over a basement with a foundation depth of approximately 10 feet. CRE shall be notified if the foundation depths are different than stated above. 3.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS Three test borings were drilled at the project site (see Appendix A, Site Map). The borings were drilled to depths of 19-24 feet below ground surface (bgs) utilizing a truck mounted drill rig equipped with solid -stem augers. Soil and rock were visually logged during drilling by CRE Design Engineering personnel. Logs include soil and rock classification, density/consistency or hardness, weathering, moisture conditions, color, and other observations that may impact the design or construction. Changes in soil/rock types and properties are noted along with groundwater conditions encountered during drilling. A 2 -inch O.D. brass liner inside of a solid barrel sampler is used to retrieve the samples. The sample barrel is driven into the ground by a 140 pound hammer free falling 30 inches. Drill cuttings and bulk samples may also be collected where liner samples are not retrieved. Samples are then delivered to the laboratory for testing and analysis. Laboratory testing generally consisted of in-place moisture content and density, swell/consolidation potential, and soil classification tests. A summary of laboratory analysis, boring logs, and laboratory test results are included in Appendices B and C, which present specific subsurface conditions and property information. CAV of \Nbe3k CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC, SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 Our understanding of the subsurface conditions at the project site is based on our field exploration and laboratory testing, and our experience with the general geology of the area, The following sections provide a generalized description of the subsurface materials encountered and groundwater conditions, 4.1. SOIL AND BEDROCK PROFILE Subsurface conditions and select laboratory test results are presented below: B-1: (0 — 7 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY 0.8% swell (7 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 1,5% swell Depth of B-1 was approximately 24 feet. B-2: (0 — 6 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY (6 — 19 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 3.3% swell Depth of B-2 was approximately 19 feet. _M (0 — 7 ft) Sc CLAYEY SAND 0.4% swell (7 — 10 ft) SM SILTY SAND (10 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 2.6% swell Depth of B-3 was approximately 24 feet. 4.2. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. Fluctuations in groundwater levels will occur due to variation in precipitation, irrigation, groundwater withdrawal, and surface water run-off. We do not anticipate groundwater will adversely affect site development. 5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Foundation recommendations in this report are made based on information available to CRE at the time of this report. This information may include but is not limited to foundation elevations, the location of the structure, results from this investigation, experience with similar soils and bedrock formations, and structural loads. The results of this investigation indicate that the proposed building may be supported on drilled piers. 2 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 5.1. DRILLED PIERS The foundation may consist of a grade beam and concrete pier foundation system. These drilled piers must be a minimum of 26 feet in length and must penetrate a minimum of 16 feet into bedrock. These piers must be a minimum of 10 inches in diameter. The maximum allowable end bearing pressure for these piers is 30,000 psf, and there is a corresponding 2,500 psf side shear value available for the bottom portion of the pier within bedrock neglecting the top 12 feet of the pier. The minimum dead load on these piers should be 7,000 psf when based upon the pier end area. If water is encountered during or after drilling the piers, measures must be taken to keep the holes clean and intact while placing concrete. Concrete should not be allowed to fall through standing water. Concrete should be placed by pumping it to the very bottom of the holes using tremie methods and forcing the water out. Casing may be required to eliminate collapsing sidewalls or to minimize water infiltration. Piers must be poured as soon as possible after drilling to ensure the integrity of the drilled holes. Ensure all loose material has been removed from the pier holes prior to placing concrete. Piers must be designed to resist a maximum uplift force of 50,000 lbs, or if larger diameter piers are desired, a pressure of 1,900 psf for a 10 foot active zone may be used. There must be a minimum 6 -inch void space under grade beams to separate the grade beam from the soil. Foundation walls and retaining walls should be designed in accordance with the following equivalent fluid densities: "Active" = 60 pcf, "At Rest" = 80 pcf and "Passive" = 265 pcf. These values assume compaction within approximately 5 feet of the walls will be accomplished with relatively light compaction equipment. 6.0 SLAB RECOMMENDATIONS The Slab Performance Risk at this site is judged to be 'Moderate' (3-5% swell with a 500 psf surcharge). These soils may not be suitable for the construction of slabs. It must be understood that the risk of slab movement does exist. Changes in the water content of these soils may cause the soil to swell or shrink which may cause movement or cracking of slabs. If some movement of a concrete floor slab on grade is not acceptable, finished room areas should be constructed utilizing a structural floor system over a crawl space. 3 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC, SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 Should the owner elect to accept the risks of expansive/consolidating soils and the effects they have on slabs, the following have been shown to be helpful when constructing concrete slab on grade: • Slabs should bear on undisturbed natural soils, or on properly conditioned and re -compacted materials, as opposed to gravel or other materials, which may allow the migration of water below the slabs. If the on-site soils are not acceptable, it is preferable to bear slabs on non -expansive imported materials that has low permeability. This will minimize the transfer and retention of water below the slab. Materials with a Liquid Limit below 30 and a Plasticity Index less than 15 are preferred. • Slabs shall be isolated from foundation components by slip joints constructed to allow the independent movement of the slab. Slabs shall also be separated from any utility components by isolation joints. Mechanical equipment resting on slabs must be, fitted with expandable / collapsible sections in order to allow movement of the slab without damage to the equipment or to the structure. It Non-bearing partition walls should be constructed with a minimum of 3 inches of float to allow for movement of the slab without damaging any part of the structure. All doors shall be constructed with at least a 1 -inch gap at floor level. It is the owner's responsibility to monitor and maintain all floats and gaps as necessary. If additional information on float is needed, please contact this or any geotechnical office. • Slabs must be appropriately reinforced to resist the anticipated loads as well as the effects of the supporting soils. Floor slabs must also be scored in accordance with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) recommendations in order to control cracking of the slab due to shrinkage or other factors. These scores should be a maximum of 12 feet apart. 7.0 SITE GRADING The following sections provide recommendations for earthwork, including site preparation, excavations, engineered fill, and backfill. 7.1. SITE PREPARATION Prior to construction the ground surface in proposed structure and improvement areas should be stripped of existing vegetation, debris, topsoil, undocumented fill, soft, loose, or disturbed native soils, and other deleterious material. This includes areas below foundations and floor slabs. Materials generated during clearing operations should be removed from the project site for disposal. Onsite topsoil may be stockpiled and reused in landscaping or other non-structural areas. Clay soils should be kept from desiccating (drying and shrinking) by sprinkling the soils occasionally. I I Wheat Ridge 4 �Buiidinq Divis( CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 7.2. EXCA VA TIONS The onsite surface and near surface soils may generally be excavated with heavy-duty earthmoving or excavation equipment in good operating condition. Excavations extending into formational bedrock will be difficult and the use of more aggressive excavation techniques, such as single -shank rippers, hoe - ram, or other rock breaking techniques may be needed to achieve proposed. Based on the subsurface information obtained from our exploratory borings, we anticipate that the soil conditions and stability of the excavation sidewalls may vary with depth. Excavations should be performed in accordance with OSHA regulations as stated in 29 CFR 1926 Part P, when considering a "C" type soil. The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavations sides and bottom. The contractor should evaluate the soil exposed in excavations as part of the required safety procedures. CRE does not assume responsibility for construction site safety or for the contractor's or other parties' compliance with local, state, and federal safety or other regulations. Site preparation procedures should be performed such that the potential for standing and ponding of water around the site is minimized. During wet weather, earthen berms, swales, or other methods should be used where necessary to route water away from excavations. Water that accumulates in excavations should be promptly pumped out or otherwise removed and these areas should be allowed to dry out before resuming construction. 7.3. ENGINEERED FILL If fill is needed, all fill placed in structural areas should be compacted engineered fill. Prior to placement and compaction of engineered fill, the geotechnical consultant should observe areas to receive fill at the time of grading to evaluate the exposed soils, ensure any undocumented fill has been removed, and to determine if removals to more competent soils are needed. Based on the laboratory test results and our general observations, it is our opinion the excavated native site soils are suitable for reuse as engineered fill provided they are processed and moisture conditioned in accordance with the recommendations set forth herein, Engineered fill should not contain expansive soil (swell potential greater than 1 percent under a surcharge pressure of 500 psf when remolded at optimum moisture content and 95 percent relative compaction as evaluated by ASTM D 698), organic material, claystone bedrock fragments, or other deleterious matter. Additional soil sampling and laboratory testing should be performed during earthwork j City of Wheat Ridge 5 \Building Divi CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 operations to evaluate whether on-site soils meet the recommendations provided in this report for use as engineered fill. Engineered fill should be moisture -conditioned to moisture contents within 2 percent of optimum moisture content placed in uniform horizontal lifts and compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent, or more as evaluated by ASTM D 698. For sandy soils, less than 30% passing the #200 sieve, soils should be compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent or more as evaluated by ASTM D 1557, and within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The thickness of each lift should be appropriate for the compaction equipment that is used. We recommend a maximum lift thickness of 6 inches for hand operated equipment, 8 inches for most "trench compactors", and 12 inches for larger rollers. Compaction areas should be kept separate, and no lift should be covered by another until relative compaction and moisture content within the recommended ranges are obtained. Earthwork operations should be observed and compaction of engineered fill and backfill materials should be tested by the project's geotechnical consultant. Early testing is recommended to demonstrate that placement and compaction methods are achieving the required compaction for the entire depth of fill. Without a strict quality assurance program, the fill may not be of sufficient quality to achieved required performance. 7.4. BACKFILL Backfill placed around foundation walls should be free of trash and fragments of rock over 3 inches in diameter, soil should be moistened and adequately compacted to help reduce settlement after completion of construction. The top one foot of the backfill material should be relatively impervious. All walls over 4 feet high should have floor systems in place or be well braced prior to backfill process to prevent damage from lateral pressure. The method of controlled puddling or flooding the backfill zone should not be used. 8.0 SURFACE DRAINAGE • The area surrounding the structure should be graded so as to provide adequate drainage away from the structure. This is typically accomplished by utilizing a 10 percent (12 inches in 10 feet) slope down and away from the foundation, Low spots should be filled in order to prevent accumulation and ponding of water near the structure. • Surface water running toward the structures from up slope areas should be diverted around and away from the structures by means of drainage swales or other similar measures. City of Wheat Ridge 6 X� Iding CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 Decorative edging should be constructed to allow water to flow through, around or under the edging and not so as to cause damming of water behind the edging. Sprinkler systems should be constructed so as to keep the area within 5 feet of the structure as dry as possible. Sprinkler heads or other irrigation components should not be placed in, nor should they release water into, the area that is within 5 feet of the structure. Downspouts and sill cocks must terminate outside of the backfill area of the structure and a minimum of 6 feet from the structure. Downspouts and sill cocks should discharge into splash blocks that extend well beyond the limits of the backfill. The use of long downspout extensions in-place of splash blocks is advisable. • The owner is encouraged to read A Guide to Swelling Soils for Colorado Homebuyers and Homeowners, Special Publication No. 43, available from the Colorado Geological Survey. Recommendations contained in the report are also applicable for prevention of settlement due to wetting of support soils. Refer to Appendix D for representation of some of the above. In order to minimize the chances of water damage to the structure, a perimeter drain is required for any habitable spaces below grade built on this site. This drain may daylight to an exterior outfall location or may flow into a sump pit fitted with a pump. If an exterior outfall location is selected, ensure that the drain opening is protected by screen. Refer to Appendix D for a typical perimeter drain cross section. The attached drain details are intended for use where below grade habitable spaces are constructed a minimum of 3 feet above the groundwater table. If below grade habitable spaces are constructed below or within 3 feet of the groundwater the attached perimeter drain details shall not be used and a drainage system should be designed by a qualified civil engineer. city 01 Wheat Ridg(� 7 Design T 2 z E ` Engineering 0 Z W 0 Inc. (9 () North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave. Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite .200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Wet Density (pcf): 123.9 135.5 129.4 Dry Density (pcf): 111.3 115.7 106.6 Moisture (%): 11.4 17.0 21.4 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Fines 51.1 80.1 88.6 Sands 48.0 19.8 11.4 Gravels 0.8 0.1 0.0 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay City Of ' VV "'9a' Rog":, f%J1111iog oiwll., , III C"ty at Wheat Rirs� e wilding Divi,,,, A CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 10.0 LIMITATIONS In any subsurface investigation, limited data is available from which to formulate soil descriptions and generate recommendations for foundations and related construction components. There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. The nature and extent of variations across the site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. The samples taken are indicative of the subsurface materials at the time and at the location the samples were taken. Precipitation, seasonal changes, and excavating are just a few of the factors that may create changes in the composition of the site. If conditions are encountered which are significantly different from those described in this report, contact this office before proceeding. By acceptance of this report all parties agree that the purpose of this report is to provide geotechnical data and foundation recommendations only and does not address nor was intended to address any environmental issues, hazardous materials, mold issues, toxic waste issues or other subsurface situations or conditions other than those described within this report. This report is intended for the sole use of the above named client and their approved agents. It does not provide sufficient data to prepare an accurate bid by contractors. This office cannot be responsible for any conclusions or recommendations made by other parties based upon the data contained herein. Our conclusions, recommendations, and opinions are based on an analysis of the observed site conditions. If geotechnical conditions different from those described in this report are encountered, our office should be notified and additional recommendations, if warranted, will be provided upon request. In addition, changes to the applicable laws, regulations, codes, and standards of practice may occur due to government action or the broadening of knowledge. The findings of this report may, therefore, be invalidated over time, in part or in whole, by changes over which CRE Design Engineering has no control. lk;'n 8 Design < F - z "IC F- E Engineering La z U.1 0 Inc. 0 () North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell B-1 B-1 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth (ft): 3 Location: 4020 Estes St. 13 Fines City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO 81.0 79.9 Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 23 Wet Density (pcf): 121.9 128.8 130.7 130.0 Dry Density (pcf): 111.6 108.0 109'5 109.7 Moisture (%): 9.2 19.3 19.4 18.5 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 Fines 52.6 81.0 79.9 Sands 47,1 18.3 19.6 Gravels 0.3 03 0.4 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay With Sand K cay,-)I Whew mc'ge U7 Design Engineering UJ Inc. 0 a) 0 North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Wet Density (pcf): 133.8 119.7 131.1 Dry Density (pcf): 116.9 108.2 110.9 Moisture (%): 14.5 10.6 18.2 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Fines 45.0 29.2 93.1 Sands 54.8 70.8 6.8 Gravels 0.1 0,0 0.1 Group Symbol SC SM CL USCS Classification Clayey Sand Silty Sand Lean Clay Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5000 Percent Swell: 0,8 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Oesign Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 z 0►il Inundation /yr Engineefing Final Loading 500 Inc. 0: UJ -0,5 3000 -0,2 Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5000 Percent Swell: 0,8 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain I (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0.2 Inundation 500 -0.6 Final Loading 500 -0.6 1000 -0,5 3000 -0,2 5000 0.2 North Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-1 Depth (ft): 3 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 122.1 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 111.8 Initial Moisture (%)-. 9,2 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 131.2 Final Dry Density (pef): 119.3 Final Moisture (%): 10.0 100 1000 10000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) --+-�- Initial Loading — Inundation Final Loading Design < C E, Engineering U uJ 0 D i- a) 0 Z Lu 0 Inc. cf) (!) C) Client: Martha& Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location-. 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5909 Percent Swell: 1.5 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain I N Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.7 1000 1.1 Inundation 1000 T -0-4 Final Loading 1000 -0.4 3000 0.1 5000 0.9 .b -4 -3 -2 0 Q) 2 3 4 5 North Office 9 197 W. 611` Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood. CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-1 Depth (ft): 13 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf),. 1293 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 1083 Initial Moisture (%)-I 19.4 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 130.7 Final Dry Density (pcf): 109.3 Final Moisture (%): 19.6 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 10000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) — Initial Loading — Inundation -6— Final Loading .......... Client; Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12273 Percent Swell.- 3.3 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) initial Loading 100 Oesign 200 0.1 500 Engineering Inundation 500 1 Inc. z 0 500 -3.1 1000 Client; Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12273 Percent Swell.- 3.3 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0,2 Inundation 500 1 -3.1 Final Loading 500 -3.1 1000 -2.9 3000 -2.4 5000 -1.9 10000 -0.3 20000 1,9 North Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock. CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-2 Depth (ft): 8 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.7 Initial Dry Density (pcf); 113.4 Initial Moisture (%). 17.0 After Test Final Wet Density (pGf): 135.5 Final Dry Density (pcf); 115.8 Final Moisture (%): 171 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress _5 -4 -3 -2 2 4 5 100 1000 10000 100000 Initial Loading Axial Effective Stress (lbs) ^—ate -Inundation ---*—Final L d ;Iy of r'A heat AX Design 9 z J k CPR E Engineering =) 0 Z UA0 Inc. (J) (9 0 Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psO: 2333 Percent Swell: 0.4 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain N Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.7 Inundation 134.2 500 1 0.3 Final Loading 500 0.3 1000 0.5 3000 0.8 -5 H -3 -2 0 Q. 2 3 4 100 North Office 9197 W 61h Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock. CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number. B-3 Depth (ft): 3 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.3 Initial Dry Density (pcf).- 115.5 Initial Moisture (%): 14.5 After Test Final Wet Density (pco: 134.2 Final Dry Density (pcf)-. 117.1 Final Moisture (%): 14.6 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 1000 10000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) —Initial Loa!d'� —..�— Inund on w"eat Ridge North Office South Office a 9197 W. 611, Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Oesign Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 E°, z = ftf- U Engineering Jaz 0 Inc. (9 0 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes SL City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12143 Percent Swell: 2.6 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.6 1000 0.7 Inundation 1000 1 -1,9 Final Loading 1000 -1.9 3000 -1,4 5000 -0.6 10000 0.4 20000 1.8 Boring Number: B-3 Depth (ft): 23 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.3 Initial Dry Density (pef): 111.9 Initial Moisture (%).- 18.2 After Test Final Wet Density (pco: 132.3 Final Dry Density (pef): 111.9 Final Moisture (%): 18,2 '� "NI(Ae :0 ; C, CAof North Office South Office Design Q1B7VV,8mAve, Suite 11UO 2105th St. Suite 200 Engine ering Lakewood, CO8D215 Castle Rock, CO8O104 N w[l[ |m�u Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-1 Project Number: 16'7029 Location: 4Ol0Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, [O Depth toGround Water 0f : Depth to Bedrock (ft): Total Depth (ft): Drill Date: NE Group Dry Moisture Percent Percent 0. E CL M Lithologic Layers Symbo Density Content Swell 4200 Legend Topsoil Brown, SANDY LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), Fill 0 T 19/12 calcareous, laminated, [Alluvial] CL 1116 9,2 0.8 52,6 Asphalt Landscaping Lean Clay (CLI Fat Clay (CH) 33/12 CIL 108.0 19.3 81'o Silty Clay (CL -ML) Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) V.1.11� 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) �-2 Poorly Graded Sand (SP) X 31112 CL 109.5 19A 1.5 79,9 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Brown, CLAYSTONE, (moist), (firm to very hard), Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC)::'--". calcareous, iron oxide stains, saprolitic, [Bedrock] Clayey Sand (SC) Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) Silt (ML) Elastic Silt (MH) 0% 20 Claystone Sand X 50/6 1093 18.5 Sillstone Conglomerate - Peat 25 Coal Granitic Igneous NO Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill V Equilibrated Water Depth —t Not Encountered N E 35 / Qesign E Engineering _. Inc. 909 North Office 9197 W. 6th Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-2 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Location: 4020 Estes St. Depth to Bedrock (ft): 6 City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Total Depth (ft): 19 Drill Date: 9/19%16 m Dry Moisture a E F- 1O Liiholagfc Layers Group Density Content Percent Percent legend v, 3 Symbol (Pcf) (i well 4200 t) 10 Topsoil Brown, SANDY LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), Fill X 17112 calcareous, laminated, [Alluvial] CL 111.3 114 51.1 Asphalt m Landscaping Concrete 5 Lean Clay, (CL) Fat Clay (CH) T 50/12 CL 115.7 17.0 3.3 80.1 Slay Clay (CL -ML) Well Graded Sand (SW)'„� Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) n nriAi 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay Brown, CLAYS IONE, (moist), (hard to firm), - calcareous, iron oxide stains, sapralitic, (Bedrock) Poorly Graded Sand (SP) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC) Silty Sand (SM) 1i Clayey Sand (SC) Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) 30/12 CL 106.6 21.4 88.6 Silt (ML) ttt_ Elastic Silt (MH) Gravels'.' �, 20 Ciaystone'I Sandstone Siitstone Conglomerate Peat 25 Coal Granitic �t Igneous Metamarphtc Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill IL Equilibrated Water Depth V Not Encountered NE City of, 35 VN11eat �i0 .« North Office South Office XDESlgn 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 f Engineering Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 _. Inc. Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-3 Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Depth to Bedrock (ft): 10 Total Depth (ft): 24 Drill Date: 9/19/16 d CL r H- M ti Group Dry Moisture Percent Percent E 3 Lithologic Layers Symbol Density Content Swell 4200 Legend U) u~ 1pGfi [°[ 0 y ` Topsoil X Brown, CLAYEY SAND, (moist), (medium dense), Sc 116.5 14.5 0.4 45.0 Fill 12/12 calcareous, iron oxide stains, [Alluvial] asphalt Landscaping Concrete Lean Clay (CL) Ij Fat Clay (CH) W T 17/12 . Brownish Yellow, SILTY SAND, (moist), {medium SM 108,2 10.6 29.2 Silty Clay (CL -ML) dense), fine grained, [Alluvial) Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) >n-0 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) aagaF Poorly Graded Sand (SP) ? Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Clay Silty Sand (SM) ; . ; . ' Gray and Brownish Yellow, CLAYSTONE, (moist), Clayey Sand (SC) {hard), iron oxide stains, blocky, [Bedrock) Silty Clayey Sand (SC SM) Silt (ML) /� Elastic Silt (MH) OAF Gravels 20 Claystone 1 Sandstone X 50/11 Cl. 110.9 18,2 2.6 93.1 Siltstone Conglomerate'- Peat 25 Coal Granitic C�` Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill Equilibrated Water Depth Not Encountered N E Ct'y of 35 WY1eat. F �jullding ;- • *►,ar if L 11 Ml Wil ilk I I'm: iMY DETAILS City of Wheat Ririe uilding D 5'1t' P W4, ROOF GUT T ER DOW-,J5f'OU-1 AND 5(7E,*45iO'l,j SirlCULD EYTE�MD SE OND GRAVEL OFI, 5ARr, CON5. RUC T IL -j �,`ELL 510rED DACK PILL OQ 5RACE VIVA"LL5 TOP I OTo FOP, NP15T I O' C" T DECORATIVE 10 5ACKfILING GRAVELOR MRr i. FOUNDAr'ON DE51GN by OTHIFR5 WOOD C*, 'Off AL EDGE li%l WE" HOLE5 OR 5PACE TO ALLOT E R If PLCl;V0P WA W �zRffi -PACTF Flt L 0V D f5A! OF I 2�'Wfl C ZMODERA-IELY COINAPACTED 5AC\PILL DO NOT OVER WET OR, PUDDLE WATER DUPING 5ACY-,FILL (SEE REPIOPT -OF- CAUTIC-ll ON HYVR057ATICLOAD-5) -DO t 10 '1 Al OW LARGE NJACHI �AE TRAffF.(,-, 0U;,iMG 5ACr,,llLL 5AC�'!L'L APOUND TtlE FOUNDATION 5HOULD "IM1015,71NE10 AND -COMPACTED, AND T -t FINAL GRADE 5r',OULD ff,NELL SLOPED TO PRI t ,ECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFALL, 1R.R"GATION WATEF AND 51NOW NIE-i-r ADJACENT TO "OUNIDADON WAU-5. *CAU`CW: DO INOT D'!�E --W, IMPEDE T,'E FLOW OF ',-VATER AWAY FROM 0H VVALL5 WITH, SOD, EDGING OR DECORXTVff GPA L AND F'OLY`ETYLENE. 15POUT5 AND 5ILL COCK5 SHOULD 01501ARGE INTO 5PLA-5tl 5LOCK5 OR LONG EXTENI-NCN5, x- Design9197 W. 69, Ave, 2to 50r S#"t 5a3e 11A9 Swta 200 Ri' E' Engineering -d, CO 8DZ Rmll, Co, 0,4 I nc. PHONE (ZO)688,5151 ,U 4 city of DRAINAGE AROUND FOUNDATION WALL 1:16 CGt45TRUCT FLOORS (5LAD5 i 5TRUCTURAL) OR BRACE L,VALL5 TOP € 507OM PRIOR TO 5ACKFILLINi ; GRADE BEM,4 DE51GN BY OTHERS " EXPAtd51ON JOIISJ C VOID-5EE FOUNDATION DE51GN FOR THICKNE55, 00 NOT PLACE OVER PIERS. UND15TURBED SOIL STRUCTURAL FLOOR 5Y OTHER5 s � J is t�11L I;1IP�J POLYETti`r'LEPiE GLUED TO',A'ALL 4, EJ(TENIX0 MtiN, 1 2' ABOVE TOP OF `vOID 8 ALONG THE BOTTOt 11 7 A ELL 5LOPED DAC? PILL I O&r6 FOR F(R5T 19,0" INOT DW–r- W/ 500 OR EDGING "`-~–TOP 14' WEL COMPACTED DACKFILL —MiODERATELY COP.,'PACTED DACKFIL DO NOT OVER IWET OR PUDDLE :`DATER DURING 5ACP:.FILL (5EE REPORT FOR CAUTION CN HY7DRO5TATIC LOAD5) -DO NOT Al I OW LARGE MACMI3-WE TRAFFIC DURING 5ACrFILL � DA.P�iP PROOFING PER AFF' OPP)ATE CODE 10 MIL MIN' POLYETI HYLDIE GLUED TO WALL t EXTENDED NMN, 12" ABOVf TOP OF VOID * ALONG THE DOTTOM OF THE E%CAVA'fiom y' TO i ; CLEAN LANu GAPE M,E5?1 a GRA' .EL7 OR DRAM FABRIC 'j •05TURBED 501L a., pci.............. __........ _.. ,DIFLE:p-iO pERpO PIPE 5LOFE DRAIN PIPE Y°' PER FOOT TO DAYLIGHT OR TO A SLIP,^P P 5AC; Fl LL AROUND THE FOUNDATION SHOULD 5E N4015TENED AND CONIPACTED A1110 THE FINAL GRADE 5HOULD BE WELL SLOPED T O PRECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFALL, IRRIGATION WATER AND 5NOk." MELT ADJACENT TO FOUNDATION 'AfALLS, CAUTION DO NICT DIKE OR ItAPEDE THE FLC,AV OF W/AT `PAWAY FROK1 F -OU 1E"rATO %k;ALL5'' ITt-. 50D, EDGIk - K Ub"'OPATNIIE,t�I�A IL Attic 'OLYETH` LEVE. DO1VN5POUT5 AND 5 1 CC6� _Kuioipl CHARGE INTO 5PLA5H 5LOOK5 OR LONG EYT 5iON5. FOUNDATION EXTERIOFk DRAIN SYSTEM & BACKFILL DE AILS SCALE: FOR 1=16 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION E a0NIFIi ESig1 Ist— 818✓ `:T. Bth Ave, 210 %S+nst, RE, PP�� t t^f t� t t^t t i� g i f i G e' f ! i ! .,ase 3100 Sum '�.4Xi take•.«oed, C B4? 15 Casa€C Rcct. CO EtY1t3.f % Inc. PHC*PiE: (30JT lRAB - 5F5M1 a., pci.............. __........ _.. ,DIFLE:p-iO pERpO PIPE 5LOFE DRAIN PIPE Y°' PER FOOT TO DAYLIGHT OR TO A SLIP,^P P 5AC; Fl LL AROUND THE FOUNDATION SHOULD 5E N4015TENED AND CONIPACTED A1110 THE FINAL GRADE 5HOULD BE WELL SLOPED T O PRECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFALL, IRRIGATION WATER AND 5NOk." MELT ADJACENT TO FOUNDATION 'AfALLS, CAUTION DO NICT DIKE OR ItAPEDE THE FLC,AV OF W/AT `PAWAY FROK1 F -OU 1E"rATO %k;ALL5'' ITt-. 50D, EDGIk - K Ub"'OPATNIIE,t�I�A IL Attic 'OLYETH` LEVE. DO1VN5POUT5 AND 5 1 CC6� _Kuioipl CHARGE INTO 5PLA5H 5LOOK5 OR LONG EYT 5iON5. FOUNDATION EXTERIOFk DRAIN SYSTEM & BACKFILL DE AILS SCALE: FOR 1=16 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION WALL PANEL AND BRACE CALCULATIONS FOR 5" WIDE FLANGE, 42" HIGH STEEL WALL PANEL (Pages 1-13) Prepared for: CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS, INC. 269 South Rt. 61 Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 Prepared By: SCHAFER ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES 1885 State Street Li Schenectady, New York 12304 Phone: (518) 393-4767 Fax: (518) 393-3510 td'~ut S nature, raised seai and calor watermark. t cst for L t r Porrhit Applications. Issue; No. 17-7330 &xpir8ttoi�. „ Yb/3%17, G F€ 3 stallition Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel Calculation Assumptions: a.) The panel ends provide minimal vertical stiffener reinforcement for the galvanized steel pool panels. Therefore, the critical case for calculating vertical stiffener strength occurs when a 4 foot panel is sandwiched between two 6 foot panels. b.) The concrete pour at the base of the wall (i.e., bond beam) provides 6 inches of vertical support to the panels, stiffeners and braces. c.) Refer to the last page for more Material/Installation Assumptions. Definition of Parameters: Assumed Soil Properties: (Sandy silt soil material) Wd (unit weight of dry soil) 105 Ib/ft3 WW (unit weight of saturated soil) 135 lb/ft' (D (soils interior angle of friction) 30 degrees Ka (lateral active soil coefficient) = tan (45-0/2) 0.333 Ib/in2 Yd (equivalent active unit weight of dry soil) = Ka Wd 35 Ib/ft3 7s (equivalent active unit weight of saturated soil) = K.WW 45 Ib/ft3 yv, (unit weight of water) 62.4 Ib/ft3 µ (friction factor between soil and concrete) 0.45 ft Material Properties and Dimensions: 3.0 ft Panels/Stiffeners/Channels (maximum unstiffened 4 foot panel width) 4.0 E (modulus of elasticity) 29,000 k/in2 Fy (minimum yield stress of cold -formed steel) 42,000 Ib/in2 Fb (allowable bending stress of cold -formed steel) 25,150 Ib/in2 Fb.pete (allowable bending stress of cold -formed plate steel) 31,500 Ib/in2 Ft (allowable tensile stress of cold -formed steel) 25,150 Ib/in2 tp (thickness of panel, stiffener, and channel steel) 0.0785 in h (height of panel) 3.5 ft hW (depth of water) 3.0 ft hell (effective height of panel) 3.0 ft b4 (maximum unstiffened 4 foot panel width) 4.0 ft b6 (maximum unstiffened 6 foot panel width) 3.0 ft R (maximum radius of panel) 15 ft L, (effective height/length of stiffener = heff) 3.0 ft d (nominal depth of stiffener) 5.0 in L (maximum brace spacing) 8.0 ft Se,s (section modulus of stiffener) 0.5916 in b5 (maximum unsupported length between stiffeners) 10.0 ft Se,c (section modulus of channel) 0.6464 in Void with6A,signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for.usein Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 0n1y,ForJnst9#ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 City of \Nheat Ride' Schafer Engineering Associates 1 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel A307 Steel Bolts Ft (tensile stress of the bolt) 20,000 Ib/in2 F, (shear stress of the bolt) 10,000 Ib/in2 s (bolt spacing) 6 in db (bolt diameter) 0.3750 in Concrete Bond Beam F',, (compressive strength of concrete) tc (thickness of base pour) wc (width of base pour) YC (unit weight of concrete) am (moment arm) Angled Braces/Rods Fy (minimum yield stress of steel) Fa (allowable axial stress) ra (radius of gyration of angle) Aa (area of angle) La (maximum length of angle) Lr (maximum length of rod) dr (rod diameter) rr (radius of gyration of rod) k (effective length factor) Analyses: 1. General Panel Configuration 2,500 Ib/in2 6 in 2.5 ft 145 Ib/ft3 See Calculations 36,000 Ib/in2 9th Ed. ASD pp. 3-16 From Spreadsheet From Spreadsheet 44 in 19 in 0.625 in 0.1563 in 1.0 Es E E.1 11111EL f a iEo. E O. 6'-0" PANEL 4'-0" PANEL " t" '. 5 4;,LL EAidEL Voic! withif*gnature, raised seal and color watermark. Not forusiin,Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 OnlyFor4astagation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 City of Meat Ridge 8137id7rq Divison Schafer Engineering Associates 2of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 2. Loading Conditions: (Calculated per unit foot of wall.) A. Dry Backfill, Pool Full pl� i 2 2 Total lateral dry soil load [Pd] = Yd 2 h = 35 x 3.5 = 214,38 Ib/ft 2 2 Total lateral water load [P.] = YW x hW2 _ 62.4 x 3.0 2 = 280.80 Ib/ft 2 Total lateral load per unit length [P] = PW - Pd = 280.80 — 214.38 = 66.43 Ib/ft Approximate distributed panel load [Pnet] = P _ h Saturated Backfill, Pool Full 7sxh2 Total lateral saturated soil load [PS] = 2 = 66.43 18.98 Ib/ft2 3.5 J S 45 x 3.5 2 275.63 lb/ft L Total lateral load per unit length [P] = Rv - PS = 280.80 — 275.6 = 5.18 Ib/ft Approximate distributed panel load [Pr,p 5.18et] _ = = 1.48 Ib/ft2 h 3.5 ifry of /011/vheat Void,without signature, raised seal and color watermark. Schafer Engineering Associates Not for uwJh' Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 E3nI For tnstaffMion Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 3 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel: C. Dry Backfill, Pool Empty (See Material/Installation Assumptions) Total lateral dry soil load [Pd] = 214.38 lb/ft Approximate distributed panel load [Pnet] = Pd = 3 5 214.38 = 61.25 ib/ft2 3. Flat Plate Analysis: (4'-0" panel length governs as maximum spacing between vertical stiffeners occurs with this panel. See Calculation Assumption b.) Largest unsupported panel area: 3.0 ft x 4.0 ft Modify lateral soil load to determine actual load acting on panel parts by taking concrete bond beam into account. (Load Condition 2c governs and assumes overturning/sliding analysis requirements are met.) = yd x heff2 = 35 x 3.0 2 P, = 157.50 Ib/ft 2 2 157.50 Approximate distributed panel load [P'net] = P# _ 3.0 = 52.50 ib/ft2 hell 2 2 Actual bending stress [fb] = P'netheff2b42 = 52.50 x 3.0 � x 4.02 2 2tp (hell +b4) 2 x 0.0785 x ( 3.0 + 4.0 ) [fb] = 24,536.49 Wine F.O.S. = fb = 31,500 = 1.28 > 1.0 OK 24, 536.49 fes. r - Maid withoutsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use'in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Ont+—of-frtstal4ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 City of Schafer Engineering Associates 4of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 4. Radial Panel Analysis: (Tensile hoop stress. Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral distributed panel load [P'net ] from Section 3 applies.) R Actual Tensile Stress [ft] = \ \ Ip 52.50 x 15 x (1/12) f _ = 835.99 Ib/int 0.0785 25,150.00 F.O.S. _ --f t- = = 30.08 > 1.0 OK 835.99 FIi {_ SICE POOL SIDE P �Pr R 5. Bending along Vertical Axis at Vertical Stiffener:(See Calculation Assumption a.) �f o� WIDE 3 0„ 3 0„ VEPTI1-1_E '' (-)PIE[,,] T4TI011 P' B P A C E � EF P01fJT 5'-0POIN- FLANGE cr tp=0.072 T — WEB FLANGE =1 1?5 Modified lateral soil (P') from Section 3 applies: (Load Condition 2c governs.) Maximum bending moment [Ms] = 9P 3 ( 2s + 26 ) MS - 2 x 157.50 x 3.0 10.0 3.0 ( + ) _ 394.04 ft -Ib 9\/-3— 2 2 Actual bending stress [fb] = Ms = Se,s 394.04 x 12 0.5916 F.O.S. = Fb = 25,150 = 3.15 > 1.0 OK fb 7,992.73 = 7,992.73 Wine t qAi Void without signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for;'use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 17 t}r For Installation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street Wheatridge CO 80033 City of ��leat Ridg, Building t)iuisIn Schafer Engineering Associates 5of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel Bending in the Top Channel: (8'-0" panel length governs as maximum spacing between braces occurs with this panel.) cj:-5 _ANGE- �— FLAN -E=1,25 r„ —WEB 7 iP7 Pbot i F'j j-HAN�IFL It BRACE 1 BRACE POINT POINT Modified lateral soil (P') from Section 3 applies: (Load Condition 2c governs.) Load along the channel [Pt.,] P 157.50= = 52.50 Ib/ft2 3 3 2 2 0 Maximum bending moment [M.] = P`°$8x 8 .L° = 52.50 = 420.00 ft -lb fb = M` _ 420.00 x 12 _ 7,797.03 Ib/int Se,c 0.646 F.O.S. = Fb 25,150 = 3.23 > 1.0 OK fb 7,797.03 City of Wbeat Ridge z Void without4signature, raised seal and color watermark. Schafer Engineering Associates Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Oniy Forfnstallation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 6 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 7. Overturning Analysis: (Moments taken about point A with concrete bond beam in place. Calculated per unit foot of wall. Load Condition 2c governs.) E f E Mresist = Mback + Mconc = Pb amt + Pc amt = Wd hell We am, + 7c tc We amt = 105 x 3.0 x 2.5 x 1.67 + 145 x 0.5 x 2.5 x 1.67 = 1,614.58 ft -Ib OT = Msod = Pd amt = Yd x h 2 amt 2 2 35 x 3.5 3.5 X 2 3 = 250.10 ft -lb E Mresist 1, 614.58 F.O.S. _ _ E MOT 250.10 = 6.46 > 1.5 OK Void withouC�signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 01* For-,lnstailetion Address Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 7 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 8. Sliding Analysis: (Concrete bond beam in place. Calculated per unit foot of wall. Load Condition 2c governs.) W f E Presrst = µ(Pb + Pc) = p(Wd heffwc + yc to Wc) 0.45 x ( 105 x 3.0 x 2.5 + 145 x 0.5 x 2.5 ) == 435.94 -+.. 7d h2 Z Psridfng = Pd = 2 2 35 x 3.5 2 214.38 E P�esist 435.94 F.O.S. _ _ = 2.03 > 1.5 OK E PSiiding 214.38 Vold`ft- ut-tignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use' in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 QptyF,90 t�stattetion Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 f Schafer Engineering Associates 8of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 9. Brace (Angle Section) Analysis: (Assumes concrete bond beam in place and 8'-0" panel length for maximum brace spacing.) LATERAL LOAD DIAGRAM ALONG ANGLE \ 44' 11 GA GALVANIZED 41,1GLE ADJUSTABLE and STATIONARY AFRAME AS'SEM9L': A.) Compression Analysis: (Load Condition 2a governs.) Max force at brace level [P] = 3 66.43 Lc = 8.0 = 177.13 ib 3 Axial Compression Force [Pax] P, = P' = 177.13 p [ ] = 371.23 ib cos 8 cos ( 61.5) 0.4772 xc Actual axial stress [fa] _ Pa _ 371.23 = 1,072.91 Wine Aa 0.346 kLa 1.0x44 = 148.4 ra 0.2965 Fa 6.781 _ fa 1.0729 Cc = 126.1 Fa = 6.781 = 6.32>1.0OK Void w�thd t gnature, raised seat and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 OntyForfnstaffation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 9of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel B.) Tension Analysis: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P'] from Section 3 applies.) Max force at brace[Pi] = P' Lc _ 157.50 [ ] 3 - 3 8.0 = 420.00 ib Axial Tension Force [Part] = P' -P, = 420.00 _ 880.21 Ib cos 0 cos ( 61.5) 0.4772 Actual axial stress [fa] _ Part- 880.21= 2,543.96 Win' Aa 0.346 F.O.S. = f a = 21.600 8.49 > 1.0 OK 2.5440 w s Void withoul'signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only For Installation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 01 c►cy °1 Schafer Engineering Associates 10 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 10. Brace (Threaded Rod Section) Analysis: (Assumes concrete bond beam in place and 8'-0" panel length for maximum brace spacing.) A.) Compression Analysis: (Load Condition 2a governs.) Paxc 371.23 Actual axial stress [fa] = A - 0.3068 1,210.01 ib/int >°� TL�THPEADEID KLE 19" A707 k Lr 1 x 19 `; Rnr 121.6 Cc= 126.1> rr 0.15625 Fa = 10.05 10.05 F.O.S. = f a = = 8.31 > 1.0 OK Tl , -r l -E iE JA`THEEA ED Roc 1.2100 MBLY B.) Tension Analysis: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P] from Section 3 applies.) Actual axial tensile stress [ft] = A Paxt - 880.21 880.21 2,869.04 ib/int r0.3068 F.O.S. = f t = 21.6 = 7.53 > 1.0 OK 2.8690 11. Steel Bolt Analysis: A.) Check Bolt Shear: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P] from Section 3 applies. Refer to section 9b of brace analysis.) Actual bolt shear stress [fv] = Pax = 880.21 = 7,969.55 lb/int Ab 0.1104 F.O.S. = fv = 10,000 = 1.25 > 1.0 OK 7,969.55 B.) Check Bolt Tension Stress: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral distributed panel load [P'net] from Section 3 applies. Refer to Section 4 of radial panel analysis.) Maximum tensile force [T] = P'net R = 52.50 x 15 = 787.50 Win of panel depth Actual bolt tensile stress [ft] = T S = Ab F.O.S. _ f t = 20,000 = 5.61 3,565.07 787.50 x 6 X (1/12) 0.1104 > 1.0 OK Voia withputsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for -use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only -For Installation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 3,565.07 ib Oor Schafer Engineering Associates 11 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel Material/Installation Assumptions Wall panel, brace and paneUbrace fastener sizes, thickness, dimensional characteristics, material properties and strengths used in these calculations were provided by Cardinal Pool Systems, Inc. These calculations assume that these elements have uniform thicknesses, sizes, and material properties/strengths and that they are free of defects. These calculations cover only those elements identified herein and do not cover liners, ladders, steps, slides, decks, railings, etc. This pool system is intended to be installedonly by factory trained and approved distributors/contractors. 2. Soil pressures used in these calculations constitute those soils which are in their active state and have a maximum equivalent fluid pressure equal to 35 #/ft3 under non -saturated conditions and 45 #/ft3 under saturated conditions. See definition of parameters section for more soil type assumptions used in these calculations. These calculations do not consider the existence of expansive or adobe -type soils, high groundwater table conditions, or adjacent uncompacted soil fill conditions. If existing site soil conditions dictate a different or potentially higher equivalent fluid pressure than those used herein, the pool Purchaser/Installer shall contact a local Geotechnical (Soils) Engineer for additional guidance and direction prior to pool installation. Wall panel backfill materials shall consist of clean porous soils, free of roots and debris, installed and carefully tamped to eliminate voids, in layers not exceeding 12" thick. In addition, backfill materials shall not exceed the same equivalent fluid pressure characteristics identified in Item 2 above. Lastly, backfilling operations behind the pool panels must be performed in conjunction with the pool filling operations. Although these calculations show that backfill material can be placed behind the pool panels when the pool is empty, these pool panels should not be considered capable of independently withstanding either the pool water's lateral forces or the lateral soil forces (from behind the pool panels). 4. The pool is designed to remain full of water at all times. The pool may be damaged if the water level is allowed to drop below the pool inlet. When appreciable drawdown is noticed or if it becomes necessary to drain the pool, contact Cardinal Pool Systems, Inc. or its agent immediately for instructions. Temporary shoring of the pool panels is highly recommended 5. These structural calculations shall be considered void if not complete (pages 1 - 13) and do not contain a raised P.E. review seal, signature, and color watermark on each page. 6. Pool system is not designed for earthquake or surcharge loading (i.e., neighboring structures, vehicles, trees, equipment, etc.). 7. Finished decks and/or grades shall be constructed in accordance with the pool manufacturer's guidelines and be sloped away from the pool copings at a rate of not less than 1/4" per foot. 8. Concrete bond beam dimensions shall be 6" x 2'-6" minimum. 9. These calculations are in compliance with the following state and national codes: 1. 2000 - 2017 Nationally accepted International Building/Residential/Swimming Pool & Spa Codes (IBC/IRC/ISPSC) 2. 10. Refer to the Pool Manufacture's Installation Manual for additional restrictions, requirements, guidelines, and recommendations. V61 Withi utJignature, raised seal and color watermark. Schafer Engineering Associates Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Ontyr,.Eoc nstalWon Address: Steve Martha MORTELL., 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 12 of 12 FOR OFFICE USE ONLY City Of,��� i� Wh6at_jR,,jge '0 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Plan1permit # Building & Inspection Services Division ��_0/70`07t 7500 W. 24'' Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Pion Review r*e. Office: 303-236-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 ErnaiL permits _ft_ci.wheatridge.co.u_ Swimming Pool Building Permit Application *** Please complete all highlighted aress on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may riot be processed. *** Property Address: &75�' !S Property Owner (please print), ed Phone: 30 plql Property Owner Email: o Cie. 11 0M Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: ArchiteeVEngineer E-mail: ?Od.5,cc, Phone: So." -s - contractors City License Phone: Sub Contractors: Electrical: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Plumbing-. W - R, City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # MechanicaV W.k City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form cl. P-gon 0--1 ork: (Please fill out attached sheet reganding checklist information,) ANEW SWIMMING POOL REPAIR OF EXISTING POOL Please list details of work: Tb, / w i, /I b e- 3` a,-ep ivt o- V&P(C"(01,e & I 9D J'Y1 1('74 Vl,. Speed P L-tv-,p ��oct,A a- v, Lt,,A-4er s -It cle ' 133�1 00,C) . . ...... . Sq. FULF x 81 AiQ , Btu's Gallons Amps GO, - Other Project Value*., (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the InAm project) 0 o 0 S . ..... ... .... OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDE.RSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this pennit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants. easements or restrictions of record., that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate, that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit mued basal on this application; that I am the legal owvcr or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. CIRCLEONE., (OWA"ER) (CONTRACTOR) ff (AUTHORIZED REPRESEAT4TIVr) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) NAME;SIGNATURd�� OATL- ZONIN43 COMMMENTS. Revieww. Ski UNG OFYARTUM COWENT& Rewewer PUBLIC WORKS COMMENT,,&� Reviewer: kft��Hm EORN§ Fire l3wrVirent D Receled Not Required Water Distrid Received Not Requiree, Sar,ftlian District Recanted Not Required OCCUPAWY CLASSWICATION TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: SPRINKtERED OCCUPANT LOAD Building Division Valuation. $_ CAA PROFESSIONAL BUILDING & SAFETY!ENGLNEERING INFRAS"IRUCTURE MANAGEMENT 1. Obtain plan review approval from the following departments: a. Planning Division 2. N �onhe site plan: ates exiting in the direction of egress with self -latching hardware. ote on the site plan all doors from the residence having access to the pool area shall be equipped with a rmanently attached exit alarm. V ol equipment including pumps, filtration tanks and pumps, etc. bel the height and construction of the pool barrier. cation of diving board. Diving board shall conform to the minimum depth and width clearance uirements noted in the Mfg. installation manuals (page 5). Highlight the applicable row in table 1 and Location of the water slide. Water slide shall conform to the "Placement instructions" minimum depth and setback requirements of the Manufacturers requirements page 15 & 16. Check conflicts with diving board placement. ;6t_ Dimensions of the pool and setbacks from the property lines and other structures. Note on the site plan "this project shall comply with the 2012 International residential code, appendix G of the 12 International Residential Code, 2014 NEC, 2012 IMC and 2012 IPC." Provide a soils report. A5. Provide an electrical single line diagram (see Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs Checklist, Item 5) Show location VD, the main service panel on the site plan & conduits and conductors to the pool equipment panel. V/rs leading from the garage to the pool area shall be self-closing and self -latching and shall be in compliance the pool gate hardware requirements. i.e. self -latching, heights, etc. Note this on the site plan. .Resubmit (2) sets of revised plans on 11"x17" minimum sheets. All plans shall be wet -signed and sealed by the gneer of record. 144 CHARLES ABBOTT ASSOCIATES, INC. 390INTERLOCKEN CRESCENT, 31111 FLOOR, BROOMFIELU, CO 80021 TOLL FREE: (866) 530-4980 EMAIL: WWW.CAAPROFESSIONALS.COM Project Description Project Address: Permit App. Date: Applicant: Applicant email: Plan Checker: CAA PROF FCC ION AI 1301 LDING E. SAFETIENGINL. I -R I I,U IN i R AJ'I RLQ C ILRF M%ICACf. NIFN I' PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS FOR CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Vinyl built in Swimming Pool 4020 Estes Street 7/18/17 Schafer Engineering Associates pools@schaferEA.com Dan Schultz Plan Checker email: dannyschultz@caaprofessionals.com Plan Check No.: 201707971 Phone: (518) 393-4767 Phone: (303) 235-3803 The project plans were reviewed for compliance with the following codes and standards: 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2012 IMC, 2012 ECC, 2014 NEC, 2012 IPC, 2009 ANSI/ICC, City of Wheat Ridge Amendments, • TO EXPEDITE PROJECT APPROVAL: Please provide a written response indicating how and where each comment was resolved on the plans. • Resubmit all previously reviewed plans, updated plans and supporting documents with each subsequent review. • For clarification of any plan review comment, please call or email the plan checker listed above. CHARLES ABBOTT ASSOCIATES, INC. WO IN ILKi nI to \ CRi m i \I, 31' 1 I ooK- BROUMI II i o. U0 30021 Fol I FRLL: (866) 530-4 180 ENIA11.: .('AAPROF[ SSIONAI.SA N1 Cortoete The nfora" iia Dat Apoieso Your Project: �MIW Ilk I MI 3-3 Page Bottom co A, -4,i -o cove K WDDJ.E164833 Swimming Pool and Spa Cover Operators, Electric Swimming Pool and Spa Cover Operators, Electric See General Information for Swimming Pool and Spa Cover Operators, Electric LATHAM POOL PRODUCTS INC E164833 1795 W 200 N Lindon, UT 84042-1661 USA Pool cover operators, Models CS 1800, CS 1800 CL, CS 1800 LO, CS 1800 SS, CS 1800 SW. Pool cover operator accessory, pool cover drain pump, Model AD -1100. Pool cover operator and safety cover, Model Infinity 4000. Classified in Accordance with ASTM F 1346-91 (Reapproved 2010). Last Updated on 2015-01-09 Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top G 2017 UL LLC The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non - misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "-c) 2017 UL LLC". �POot_ Covo-r StandardUnderguide......................................................................................................... 3 Mechanism.. ................. ..................... ...................... - ........ ....... 5 CoverFabric...................................................................................................................... 9 ClassicAluminum Lid....................................................................................................... 15 Home Owner Check List................................................................................................... 17 Tools Required 1. Hammer drill or rotary hammer 2. Masonry drill bit 114° x 6° (1/4" x 12" bit) 3. Extension cords 4. #2 and #3 Phillips & standard screw drivers 5. Ratchet with 5/16" - 3/4" sockets 6. Hacksaw 7. String line 8. Utility knife 9. Broom 10. Hammer & rubber mallet 11. Pliers - standard, needle nose & channel lock 12. Files - round, triangular & flat 13. Matches or cigarette lighter 14. Carpenter's square 15. 5/16 hex head driver bit with 12" extension 16. Drill (cordless or corded) 17. Set of drill bits (1/4" down to 1/16") K 18. Crescent wrench 19. 100 ft. & 25 ft. tape measure 20. Chalk line ( use white chalk) 21. Nut drivers - 5/16 3/8", 7/16", 1/2" 22. Chisel (wood & concrete) 23. Scissors 24. Wire strippers 25. Set of box/open end wrenches - 5/161' - 3/4" 26. 6° level 27. Set of allen wrenches 28. Wire 29. Electrical tape 30, Small sledge hammer 31. Vice grips 32. #2 #3 Phillips drill bits 33. Pencil or marker 34. 6 - 8 clamps Optional Power tools Skill saw with carbide tipped blade Sawzall, Grinder, Angle drill Installation Guide Step By Step Instructions Page/Step Guide assembly ............................ ........................... 4/1 Mounting the guides Standard Underguide mounting ........................4/6 Encapsulated Underguide mounting ..................4/7 3 Step By Step Instructions Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. To determine the correct guide space for the cover system, measure the length of the roll up tube. The guide space should be three inches longer than the roil up tube length. (For example, the roll up tube shown above measures 19 ft 9 inches. The correct guide space is 20 ft.) Cut the guide so it will extend from the front edge of the coping at the far end of the pool to 1 " past the inside of the housing if no encapsulation is being used. When encapsulation is used, it will extend one inch past the inside of the housing, with the guide extending one inch past the end of the encapsulation. Before splicing the sections of guide together, file all guide ends thoroughly, rounding all edges and removing all burrs. This step is extremely important! Tap the splice pins (39) into one end of the guide and slide the center splice (24) into the center channel. Lay the sections of guide on the deck and tap them together using a rubber mallet so the center splice and splice pins interlock with each section of guide. It's important that, the splice is tight together so there is not a gap from one guide to the next. Slide pulley end cap (15) into the end of the guide at that is at the opposite end of the pool from the mechanism.. Standard Underguide Clamp the guide with pulley to underside of the coping flush with the coping face. (If water is in the pool, place the hammer drill with a 1/4" masonry (carbide -tipped) bit into a large bucket) Drill holes approx. 3" deep on a slight angle toward the pool wall. Remove clamps and guides, then drive plastic anchors (33) into each hole. Finally, fasten the guides to the underside of the coping with #12 screws (26). Encapsulated Underguide (optional) If encapsulation is being used, the guide is normally installed during the cover installation. (See cover installation section page 10, step 9). Using a 5/32" alien wrench, loosen the screw on the top of the guide feed (16). Insert the guide feed on the end of the guide that will extend into the housing. 0 Holding the guide feed firmly, use a 6 inch 3/16"bit to drill through the hole in the guide feed and through the guide. Remove the guide feed. Do this for the guide on both sides of the pool. Installation Guide MECHANISM Step By Step Instructions Page/Step Housing preparation..................................................6/1 Connecting the roll -up tube.......................................6/2 Adjusting the mechanism height...............................6/4 Positioning the roll -up tube/mechanism ....................6/7 Anchoring the mechanism ......................................7/12 Extending the pulley brackets .................................7/13 Anchoring the pulley brackets.................................7/17 Wiring the electrical switch.....................................8/19 Electrical wiring & bonding diagram ........................8/24 E Step By Step Instructions Use a garden hose to clean out the housing. During this process, make sure the water is draining from the housing. It is critical that all cover housings have adequate drainage. It there is no drain or inadequate drainage in the cover housing, contact your Coverstar Representative. Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. Connecting the Roll -up Tube With the non motor end turned upside down, attach the cone for the non -motor end to the roll -up tube using the 3/8" x 1 1/4" bolts (36) and lock washers (37) provided. Adjusting Mechanism Height Measure from the bottom of the housing to the top of the guide or encapsulation. This is the installed height of the mechanism. Use this measurement to determine which holes to use when adding the mechanism feet. Install the roll -up tube as high as possible without rubbing on the lid brackets. Positioning the Mechanism Lower the assembled mechanism and tube into the housing and place it roughly in the position that it will anchored. Position the mechanism with the pulley brackets on the bottom. Install the feet on the mechanism using the carriage bolts (35) and nylock nuts (40) provided. Install the feet so the top of the mechanism will be flush with the top of the encapsulation. With the motor end turned upside down, attach the cone on the motor end using the same bolts (36) and washers (37). Tighten the bolts using a 9/16" wrench. Install the feet on the non -motor end . The top of the pulley bracket should be flush with the top of the encapsulation. Note: The height of the non motor end might need to be adjusted after the mechanism has been placed in the housing. With the mechanism and tube assembled and set in place in the housing, check the roll -up tube for level. This is crucial to proper operation of the cover. Position a level across the housing. Measure from the roll up tube to the bottom of the level on both the motor end and non motor end of the mechanism, Adjust height of the non -motor end feet if needed to level the roll -up tube. 0 Position the mechanism in the housing so that the roll -up tube is centered in the housing front to back. Note: If the cover housing isn't square to the pool, position the mechanism in the housing so it will be sqaure to the cover guide. Installation Guide Align the mechanism on the motor side first by using a straight edge or a piece of rope and extending it from the back side of the cover guide to the pulley to make sure the rope is running straight into pulley #1. On the non motor end, make sure the rope will travel straight from the guide to the pulley. It is important that the roll up tube be centered betweeen the cover guides. Tip: The end of the roll up tube should be 1 112 inches from the inside edge of the cover guide. Anchoring the Mechanism Center the motor end and non -motor end in the housing front to back. Anchor the non -motor and motor end feet into the housing using as many anchor points as possible. Extending The Pulley Brackets Loosen the nuts in the four positions on the Raise the pulley brackets up so that the top of the With the brackets in position, level the pulley adjustable brackets of the mechanism. Spread the bracket is even with the top of the encapsulation or brackets. Tighten the four nuts on the adjustable brackets outward against the walls of the housing. guide. This insures the ropes will be level. brackets. Now loosen the bolts and spread the pulley brackets at the non -motor end making sure they are also level. Raise the pulley bracket so it is flush with the top of the encapsulation. Anchoring The Pulley Brackets Anchor the motor and non -motor end brackets into the housing in as many places as possible. h On the motor and non -motor side, use a 3(16" bit and drill through the cross braces. To secure, use the half inch screws (28) and nylock nuts (29) provided and bolt the cross braces together in two places on each cross bracket. Step By Step Instructions Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. Wiring The Electrical Switch Connect the electric switch by wiring the neutral wire from the power supply, the white wire from the motor and one of the wires from the indicator light together using a wire nut. Note: Switch must be mounted in a position with a full view of the pool. Connect the ground wires from the power supply and the motor together using a wire nut. Run a pig tail from this wire nut to the grounding lug on the switch. Attach the other leg from the indicator light and the Insert the RED DIRECTIONAL WIRE into terminal BLUE DIRECTIONAL WIRE into terminal Al, and 131, and tighten the screw. tighten the screw. Key switch Is mounted In a standard__, all-weather UL listed, single gang box. Must be able to see 100% of the proof from this location. Single gang all-weather box r counted on comer of end wall of cover vault approx. 3" from top of deck. Note: Reverse directional wires if cover runs opposite to the direction indicated on the switch. suti-wet with d 110 Volt, 1fielnp leer and (31r`a Conduit with 3 wires (hot, neutral & unbroken ground) 4- ---- Conduit vault 4 whe3 ;� te�t;ortal vk lrea, fir,ral unbroken ground) lfu: wires rr sand to Meet altapplicable codes draft dra 's afli s. D Insert the hot wire from the power supply into terminal L1 on the back of the switch and tighten the screw. Do not loosen the screws too much or the internal switch connections will be permanently lost. 24 Electrical Wiring & Bonding The system must be bonded to meet the National Electrical Code. Bond both guides to the mechanism by attaching a bonding lug to the guidefeed screw and running a #8 solid copper bond wire to the mechanism. Bond the lid to the mechanism by drilling a hole in the lid at either end of the lid and attaching a bonding lug in each position and bonding it to the mechanism. All brackets and any other metal over 4" long should likewise be bonded to the mechanism. There should be a bond wire from the equipment pad inside the housing. Attach this bond wire to the mechanism to complete the bonding requirement. Note: Builder is responsible to bring proper electrical lines, conduit and bonding to the mechanism. Electrical wiring diagram and details are shown above with instructions on the right. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter A GFU nest be used in the o trial supply lime for #ur mown, This should to on a stearate deduled circuit only for the pool cover, Running Wires Bring 110 y to the key svaitdt, FMM the parrel hr #re key switch, run 3 wires (ftat.. Aral K unbroken grnuriM. from the key sw teh to the ratter end of #m housing, nm 4 wires (2 directional, a r€Wiel and aar unVoken grm, TermWM'ft wm #) air tri V poi N arottu is 110 XV HP with fly krad awe of 81 sr s. rvww ak appi"ole coaft regard wore s4e, Grou'lli", comeoixirs, W., KeySwitches Mount a sta da€d, single gang, €Al-wea sr junction= box for the key switcfr at a point whore t M of the pool is vires, T144ar requVement to m ASTM safety standards The key swl;ttit Should to he PW -4d in ft mec%nbm bran Tlr* t sheet a . Options coverstar has several differem wifirva opficim that k6AP, limit switches whelm remte contra€, watet leati" shulotf,, etc. See your irmerstar dist ibutx for delails. Installation Guide Step by Step Instructions Page/Step Opening the cover package.....................................10/1 Running ropes through the cover guides .................10/4 Alternate rope feed method.....................................10/8 Installing the cover guides ......................................10/9 Routing the ropes .................................................11/11 Attaching the cover leading edge .........................11/15 Guide Retainer Method .........................................12/21 Attaching the ropes to the reels ............................12/26 Running out the cover...........................................13/30 Attaching the cover and bonding wire ...................13/31 Mechanism adjustments (if needed only) Rope Adjustment ...................................................13/34 Torque Limiter Adjustment....................................14/37 Rope Reel and Non -Motor end Brake.. .... ....... ..... 14/39 W] Step By Step Instructions Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. Opening The Cover To open the cover box, cut the bands that hold the two halves of the box together. Never cut the top of the box open. Doing this could easily damage the cover inside. This kind of damage is not covered under the fabric warranty. With the bands cut, lift and remove the top box. Standing behind the housing looking over the pool, Unwrap the ropes and run them through the guides. unroll the cover from left to right. There are two methods that can be used. Running Ropes In The Guides The preferred method of running the rope is to take a short length of the rope outside of the guide and press it into the guide on the water side. Hold the rope outside the guide to pull the rope Now, feed the rope through the pulley assembly. down the length of the guide toward the end of the Insert the pulley into the end of the guide. pool. Pull the rope down the back side of the guide toward the cover housing. Alternate Rope Feeding Method Another common method of running rope is to pierce it with a small piece of wire. This wire then becomes the pulling handle as you feed the rope into the end of the guide. This is especially useful if encapsulation isn't being used and the guides are already installed. IE Install Guide in the Encapsulation Starting at one end, lift the guide so it will interlock with the encapsulation. Make sure the guide extends 1 " into the housing. Insert and tap the spacer into place underneath the guide along the entire length of the guide. Do this along both sides of the pool. The spacer needs to end at the inside edge of the housing Pull the rope along the back of the housing to the motor side. Place the nylon leading edge inserts If 0) into the ends of the leading edge tube. Make sure they can slide freely inside the leading edge tube. The grooves in the leading edge insert should line up with the tongues in the leading edge tube. Installation Guide Routing the Ropes Begin on the motor end. Pull the rope from the back channel of the guide around pulleys #1 and #2. Continue pulling the rope to the front side of the mechanism. Run the rope around pulley 44 with the rope coming off the bottom of the pulley. Pull the slack out of the rope. On the non -motor end, run the rope from the back channel of the guide around the pulley. Run the non -motor end rope behind the motor end rope as it passes behind pulleys #1 and #2 and around pulley U. Continue pulling the rope to the front side of the mechanism. Run the rope around pulley #5 with the rope coming off the bottom of the pulley. Pull all the excess rope through and lay it on the deck in front of the mechanism. Attaching The Cover Leading Edge Lay the front of the cover in front of the housing. Slide the leading edge through the loop on the front of the cover. Secure the leading edge support bracket to the slider by placing the 10-32 X 1" (41) screw up through the slider, the hole in the front corner of the cover, and through the support bracket. Tighten completely using 10-32 nylock (29), then back the nut off 12 turn. iE Pull the rope where it comes out of the guide as you feed the slider and cover into the guide a short distance. The guide feed should not be installed on the cover guide at this point. Step By Step Instructions Place a guide feed over the end of the guide, place a bonding lug (25) on top of the guide feed. Insert a 10-32 x 1 3/4" screw (42) through the lug and guide feed. guide. Insert a 10-32 x 13/4 screw (42) and nylock nut (29). This step is very important. This will prevent the guide from sliding into the cover housing duirng the operation of the cover system. (If the encapsulaiton was cut flush to the inside of the housing, secure the track using a guide retainer bracket (23)). Position the fabric on the leading edge so it is in line with the leading edge support bracket. Secure with a tek screw (32) on the back side of the leading edge. Be sure the screw does not interfere with the leading edge insert. Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. Use a 5/32" alien wrench to tighten the screw that connects the two sections of guide feed together. Guide Retainer Method When using encapsulation on the pool, extend it one inch into the cover housing. When cutting the cover guide to length, extend it one inch past the encapsulation. Run #8 copper bond wire QV,) from the lug on each Connect the bonding wire that is attached to the guide feed to the lugs on each mechanism end. front corner of the cover to the leading edge bar using a tek screw (32). Be sure the screw doesn't interfere with the leading edge insert. Attaching The Ropes To The Reels Pull the cover back until the sliders are against the stops. Pull the ropes tight as they come off the pulleys on the mechanism to eliminate the slack in the rope. W While pulling both ropes tight, use a lighter or torch to burn the ends of the rope. Cut the ropes so they are the same length. These ropes should be at least 8ft long. Use a lighter or torch to burn the ends of the rope to keep the rope from fraying. In some cases you will only need to cut one rope. Installation Guide Bring the ropes back to the mechanism. Slide the rope through the rope lug on the rope reel. Secure the ropes to the reel by tightening down the set screws in each lug. While holding the ropes over the mechanism, run the key switch in the cover position. The excess rope will be wrapped around the rope reel. Running Out The Cover Run the cover over the pool being careful to prevent it from binding in the guide feeds by lifting the cover if necessary. Attaching The Cover & Bonding Wire Make sure the webbing continues straight as it travels from the guide to the roll -up tube. Attach the cover to the roll -up tube using tek screws (32). The first screw on each end of the tube needs to be 3 inches from the end of the tube. As the cover rolls up on the tube, the webbing should roll up completely off the tube. Lay the bond wire on top of the cover fabric. Secure it to the roll up tube using a tek screw (32). Distribute the slack of the cover evenly between each screw across the length of the tube. Secure the cover to the roll -up tube using tek screws (32) every 2-3ft. When attaching the cover to the tube, do not use folds or pleats. Run the key switch in the uncover position to roll the cover up on the roll -up tube. Check the cover to be sure it rolls up evenly. Run the cover 6-10 times to make sure it opens and closes evenly. The cover fabric installation is now complete. Adjusting the Ropes When closing the cover, if both sides of the cover don't close squarely, one of the ropes may need to be adjusted. To adjust the rope, open the cover all the way. Pull the excess rope off the rope reel. If one of the ropes is longer than the other rope, loosen the set screw that secures the rope to the rope reel lug. Shorten this rope until it is the same length as the other rope. Re -attach the rope to the rope reel. 13 If both ropes are the same length, and the cover doesn't close squarely, shorten the rope for the side of the cover that doesn't close all the way. The amount that the rope is shortened is equal to the amount distance that the cover needed to travel to close all the way. While holding the rope, run the switch in the cover position. Step By Step Instructions Adjusting The Torque Limiter The Aluminum automatic cover system is equipped with a torque limiter that helps prevent damage to the mechanism. Only if the motorized mechanism does not extend or retract the cover will you need to adjust the torque limiter. To adjust the torque limiter, use a 9/16" wrench to tighten the first torque limiter bolt 112 turn. Run the cover. If further adjustment is needed, rotate the torque limiter brake arm to position the second brake bolt and tighten the second brake bolt 1/2 turn. Rope Reel Brake The rope reel brake should be tight enough to prevent the ropes from free spinning off the reel while the cover is opening. If you need to adjust the brakes, use two 7/16" wrenches or sockets to adjust the tension on the rope reel. Roll up Tube Brake The roll up tube brake should be tight enough to prevent the cover from rolling off the tube faster than it is being pulled into the guide. To adjust this brake, use two 7/16" wrenches and tightening or loosening the thru bolts in the brake block. 14 Adjusting The Brakes The mechanism is equipped with two brakes; one on the rope reel, and one for the roll up tube of the mechanism. The brakes are preset at the factory and should work properly. Installation Guide W, Step By Step Instructions Numbers in parenthesis refer to hardware shown on page 19. Installing The Lid Brackets Hold the bracket against the back wall of the housing so it is flush with the top of the deck. Use a'ia" masonry bit and drill through the holes in the bracket into the back of the housing. Be sure to drill the holes at least 3" deep. Tip: Drill one hole and insert the anchor. Level the bracket and insert a screw. This will help hold the bracket while the remaining holes are drilled. Remove the bracket and insert plastic anchors Secure the brackets to the back wall of the housing in each of the holes. Tap the anchors (33) with a using#12 x 13'2 "hex head (34) screws. Mount hammer so they are in the hole completely. a rope loop (30) on one screw of each of the brackets. This will keep the rope running straight along the back of the housing. Assembling The Aluminum Lid The aluminum lid will come with each section cut to length. Assemble the lid by sliding the hinge onto the main section of lid. Slide the motor and non motor lid ends onto the hinge. Position the lid over the top of the housing. The motor end and non -motor ends should extend past the cover housing 1-2". If they extend more and do not lay flat on the deck, it may be necessary to cut the lids. Mark the lid with a square at the 1" overlap point and cut it to length with a hacksaw or power saw with carbide tipped blade. Attaching The Lid To The Deck Drill through the lid hinge along the back edge every 2'-3' using a 1/4" drill bit. Then, drill through these holes and into the concrete deck using a 1/4" masonry bit. Remove concrete dust from the holes. Insert plastic anchors (33) into the holes and tap with a hammer so they are flush with the deck. Fasten the lid to the deck with #12 pan head screws (26). IN Measure across the hinge to evenly space the screws. Continue drilling and anchoring the hinge in this manner until the entire lid is attached to the deck. The safety pool cover installation is now complete. Now instruct the home owner using the home owners guide and the checklist on the next page. Installation Guide HOME OWNER CHECKLIST After the cover system is installed, it is critically impor- tant to instruct the home owner on how to operate the cover system safely and do routine maintenance. Use the following check list and the Coverstar Use & Care Guide as your primary instruction source. Use & Gare Guide Page ❑ Now to use the cover pump.........................................4 ❑ How to uncover and cover the pool .......................... 6-7 C] Warn about standing water on the cover......................4 ❑ Who is authorized to operate the cover system ............6 D Pool chemicals and cover life.......................................8 ❑ Proper maintenance and care of the cover system ... 8-9 C] Inform the customer on pool safety...............Back cover Installation Checklist Guides ❑ All guide ends filed. This is extremely important ❑ Does the guide space measurement match how the cover system was ordered? ❑ Cover goes through the guide joints smoothly. ❑ All guide screws are tight and flush. ❑ Pulleys are flush against the end of the guide. ❑ The guidefeeds are snug against the guide ❑ Guidefeeds bolted in and are tight. ❑ Stops installed. ❑ Alignment pins and splices used when joining the guides, even in encapsulation. Mechanism ❑ Mechanism installed level in the box. ❑ Tube level in housing. ❑ Tube centered between the guides. ❑ Enough clearance top, bottom, sides for the fabric. No rubbing of webbing on sides or bottom of box. ❑ Tube at the right height? The ideal location is to install the cover in the box so that the cover is coming off at as small an angle as possible. This reduces stress on the mechanism and reduces wear on cover guides at the end of the track. ❑ Tube either centered in the box or positioned slightly more towards the front of the box, so that the cover is unlikely to rub on the lid brackets. ❑ System mounted at right angle to the track. ❑ Ropes coming back straight out of the track. An excessive angle will cause wear on the cover guides at the end of the track. ❑ Ropes are not rubbing on any brackets or the deck. ❑ Ropes are run correctly (see page 15, steps 11-18). ❑ 8 feet of rope left on rope reel. ❑ System bonded according to electrical code. Cover bonded to leading edge and roll -up tube. ❑ Torque limiter adjusted for the pool (see page 18, steps 37-40). If mechanism is hydraulic, are both bypass valves set slightly higher than necessary to run the cover? ❑ Rope loops installed on each lid bracket so rope cannot droop and snag on cover or lid brackets (see page 20, step 3) ❑ Make sure the system is electrically bonded to meet the National Electrical Code. ❑ Make sure there is adequate drainage from the cover housing. Cover ❑ Fabric pinned to the take-up tube without pinned folds. ❑ Cover is bolted to the wheel assembly. ❑ Cover runs smoothly. ❑ Cover properly aligned when it closes or retracts. Note: An inch or two out of square is not uncommon and is not a concern as it will not effect the operation of the cover. Because of the size of the fabric roll, and changes in operating conditions the cover may vary slightly in alignment as it is run. ❑ The leading edge inserts move in and out freely the whole length of the pool. ❑ Fabric is pinned to the leading edge flush with the ends of the tube. ❑ Cover does not rub in the housing as it rolls up. Cover Lid ❑ All sharp edges have been filed ❑ All areas where the lid is not flat on the deck been screwed down to eliminate any potential hazards ❑ There is enough clearance between the lid brackets and the cover to avoid rubbing Misc. ❑ Key switch is in full view of the pool ❑ Cover pump tested by putting it in the water and operate it in front of homeowner ❑ The cover box is clean and clear of debris so that the drains are not easily clogged ❑ Pool area cleaned up ❑ Homeowner has been instructed (see page 21) 18 Parts Reference Installation Guide Mechanism Components a dftti 1 CO J L F r , 10 1# 1� Cover a' Cover Lid Lid Support Bracket Covera Side view ,60 u TOP view 16 L Parts List Misc. Hardware 23 24.25 1. A0610 Motor & housing, standard 3 wire Bison motor 24. M0104 Guide splice UG 403 2. A0327 Mechanism RT or UG (Right) 25. E1086 Bonding lug ka-6u (for 1 wire) A0326 Mechanism RT or UG (Left) 26. H0332 Screw PPSM 12 x 1-3,'4 for UG STD 3. M0305 Mechanism Mounting Foot (screw on guide)---- 4. A0020 Non -motor end cone assembly 27. H0150 Parts kit cross brace joining screw 26i 27 28 5. A0797 Tube insert for 6" tube 28. H0152 Screw PPMS 10-32 x 1/2 6. X0001 6" aluminum roll -up tube 29. H0176 Nut nylock 10-32 7, A2359 Non -motor end assembly RT./UG (Right) 30. H0075 Rope loop (black plastic) A2358 Non -motor end assembly RT/UG (Left) 31. H0310 Screw PPSM 10 x 1/2 ........... 8. A0605 Key switch - Leviton assembly complete wi light 32. H0313 Screw HHWSM tek 10 x 1/2 SS 29:30 31 9, A1100 Slider Assembly UG 403 & 801 for detachable ropes 33. H0324 Plastic anchor STD #12 10. Al 688 Leading edge insert assembly UG 3" 34. H0331 Screw HHWSM 12 x 1-1/2 w/slot 11. X0021 Aluminum leading edge 35. H0294 Carriage bolt 1i4-20 x 3/4 12. Cover Cover fabric 36, H0096 Bolt 1-11-13/8-16 - 1-1/4 .......... 13. PowerFlex Rope - Lengths will vary with cover 37. H0006 Split lock washer 3/8 32. 33 . 34 length) 38. E1098 Bonding wire 14, A0 403 underguide, 21' 39. HSpring pin for guide alignment 15. A0958958 Pulley end cap assembly 403 & 801 UG 40. H02760276 Nut Nylock 1(4-20 16. Al 884 Guide feed 2 piece SS UG 41. H0130 Screw PFMS 10-32 x 1 17. X0004 Main Lid 42. H1099 Screw PPMS 10-32 13/4 -- -- - --- -- 18. X0121 Motor End lid 43. X0651 Encapsulation 403 Gunite 21 ft. 35 36 37 19. X0659 Non -motor end lid 44. X0092 Spacer for Gunite encapsulation: flange 20. X0943 8" Lid hinge covers encapsulation to tile edge 21. At 692 Standard cover lid bracket (set of 2) 45. X0650 Encapsulation 403 vinyl liner 21 ft 22. E1130 Little Giant cover pump & instructions 46. X0091 Spacer for encapsulated guide 801, _... 23. A0407 Underauide retainer bracket set 403 fight grey 21 ft long ea. 38.39.40 The parts list at shove is typical for most pools up to 20'x 40and incudes all parts necessary to install ffie Coverstar system, however, parts will vary for longer or wider pools and according to your specific order.- - 41; 42 43' 44 45 46 ig Azz Design z z f E Engineering Inc. Z °0 00 North Office South Office 9197 W 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5�1 St, Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPERTY AT 4020 Estes at. City of Wheat Ridge Jefferson County, Colorado PREPARED FOR: Martha & Steve Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 ..e 9 � L1 16 1:14 IN I'MY1 I YT October 10, 2016 j," L b L Darin Denton, P.E. CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 TABLE C}FCONTENTS 1-0 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 1 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION & PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION .................................. 1 3'0 FIELD AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS .........................................................1 4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS .............. ........................................................... 2 4.1. SOIL AND BEDROCK PROFILE .......... ......................... -.......................... -2 4.2. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS-- --------------------..2 5'0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS .............. .............................................. 2 5.1. DRILLED PIERS ................. -....... -.......... --................................. ....... 3 6'0 SLAB RECOMMENDATIONS .......................................................................... 3 7.0 SITE GRADING ..................... .......................................................................... 4 7.1. SITE PREPARATION ........... ........ .... ......... .............. .......... .......... -....... 4 7.2. EXCAVAT|ONS--....... ...... ....... ....... ......... ...... .......... ................ ..... -b 7.3. ENGINEERED F|LL---.... .......... ----.......... ...... ---- .... ................ -5 7.4. BACKFILL ....... .......... ----........ ......... .............. ......... ....... ...... .......... 0 8.0 SURFACE DRAINAGE .................................................................................... 6 9.0 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE ............................................................................. 7 10.0 LIMITATIONS .................................................................................................. 8 APPENDIX A: ---------------------^-----------^ APPENDIX B-1 LABORATORY DATA ........................... ---- .......... ............. ..... B APPENDIX C: BORING LOG ............................ ......... .................. .............. ...... C APPENDIX D: DRAIN AROUND FOUNDATION WALL, FOUNDATION DRAIN, ANDBACKFILL ___....... .......... -........ --- ...... ----------'D CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 1.0 INTRODUCTION CRE Design Engineering has completed a site investigation for the subject property at the request of Martha Mortell. The purposes of our study were to evaluate the subsurface conditions and to provide design and construction recommendations regarding the geotechnical aspects of the proposed project. This report presents the findings of our site investigation, the results of our laboratory testing, and geotechnical recommendations to comply with local requirements and present an appropriate foundation for this site. 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION & PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION A single family residential structure exists on this site. It is our understanding that the existing structure will be demolished and that a new single family residential structure is planned for the proposed construction. The structure is to be constructed over a basement with a foundation depth of approximately 10 feet. CRE shall be notified if the foundation depths are different than stated above. 3.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS Three test borings were drilled at the project site (see Appendix A, Site Map). The borings were drilled to depths of 19-24 feet below ground surface (bgs) utilizing a truck mounted drill rig equipped with solid -stem augers. Soil and rock were visually logged during drilling by CRE Design Engineering personnel. Logs include soil and rock classification, density/consistency or hardness, weathering, moisture conditions, color, and other observations that may impact the design or construction. Changes in soil/rock types and properties are noted along with groundwater conditions encountered during drilling. A 2 -inch O.D. brass liner inside of a solid barrel sampler is used to retrieve the samples. The sample barrel is driven into the ground by a 140 pound hammer free failing 30 inches. Drill cuttings and bulk samples may also be collected where liner samples are not retrieved. Samples are then delivered to the laboratory for testing and analysis. Laboratory testing generally consisted of in-place moisture content and density, swell/consolidation potential, and soil classification tests. A summary of laboratory analysis, boring logs, and laboratory test results are included in Appendices B and C, which present specific subsurface conditions and property information. CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 E, I U#J = �-J I I -, f -I U f 1; ff-'s] W4 110-11" 1 il H - W Our understanding of the subsurface conditions at the project site is based on our field exploration and laboratory testing, and our experience with the general geology of the area. The following sections provide a generalized description of the subsurface materials encountered and groundwater conditions. 4.9. SOIL AND BEDROCK PROFILE Subsurface conditions and select laboratory test results are presented below: 13-11: (0 — 7 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY 0.8% swell (7 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 1.5% swell Depth of B-1 was approximately 24 feet. B-2: (0 — 6 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY (6 — 19 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 3.3% swell Depth of B-2 was approximately 19 feet. �m (0 — 7 ft) SC CLAYEY SAND 0.4% swell (7 — 10 ft) SM SILTY SAND (10 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 2.6% swell Depth of B-3 was approximately 24 feet. 4.2. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. Fluctuations in groundwater levels will occur due to variation in precipitation, irrigation, groundwater withdrawal, and surface water run-off. We do not anticipate groundwater will adversely affect site development. 5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Foundation recommendations in this report are made based on information available to CRE at the time of this report. This information may include but is not limited to foundation elevations, the location of the structure, results from this investigation, experience with similar soils and bedrock formations, and structural loads. The results of this investigation indicate that the proposed building may be supported on drilled piers. 2 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 5.1. DRILLED PIERS The foundation may consist of a grade beam and concrete pier foundation system. These drilled piers must be a minimum of 26 feet in length and must penetrate a minimum of 16 feet into bedrock. These piers must be a minimum of 10 inches in diameter. The maximum allowable end bearing pressure for these piers is 30,000 psf, and there is a corresponding 2,500 psf side shear value available for the bottom portion of the pier within bedrock neglecting the top 12 feet of the pier. The minimum dead load on these piers should be 7,000 psf when based upon the pier end area. If water is encountered during or after drilling the piers, measures must be taken to keep the holes clean and intact while placing concrete. Concrete should not be allowed to fall through standing water. Concrete should be placed by pumping it to the very bottom of the holes using tremie methods and forcing the water out. Casing may be required to eliminate collapsing sidewalls or to minimize water infiltration. Piers must be poured as soon as possible after drilling to ensure the integrity of the drilled holes. Ensure all loose material has been removed from the pier holes prior to placing concrete. Piers must be designed to resist a maximum uplift force of 50,000 lbs, or if larger diameter piers are desired, a pressure of 1,900 psf for a 10 foot active zone may be used. There must be a minimum 6 -inch void space under g ' rade beams to separate the grade beam from the soil. Foundation walls and retaining walls should be designed in accordance with the following equivalent fluid densities: "Active" = 60 pcf, "At Rest" = 80 pcf and "Passive" = 265 pcf. These values assume compaction within approximately 5 feet of the walls will be accomplished with relatively light compaction equipment. 6.0 SLAB RECOMMENDATIONS The Slab Performance Risk at this site is judged to be 'Moderate' (3-5% swell with a 500 psf surcharge). These soils may not be suitable for the construction of slabs. It must be understood that the risk of slab movement does exist. Changes in the water content of these soils may cause the soil to swell or shrink which may cause movement or cracking of slabs. If some movement of a concrete floor slab on grade is not acceptable, finished room areas should be constructed utilizing a structural floor system over a crawl space. 3 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 Should the owner elect to accept the risks of expansive/consolidating soils and the effects they have on slabs, the following have been shown to be helpful when constructing concrete slab on grade: • Slabs should bear on undisturbed natural soils, or on properly conditioned and re -compacted materials, as opposed to gravel or other materials, which may allow the migration of water below the slabs. If the on-site soils are not acceptable, it is preferable to bear slabs on non -expansive imported materials that has low permeability. This will minimize the transfer and retention of water below the slab. Materials with a Liquid Limit below 30 and a Plasticity Index less than 15 are preferred. • Slabs shall be isolated from foundation components by slip joints constructed to allow the independent movement of the slab. Slabs shall also be separated from any utility components by isolation joints. Mechanical equipment resting on slabs must be, fitted with expandable / collapsible sections in order to allow movement of the slab without damage to the equipment or to the structure. • Non-bearing partition walls should be constructed with a minimum of 3 inches of float to allow for movement of the slab without damaging any part of the structure. All doors shall be constructed with at least a 1 -inch gap at floor level. It is the owner's responsibility to monitor and maintain all floats and gaps as necessary. If additional information on float is needed, please contact this or any geotechnical office. • Slabs must be appropriately reinforced to resist the anticipated loads as well as the effects of the supporting soils. Floor slabs must also be scored in accordance with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) recommendations in order to control cracking of the slab due to shrinkage or other factors. These scores should be a maximum of 12 feet apart. 7.0 SITE GRADING The following sections provide recommendations for earthwork, including site preparation, excavations, engineered fill, and backfill. 7.1. SITE PREPARATION Prior to construction the ground surface in proposed structure and improvement areas should be stripped of existing vegetation, debris, topsoil, undocumented fill, soft, loose, or disturbed native soils, and other deleterious material. This includes areas below foundations and floor slabs. Materials generated during clearing operations should be removed from the project site for disposal. Onsite topsoil may be stockpiled and reused in landscaping or other non-structural areas. Clay soils should be kept from desiccating (drying and shrinking) by sprinkling the soils occasionally. 4 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 7.2. EXCA VA TIONS The onsite surface and near surface soils may generally be excavated with heavy-duty earthmoving or excavation equipment in good operating condition. Excavations extending into formational bedrock will be difficult and the use of more aggressive excavation techniques, such as single -shank rippers, hoe - ram, or other rock breaking techniques may be needed to achieve proposed. Based on the subsurface information obtained from our exploratory borings, we anticipate that the soil conditions and stability of the excavation sidewalls may vary with depth. Excavations should be performed in accordance with OSHA regulations as stated in 29 CFR 1926 Part P, when considering a "C" type soil. The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavations sides and bottom. The contractor should evaluate the soil exposed in excavations as part of the required safety procedures. CRE does not assume responsibility for construction site safety or for the contractor's or other parties' compliance with local, state, and federal safety or other regulations. Site preparation procedures should be performed such that the potential for standing and ponding of water around the site is minimized. During wet weather, earthen berms, swales, or other methods should be used where necessary to route water away from excavations. Water that accumulates in excavations should be promptly pumped out or otherwise removed and these areas should be allowed to dry out before resuming construction. 7.3. ENGINEERED FILL If fill is needed, all fill placed in structural areas should be compacted engineered fill. Prior to placement and compaction of engineered fill, the geotechnical consultant should observe areas to receive fill at the time of grading to evaluate the exposed soils, ensure any undocumented fill has been removed, and to determine if removals to more competent soils are needed. Based on the laboratory test results and our general observations, it is our opinion the excavated native site soils are suitable for reuse as engineered fill provided they are processed and moisture conditioned in accordance with the recommendations set forth herein. Engineered fill should not contain expansive soil (swell potential greater than 1 percent under a surcharge pressure of 500 psf when remolded at optimum moisture content and 95 percent relative compaction as evaluated by ASTM D 698), organic material, claystone bedrock fragments, or other deleterious matter. Additional soil sampling and laboratory testing should be performed during earthwork 5 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 operations to evaluate whether on-site soils meet the recommendations provided in this report for use as engineered fill. Engineered fill should be moisture -conditioned to moisture contents within 2 percent of optimum moisture content placed in uniform horizontal lifts and compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent, or more as evaluated by ASTM D 698. For sandy soils, less than 30% passing the #200 sieve, soils should be compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent or more as evaluated by ASTM D 1557, and within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The thickness of each lift should be appropriate for the compaction equipment that is used. We recommend a maximum lift thickness of 6 inches for hand operated equipment, 8 inches for most "trench compactors", and 12 inches for larger rollers. Compaction areas should be kept separate, and no lift should be covered by another until relative compaction and moisture content within the recommended ranges are obtained. Earthwork operations should be observed and compaction of engineered fill and backfill materials should be tested by the project's geotechnical consultant. Early testing is recommended to demonstrate that placement and compaction methods are achieving the required compaction for the entire depth of fill. Without a strict quality assurance program, the fill may not be of sufficient quality to achieved required performance. 7.4. BACKFILL Backfill placed around foundation walls should be free of trash and fragments of rock over 3 inches in diameter, soil should be moistened and adequately compacted to help reduce settlement after completion of construction. The top one foot of the backfill material should be relatively impervious. All walls over 4 feet high should have floor systems in place or be well braced prior to backfill process to prevent damage from lateral pressure. The method of controlled puddling or flooding the backfill zone should not be used. 8.0 SURFACE DRAINAGE • The area surrounding the structure should be graded so as to provide adequate drainage away from the structure. This is typically accomplished by utilizing a 10 percent (12 inches in 10 feet) slope down and away from the foundation. Low spots should be filled in order to prevent accumulation and ponding of water near the structure. • Surface water running toward the structures from up slope areas should be diverted around and away from the structures by means of drainage swales or other similar measures. 6 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 • Decorative edging should be constructed to allow water to flow through, around or under the edging and not so as to cause damming of water behind the edging. • Sprinkler systems should be constructed so as to keep the area within 5 feet of the structure as dry as possible. Sprinkler heads or other irrigation components should not be placed in, nor should they release water into, the area that is within 5 feet of the structure. • Downspouts and sill cocks must terminate outside of the backfill area of the structure and a minimum of 6 feet from the structure. Downspouts and sill cocks should discharge into splash blocks that extend well beyond the limits of the backfill, The use of long downspout extensions in-place of splash blocks is advisable. • The owner is encouraged to read A Guide to Swelling Soils for Colorado Homebuyers and Homeowners, Special Publication No. 43, available from the Colorado Geological Survey. Recommendations contained in the report are also applicable for prevention of settlement due to wetting of support soils. Refer to Appendix D for representation of some of the above. In order to minimize the chances of water damage to the structure, a perimeter drain is required for any habitable spaces below grade built on this site. This drain may daylight to an exterior outfall location or may flow into a sump pit fitted with a pump. If an exterior outfall location is selected, ensure that the drain opening is protected by screen, Refer to Appendix D for a typical perimeter drain cross section. The attached drain details are intended for use where below grade habitable spaces are constructed a minimum of 3 feet above the groundwater table. If below grade habitable spaces are constructed below or within 3 feet of the groundwater the attached perimeter drain details shall not be used and a drainage system should be designed by a qualified civil engineer. 19 Design 2 z C E Engineering t5 Cr 0 Z 0 Inc. (J) (9 C) North Office South Office 9197 W. 6th Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha& Steve Mortell Project Number. 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Wet Density (pcf): 123.9 135.5 129.4 Dry Density (pcf): 111.3 115.7 106.6 Moisture 1%): k 11. 4 '1 '7.n 1I W 21-4 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Fines (%): 511 80.1 88.6 Sands (%): 48.0 19.8 11.4 Gravels (%): 0.8 0.1 0.0 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay / I �' � • i • i • i � • , 1 L i i 113 I F.Al 11 U CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC, SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 10.0 LIMITATIONS In any subsurface investigation, limited data is available from which to formulate soil descriptions and generate recommendations for foundations and related construction components. There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. The nature and extent of variations across the site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. The samples taken are indicative of the subsurface materials at the time and at the location the samples were taken. Precipitation, seasonal changes, and excavating are just a few of the factors that may create changes in the composition of the site. If conditions are encountered which are significantly different from those described in this report, contact this office before proceeding. By acceptance of this report all parties agree that the purpose of this report is to provide geotechnical data and foundation recommendations only and does not address nor was intended to address any environmental issues, hazardous materials, mold issues, toxic waste issues or other subsurface situations or conditions other than those described within this report, This report is intended for the sole use of the above named client and their approved agents. It does not provide sufficient data to prepare an accurate bid by contractors. This office cannot be responsible for any conclusions or recommendations made by other parties based upon the data contained herein. Our conclusions, recommendations, and opinions are based on an analysis of the observed site conditions. If geotechnical conditions different from those described in this report are encountered, our office should be notified and additional recommendations, if warranted, will be provided upon request. In addition, changes to the applicable laws, regulations, codes, and standards of practice may occur due to government action or the broadening of knowledge. The findings of this report may, therefore, be invalidated over time, in part or in whole, by changes over which CRE Design Engineering has no control. 9 Design 2 z C Ur Engineering 0 UJ zto UJ 0 Inc. (J) (D 0 North Office South Office 9197 W. &h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 23 Wet Density (pcf): 121.9 128.8 130.7 130.0 Dry Density (pcf): 111.6 108.0 109,5 109.7 Moisture (%): 9.2 19.3 19.4 18.5 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 Fines 52.6 81.0 79.9 Sands 47.1 183 19.6 Gravels 03 0.7 0.4 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay With Sand 17, Design B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 UEngineering 133.8 119.7 131,1 Inc. z 108.2 110.9 U) (D 0 North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Wet Density (pcf): 133.8 119.7 131,1 Dry Density (pcf): 116.9 108.2 110.9 Moisture (%): 14.5 10.6 18,2 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Fines 45.0 29.2 93.1 Sands 54.8 70.8 6.8 Gravels 0.1 0.0 0.1 Group Symbol SC Sm CL USCS Classification Clayey Sand Silty Sand Lean Clay North Office South Office Design -a in A 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 4 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 enu Engineering 0 z Inc. P 0 Ui 0) co.) Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-1 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth (ft): 3 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5000 Percent Swell: 0.8 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0.2 Inundation 500 1 -0.6 final Loading Soo -0.6 1000 -0.5 3000 -0.2 5000 0.2 _0 -4 -3 -2 0 U) ees 2 3 4 5 100 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pef): 122.1 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 111.8 Initial Moisture (%): 9,2 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 131,2 Final Dry Density (pcf): 119.3 Final Moisture (%): 10.0 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 1000 Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) 10000 Initial Loading Inundation --r--Final Loading Design z z Engineering U UJ CO LU Z Inc. Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5909 Percent Swell: 1.5 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain N Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.7 1000 1.1 Inundation 1000 Final Loading 1000 -0.4 3000 0.1 5000 0.9 -5 -4 -3 -2 0 V) 2 3 4 5 100 North Office 9 197 W. 6111 Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone'. 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-1 Depth (ft).- 13 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pco: 129.7 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 1083 Initial Moisture (%)-. 19.4 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 130.7 Final Dry Density (pcf): 109.3 Final Moisture (%): 19,6 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 1000 Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) 10000 Initial Loading Inundation Final Loading Client: Martha& Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12273 Percent Swell: 3.3 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading North Office South Office 200 Design 500 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 500 1 -3.1 iE z Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 E Engineering L) -2.4 5000 -1,9 Inc. 0 z Lu 20000 1.9 0 0 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha& Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12273 Percent Swell: 3.3 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0,2 Inundation 500 1 -3.1 Final Loading Soo -3.1 1000 -2.9 3000 -2.4 5000 -1,9 10000 -03 20000 1.9 -0 -4 _3 -2 0 2 3 Boring Number: B-2 Depth (ft): 8 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.7 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 113.4 Initial Moisture (%): 17.0 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf)-. 135.5 Final Dry Density (pcf): 115.8 Final Moisture (%): 17.1 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 4 _ 1 -1 1 1 . 100 1000 10000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) 100000 _ Initial Loading --.-- Inundation --*--Final Loading Design 2 z BEEngineering i- V) 0Z W 0 Inc. (n 0 C) Client: Martha& Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (pso: 2333 Percent Swell: 0.4 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain N Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 03 Inundation 500 1 0.3 Final Loading 500 0.3 1000 0.5 3000 0.8 -5 -4 -3 -2 0 C0 2 3 4 5 North Office South Office 9197 W 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 wvvw.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-3 Depth (ft): 3 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 1323 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 115.5 Initial Moisture (%): 14,5 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 134.2 Final Dry Density (pcf): 117.1 Final Moisture (%): 14.6 ...... Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) 10000 ........... ......... .............. — Initial Loading - Inundation -Final Loading North Office South Office 9197 W. 611, Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Oesign z Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 E °i Engineering t� 0 Z Inc. a) c 0 Phone: 303-686-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St, City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12143 Percent Swell: 2.6 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain I (%) initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.6 1000 0.7 Inundation 1000 1 -1.9 Final Loading 1000 -1.9 3000 -1A 5000 -0.6 10000 0.4 20000 1.8 Boring Number: B-3 Depth (ft): 23 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.3 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 111.9 Initial Moisture (%): 18.2 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 1323 Final Dry Density (pcf): 111.9 Final Moisture (%)., 181 Axial Strain vs; Effective Stress North Office South Office Oesign 9197W6th Ave, Suite 11OU 21O5th St- Suite 2OO KORC Engineering Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO8U1O4 Inc. w|�oq Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-1 Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4O2OEstes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Depth toGround Water (ft): NE Depth toBedrock (f): 7 Total Depth (ft). 24 Drill Date: 9/19/16 Group Dry Moisture Percent Percent 06 4) E a. Lithologic Layers Symbol Density Content Swell 4200 Legend Topsoil Fill Brown, SANDY LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), X 19/12 calcareous, laminated, [Alluviall CL 111.6 9,2 0.8 52,6 Asphalt Landscaping Concrete 5 Lean Clay (CL) Fat Clay (CH) 33/12 CL 108,0 19.3 81,0 Silty Clay (CL -ML) Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) VI�NIY 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay Poorly Graded Sand (SP): X 31/12 CL 109's 194 1.5 79,9 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Brown, CLAYSTONE, (moist), (firm to very hard), Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC) calcareous, iron oxide stains, saprolitic, (Bedrock] Clayey Sand (SC) Silty Clayey Sand (SC-SIVI) Silt (ME) Elastic Silt (MH) OAF Gravels 20 Claystone Sandstone X 50/6 Conglomerate - Peat 25 Coal Granitic Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill Equilibrated Water Depth Not Encountered NE 35 North Office South Office Oesign S187VV,6mAve, Suite 11OO 21O5th St. Suite 208 Lakewood, CU0� �15 ��leRock, CO8O1O4 Engineering Inc.f��� w�~�u --- ' Phone: 303-888-6151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-2 Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 402OEstes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Depth toBedrock /hj: 6 Total Depth (0U: 19 Drill Date: 9/19/16 CL Group Dry Moisture Percent Percent W Lithologic Layers Symbol Densit Content Swell 4200 Legend Topsoil Brown, SANDY LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), Fill 17112 calcareous, laminated, [Alluviall CL 1113 11,4 511 Asphalt Concrete 5 Lean Clay (CL) Fat Clay (CH) T 50112 CL 11S3 17,0 33 80.1 Silty Clay (CL -ML) Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW-SM),,,,,'e,, 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) Brown, CLAYS TONE, (moist), (hard to firm), Poorly Graded Sand (SP) calcareous, iron oxide stains, saprolitic, [Bedrock) UAM Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC)::':':':' Silty Sand (SM) 15 Clayey Sand (SC) Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) 30112 CL 106,6 21.4 8&6 Silt (ML) Elastic Silt (MH) OR 40 Gravels 20 Claystone Sandstone Siltstone Conglomerate Peat 25 Coal Granitic Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill Equilibrated Water Depth Not Encountered NE 35 North Office South Office Oesign 9197 W 611 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Engineering Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Inc. (n 8to Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-3 Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Depth to Bedrock (ft): 10 Total Depth (ft): 24 Drill Date: 9/19/16 0 S! CL i�� M Group Dry Moisture Percent Percent 4) EM M M 67 M 3: Lithologic Layers Symbol DensityContent Swell 4200 Legend 3 z 1 U- (Pcf) 0 Topsoil Brown, CLAYEY SAND, (moist), (medium dense), Fill 12112 calcareous, iron oxide stains, (Alluvial] Sc 116.9 14.5 0,4 45.0 Asphalt Landscaping Concrete Lean Clay (CL) OPEN X 17112 Brownish Yellow, SILTY SAND, (moist) (medium SM 10&2 10,6 29,2 Fat Clay (CH) Silty Clay (CL -ML) dense), fine grained, ]Alluvial] Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) )-V'-" 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) Poorly Graded Sand (SP) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC)::':':.-:' Silty Sand (SM) 15 Gray and Brownish Yellow, CLAYSTONE, (moist), Clayey Sand (SC) UU, (hard), iron oxide stains, blocky, [Bedrock] Silty Clayey Sand 1,SC-SM) Silt (MIL) Elastic Silt (MH) Gravels 20 Claystone Sandstone X 50/11 Cl- 110,9 18,2 2,6 93.1 Siltstone Conglomerate Peat 25 Coal Granitic Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusalp" 30 Water Depth at Drill -V Equilibrated Water Depth V Not Encountered NE 35_ A * * ► • also MIAMI M ROOF GUT -i FR DOIJVN5POUT AND EYTEN5iON 5HCOULJ EXTE'MD MYONO GKAVI'Li OF,5ARK CO?1115. Ruc T FLOOF5 WELL 5LOPED BACK FILL OR BRACE +MALL5 TOP I olro FOP, NP115 T 101,10, t f5c " Tom PRIOR 9M W 6M Awe, Voso*su"t wdCWZ 80104 —�s","O o' RMAIC0 TO 5ACKrL-;lNG-----------,,.� -DECORATIVE PHONE UMW�) ON, 5151 GRAVEL OR DAR jJ FOUNDATION DE51GN DY OTHER5 WOOD OR NIF TIAL EDGE k WEEP HIQLF5 OR i" ;PAGE TO A,Lr--4,1 FF-Eff FLC,-.,;V OF WATER TOP 12:'WEL �Fll L CO�,AIFACTED 5ACt ; L tv'100rRATELY COINAFACTED 5ACKFILL CC NOT OVER %` E` OF, FUDDLE %':!ATER DUFING BACr,fl!-L (5EE REROPT F`",Fl CAU -,10N ON r"t,0RO5-,ATiCLOA[ )l-3) 00 NOT ALLON'V LARGE MACHINE TPAFFi(; DURING 5ACKFILL **5ACIFIILL AFOUND THE FOU14DAT"ON 5."CULD 5FK4015TEWEE1 Ah0 COMPACTUD XND THE F111AL GRADE 5MOULD 5E WELL 5LOPElrl M PRECLUDE FONDING OF P,41NFALL, IRPiGATION OVATEF, A? 0 5NOW N15 -T ADJACENT TO FOUNDATION ViALL5, "CAUTION: DO NOT C)1:':1-7 C'R 01JPEDE THE FLOW OF (MATER AlVAY FF',atO FOU NDA TO',,J VVALLJ5 WITH 500, EDGING OR DECORATNE GRAvEL M,0 FOLYETI�YffNE. D,01,1VN5P0UT5 AND 51LL CCCF5 5MOULD D- iNTO 5FLA5ti 5LOCr,,5 OR LONG' EXTFN51ON5, -1. - - DRAINAGE AROUND SCALE: FOUNDATION WALL 1:16 hodb Me, Gouth 0�fte RE", i Design Engineering 9M W 6M Awe, Voso*su"t wdCWZ 80104 —�s","O o' RMAIC0 I. PHONE UMW�) ON, 5151 lul nc CONSTRUCT FLOORS (5LAD5 WELL 5LOPED DACIK, FILL t 5TFUGTURAL) OR BRACE VIVA1 L5 Tor t 50 —M Om PRION. TO ,FILLI NG 5AC' P, I 01ra FOR F(R5T 101 -011 DO NOT DW—F 'W/ 50D OR EDGING L COMPACTED TOP 12" WE- -5ACKFILL hs ODE"ITELI` CONAFACTM 5ACKFILL DO NOT OVER WET PUDDLE �kIA/ATEF T 01 R DURING 5ACKT)LL. (5EF REPORT FOR GRADE DEAN! DF-51GN f5Y OTHEF5 CAU; ION ON HYDR05TATIC LOAD55I •DO NOT ALLOW LARGE MAChi'lt TIRAFFIC DURING BACKFILL CoNC- 51 A13 V00-5ft FCUN0X,,T rN DE51GN FOP, THICKNE55. CO NOT PLACE OVft, PIERS UNDISTURBED `SOIL 5TR,UCTURAL FLOOR, t3y OTHIf;-,',5 ti 0 10 N41L MIN POLYE-ffy-LENE GLUED TOVVALL t ff)(EN0FD tj P01N, 12' ABOVE TOP OF'VOID & ALMG THTE E50TTOI, * 4 7 OF T"E EYCA'11ATION UN015TUREllfl) 501L ...... .... . .... . EDIFLEXIDLE PIPE 44 0 PnRPORAI SLOPE DRAIN PIPE PER FOOT TO DAY13GH.T OR TO A 5LIN,11' PIT 15ACt'\FILL AROUND ;THE FOUNDATION 51-11CULD 5E t\1015TEIED ANAL-� COMPACTED AND THE FiNAL GRADE 5tIOULD 51EVVELL 5sollffl) TO PRECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFA. L, RRIGATION ',A,ATtP, AND 5NJOW MELT ADJACEN r- To FOUNDATION `.FALLS. CAUTION: E,,O DIKE OR, IN4PEDF T HE =LOA" OFyVAM' AIWAY FRON4 FOUt 4()ATON ',kALL5 'Ail Tt- 50D, EDGING OF, DECORATIVE GRAVEL AND POLYETM'r'Lff-"X. DOWN5POUT5 AND 5ILL CCCY,w 5HOULD C',15CHAPGE INTO SPLASH E5LO--K5 OR LONG FXTEN5iC'N5, FOUNDATION EXTERIOR DRAIN SYSTEM & BACKFILL DETAILS SCALF FOR 1:16 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION iOesgn —DA[.,jlP PROOFING PER, Ell Engineering APPROPF,IA7E CODE Inc. 10 MIL MIN POLYETHYLENE GLUED TO WALL * If'4TEINVED MIN, 12" A501" 'E Nr, TOP Of VOID * ALOTHE BoT,Ofvll Of Triff EXCAVATION TO I UFAN LANDSCAPE IME51-1 GRAVEL7 OR DRAIN FAER,4C ...... .... . .... . EDIFLEXIDLE PIPE 44 0 PnRPORAI SLOPE DRAIN PIPE PER FOOT TO DAY13GH.T OR TO A 5LIN,11' PIT 15ACt'\FILL AROUND ;THE FOUNDATION 51-11CULD 5E t\1015TEIED ANAL-� COMPACTED AND THE FiNAL GRADE 5tIOULD 51EVVELL 5sollffl) TO PRECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFA. L, RRIGATION ',A,ATtP, AND 5NJOW MELT ADJACEN r- To FOUNDATION `.FALLS. CAUTION: E,,O DIKE OR, IN4PEDF T HE =LOA" OFyVAM' AIWAY FRON4 FOUt 4()ATON ',kALL5 'Ail Tt- 50D, EDGING OF, DECORATIVE GRAVEL AND POLYETM'r'Lff-"X. DOWN5POUT5 AND 5ILL CCCY,w 5HOULD C',15CHAPGE INTO SPLASH E5LO--K5 OR LONG FXTEN5iC'N5, FOUNDATION EXTERIOR DRAIN SYSTEM & BACKFILL DETAILS SCALF FOR 1:16 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION iOesgn 9197 W. 6th A", z to Mil SIV -1, Ell Engineering t S.9—'oo .00,0080216 CawllflockC08004 Inc. ...... .... . .... . EDIFLEXIDLE PIPE 44 0 PnRPORAI SLOPE DRAIN PIPE PER FOOT TO DAY13GH.T OR TO A 5LIN,11' PIT 15ACt'\FILL AROUND ;THE FOUNDATION 51-11CULD 5E t\1015TEIED ANAL-� COMPACTED AND THE FiNAL GRADE 5tIOULD 51EVVELL 5sollffl) TO PRECLUDE PONDING OF RAINFA. L, RRIGATION ',A,ATtP, AND 5NJOW MELT ADJACEN r- To FOUNDATION `.FALLS. CAUTION: E,,O DIKE OR, IN4PEDF T HE =LOA" OFyVAM' AIWAY FRON4 FOUt 4()ATON ',kALL5 'Ail Tt- 50D, EDGING OF, DECORATIVE GRAVEL AND POLYETM'r'Lff-"X. DOWN5POUT5 AND 5ILL CCCY,w 5HOULD C',15CHAPGE INTO SPLASH E5LO--K5 OR LONG FXTEN5iC'N5, FOUNDATION EXTERIOR DRAIN SYSTEM & BACKFILL DETAILS SCALF FOR 1:16 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATION Caidnal Pool Size: 18' X 40' - Pool Shape: RECTANGLE Pool Number: PRT0971 1 250 Route 61 South, Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 • 570-385-4733 • fax: 570-385-1318 • CustomerService@CardlnalSystemsinc.com J U.1 VI J m YW U (J) Co a Z m_ Fa16.-- 4) E E C13 0 Z Z )tb 9 E o E � = IV D 0 E E w :: �+ Q To Cn o C IX 0 1 O N a U � XZ W U16. U a aL0 Z�= cocZ�7 Q - /� 6 =\U Q n - L E V Wi x M x Z �O 0 4 ��N UNN it xN NN v m-1 m\j �� �ZZ- XQ = = 0-`g W 0M> Y^`J U\Q� Wim; Nj — - Sao � O x � W X;S C7 x 0 0 N N O " O x _ N• O so x-60 0. d w O0 E W `$€c3 O O x O 0- o W* �5 Z o E NcV.0 ��.�-U (�n� ir �t/1 0� n D��U UZ N CL "y ioV X rE � X3Co u c a M _ \//\ m 9 IL E s° ti 0-0 m o o g IA -- •r - - W Z a a Z Z LLJ C14 d �o LL) rg N • le vOri \\ x oriZ � Cp rr� L7 0 0 0 _o 0 0 0 0 \ O— coo N O A C W F~F JJ =X� W Z Wyt Z� 0 U tD �c r O I = 2 0� N2UOmZ O2 0FWQ =�ri1 mW00o O N S3 �oN 1`N� N a.LJ V) 8 pg 2 �J : 1ZJ Og0 . �L1—dr 0-1 3 ® c E J W 0-0 O t1� cDawQO +- W •o 1):.oa is 3 =IXv� D O N 1- Gln UN ,x00ZQ cC4 t V) x Z - W, NQZ-i0 - STRUCTURAL P.E. REVIEW SEAL" VOID WITHOUT SIGNATURE AND P.E. SEAL NOT FOR USE IN MASTER PERMIT APPLICATIONS t T' ISSUE#: 17-7330 DATE: 9114117 LICENSE 034412 EXPIRATION DATE: 10131117 SEAL IS APPLICABLE FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL POOLS: 00 Steve 8, Martha MORTELL 7 4020 Estes Street 0 Wheatridge, CO 80033 O POOL PANELSIBRACES STRUCTURALLY COMPLIANT WITH THE NSPIA & NSPI-5 (1995 thru 2013),ANO NATIONALLY ACCEPTED N IBCIIRCIISPSC (2000 thru 2016) CODES Bill of Materials PART NO, QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 'A' FRAME 16 'A' FRAME ASSEMBLY CS902SA 4 90 DEG CORNER ANGLE 5S42500XXX0 4Stralt PANEL W/O Z 5S42800LRT2 1 r0- 5S42800XXX2 = 11Straight 5' 8' 5' �91 81 81 4 10' 4 6' _- 1 - , 8' 1 i 1 �= 1 3D 40' 8' , 8' 'o- _ - 17' — - -- - 8' ------- --- 8' — 12' _ 5' 8 5' �----� 3' -4 - Date: 7/24/201 Perimeter: 116'-0" D O Drawn By: DSTR Area: 720 SQ. FT.4- Scale: 1/8's = V-0)1 0 Notes: — — — — Thls Information is the confidential properly of Cardinal Systems, Irte. Disclosure or duplication w thoLd proper written approval Y obk * prohkftxL Accept nos and ten of thki drawing constitutes knowledge and acceptance by the user of the terms and conditions set forth In the notice and warning which atxeAl1 1 -this drawktg Is ktcorporated herein and made part hereof and Is found on Cardinal Systems, Ine's webeNe at www J U.1 VI J m YW U (J) Co a Z m_ Fa16.-- 4) E E C13 0 Z Z )tb 9 E o E � = IV D 0 E E w :: �+ Q To Cn o C IX 0 1 O N a U � XZ W U16. U a aL0 Z�= cocZ�7 Q - /� 6 =\U Q n - L E V Wi x M x Z �O 0 4 ��N UNN it xN NN v m-1 m\j �� �ZZ- XQ = = 0-`g W 0M> Y^`J U\Q� Wim; Nj — - Sao � O x � W X;S C7 x 0 0 N N O " O x _ N• O so x-60 0. d w O0 E W `$€c3 O O x O 0- o W* �5 Z o E NcV.0 ��.�-U (�n� ir �t/1 0� n D��U UZ N CL "y ioV X rE � X3Co u c a M _ \//\ m 9 IL E s° ti 0-0 m o o g IA -- •r - - W Z a a Z Z LLJ C14 d �o LL) rg N • le vOri \\ x oriZ � Cp rr� L7 0 0 0 _o 0 0 0 0 \ O— coo N O A C W F~F JJ =X� W Z Wyt Z� 0 U tD �c r O I = 2 0� N2UOmZ O2 0FWQ =�ri1 mW00o O N S3 �oN 1`N� N a.LJ V) 8 pg 2 �J : 1ZJ Og0 . �L1—dr 0-1 3 ® c E J W 0-0 O t1� cDawQO +- W •o 1):.oa is 3 =IXv� D O N 1- Gln UN ,x00ZQ cC4 t V) x Z - W, NQZ-i0 - STRUCTURAL P.E. REVIEW SEAL" VOID WITHOUT SIGNATURE AND P.E. SEAL NOT FOR USE IN MASTER PERMIT APPLICATIONS t T' ISSUE#: 17-7330 DATE: 9114117 LICENSE 034412 EXPIRATION DATE: 10131117 SEAL IS APPLICABLE FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL POOLS: 00 Steve 8, Martha MORTELL 7 4020 Estes Street 0 Wheatridge, CO 80033 O POOL PANELSIBRACES STRUCTURALLY COMPLIANT WITH THE NSPIA & NSPI-5 (1995 thru 2013),ANO NATIONALLY ACCEPTED N IBCIIRCIISPSC (2000 thru 2016) CODES `:4 C vi cis C V cc >V N - U Co T r co CS 10 • M Lo co Lo • co ��— �54 W z 3 Z m m �q W ~ > M M _- W V M > W x� Y > U W N d Y 0 p xa 'I � E E 3 m = oh _ Z Z ja r� • S to m ++ o r � c N - ��— �54 W z 3 a 0 (A lQ, c7d' z'0 1 a �q W aNW NN LQ)jsxW W K\NZ W '00Q M U W V M > W x� Y > U W N O � 0 p xa Z\ O D v=ii V J Q � YNW �x Z m iR M Ci- x N 2'— Ff\j z x6 mQ� D ��— �54 W z 3 a 0 (A s� a) z' MZ-,— �N W '00Q O. --U O v W =U� 0�0 - pg0 Cia2 V) �a k vi N Q. Ly a DOS SWOD (%0Z nj41 OOOZ) OSdSll021110Sl O3ld300V AIlVNO11VN ONV-(CWZ ni4o S660 S-IdSN F V-WSN 3H1 H11M 1NVlldW00 A -1-m moms S30VLI9/S13NVd 100d ££OD8 00'a6pllwa4M laaJ1S salsa DZOV 1131M0 W l?41Je W '8 0na1S :SIOOd IVIlN301S3kl 31VARId ilOd 319V011ddV SI lV3S LLII£lot :3MI NOLLVkIld)(3 ZLVPC0 3SN3311 WVN6 :31V0 0££L -LL :#3f1SSl SNOIIt/011ddd IIWN3d IA31SVW NI 3sn Noi ION I IV3S '3'd aN`d 3? nIVNJIS inOHIIM 1710A O� L) 0 to U Y U O1 -z M o 95�x a a-jpo CL W L` N �o Waw az �o .xUOZU 0 �U� x 0 z i"ai-IIS Z -.-_ - Q Lr) - - _ of —O 0 U N W '00Q U x ^V) Z LLI^ W N V W LLI> x N: Cam- 00 O U U' >-16; ztj wrll O. --U O v W =U� 0�0 - pg0 Cia2 V) �a k vi N Q. Ly a DOS SWOD (%0Z nj41 OOOZ) OSdSll021110Sl O3ld300V AIlVNO11VN ONV-(CWZ ni4o S660 S-IdSN F V-WSN 3H1 H11M 1NVlldW00 A -1-m moms S30VLI9/S13NVd 100d ££OD8 00'a6pllwa4M laaJ1S salsa DZOV 1131M0 W l?41Je W '8 0na1S :SIOOd IVIlN301S3kl 31VARId ilOd 319V011ddV SI lV3S LLII£lot :3MI NOLLVkIld)(3 ZLVPC0 3SN3311 WVN6 :31V0 0££L -LL :#3f1SSl SNOIIt/011ddd IIWN3d IA31SVW NI 3sn Noi ION I IV3S '3'd aN`d 3? nIVNJIS inOHIIM 1710A O� L) 0 to U Y U O1 -z M o 95�x a a-jpo CL W L` N �o Waw az �o .xUOZU 0 �U� x 0 z i"ai-IIS Cardinal Pool Size: 18' x 40' Pool Shape: RECTANGLE Pool Number: PRT0971 1 250 Route 61 South, Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 • 570-385-4733 * fax: 570-385-1318 • CustomerService@CardinalSystemsinc.com Bill of Materials PART NO. QUANTITY DESCRIPTI❑N 'A' FRAME 16 'A' FRAME ASSEMBLY CS902SA 4 90 DEG CORNER ANGLE 5S42500XXX0 4Straight 5S42800LRT2 1 ral 5S42800XXX2 11Straight 18' 8' 9' 5' S` ` 5' 81 / 8' \41 1 0• i 4 6' 81 81 40' 8' r � ` \! �1 8' 3 D 17' / w � 8' ------- --- 81 12' 8' 8' 5' 8' 5' (---� 3'-4" Date: 7/24/2017 Perimeter: 116'— 0 D [a Cardinal.Syaierasinc con Drawn By: DSTR Area: 720 SQ. FT. pt Scale: 1 8 = 1 — 0 Notes: — — — — This Information Is the confidential property of Cardinal Systems, Inc. Disclosure or duplication without proper written approval Is strictly prohMed. Acceptance and use of this drawing constitutes knowledge and acceptance by the user of the terms and conditions set forth In the notice and warning which accompanied this drawing Is IMorporaiad herein and made part hereof and Is found on Cardinal Systems, Inc's webafla at www.CardtralSyslemsinc co n WALL PANEL AND BRACE CALCULATIONS FOR 5" WIDE FLANGE, 42" HIGH STEEL WALL PANEL (Pages 1-13) Prepared for: CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS, INC. 269 South Rt. 61 Schuylkill Haven, PA 17972 Prepared By: SCHAFER ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES 1885 State Street f. Schenectady, New York 12304 Phone: (518) 393-4767 Fax: (518) 393-3510 Void without signature, raised seai and cAlq ANatermark. Notfor uOJ6 Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only,For.Installation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel Calculation Assumptions: a.) The panel ends provide minimal vertical stiffener reinforcement for the galvanized steel pool panels. Therefore, the critical case for calculating vertical stiffener strength occurs when a 4 foot panel is sandwiched between two 6 foot panels. b.) The concrete pour at the base of the wall (i.e., bond beam) provides 6 inches of vertical support to the panels, stiffeners and braces. c.) Refer to the last page for more Material/Installation Assumptions. Definition of Parameters: Assumed Soil Properties: (Sandy silt soil material) Wd (unit weight of dry soil) 105 Ib/ft3 WW (unit weight of saturated soil) 135 Ib/ft3 (soils interior angle of friction) 30 degrees Ka (lateral active soil coefficient) = tan' (45-0/2) 0.333 7d (equivalent active unit weight of dry soil) = Ka Wd 35 Ib/ft3 7$ (equivalent active unit weight of saturated soil) = KaWW 45 lb/ft' 7. (unit weight of water) 62.4 Ib/ft3 It (friction factor between soil and concrete) 0.45 Material Properties and Dimensions: Panels/Stiffeners/Channels E (modulus of elasticity) 29,000 k/in2 F, (minimum yield stress of cold -formed steel) 42,000 Ib/in2 Fe (allowable bending stress of cold -formed steel) 25,150 Ib/in2 Fb,Pate (allowable bending stress of cold -formed plate steel) 31,500 Ib/in2 Ft (allowable tensile stress of cold -formed steel) 25,150 Ib/in2 tP (thickness of panel, stiffener, and channel steel) 0.0785 in h (height of panel) 3.5 ft hw (depth of water) 3.0 ft hell (effective height of panel) 3.0 ft b4 (maximum unstiffened 4 foot panel width) 4.0 ft b6 (maximum unstiffened 6 foot panel width) 3.0 ft R (maximum radius of panel) 15 ft LS (effective height/length of stiffener = heff) 3.0 ft d (nominal depth of stiffener) 5.0 in L (maximum brace spacing) 8.0 ft Se,g (section modulus of stiffener) 0.5916 in bs (maximum unsupported length between stiffeners) 10.0 ft Se,c (section modulus of channel) 0.6464 in 0.� q `�. void w4thou3"signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Schafer Engineering Associates ontar,Fox:"tnstabation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 1of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel A307 Steel Bolts Fr (tensile stress of the bolt) 20,000 Ib/in2 F,, (shear stress of the bolt) 10,000 Ib/in2 s (bolt spacing) 6 in db (bolt diameter) 0.3750 in Concrete Bond Beam F'. (compressive strength of concrete) tc (thickness of base pour) wc (width of base pour) Y, (unit weight of concrete) am (moment arm) Angled Braces/Rods F, (minimum yield stress of steel) Fa (allowable axial stress) ra (radius of gyration of angle) Aa (area of angle) La (maximum length of angle) Lr (maximum length of rod) dr (rod diameter) rr (radius of gyration of rod) k (effective length factor) Analyses: 1. General Panel Configuration 2,500 Ib/in2 6 in 2.5 ft 145 Ib/ft3 See Calculations 36,000 Ib/in2 9th Ed. ASD pp. 3-16 From Spreadsheet From Spreadsheet 44 in 19 in 0.625 in 0.1563 in 1.0 FQ 8'-0" PANEL I q i 6'-0" PANEL 4'-0" PANEL r fi V6id,withd'utim gnature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for us�'in,,Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only-For-#nsta4fation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, 1Nheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 2of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 2. Loading Conditions: (Calculated per unit foot of wall.) A. Dry Backfill, Pool Full WON Total lateral dry soil load [Pd] = 7d x h2 = 35 x 3.5 2 2 = 214.38 Ib/ft 2 2 Total lateral water load [PW] = yW x hW62.4 x 3.0 2 2 = = 280.80 Ib/ft 2 Total lateral load per unit length [P] = PW - Pd = 280.80 — 214.38 = 66.43 lb/ft Approximate distributed panel load [Pnet] = h = 66.43 =18.98 Ib/ft2 3.5 Saturated Backfill, Pool Full I / � I Total lateral saturated soil load [PS] = ys x h2 _ 45 x 3.5 2 2= 275.63 lb/ft 2 Total lateral load per unit length [P] = Pw - PS = 280.80 — 275.6 = 5.18 Ib/ft Approximate distributed panel load [Pnet]' = h 5.18 = = 1.48 Ib/ft2 3.5 \ioid without signature, raised seal And color watermark. Not forussejitMaster Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 OtrlyforfnsWMion Address: Steve Martha MORTELLL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 3of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel C. Dry Backfill, Pool Empty (See Material/Installation Assumptions) Total lateral dry soil load [Pd] = 214.38 ib/ft 214.38 Approximate distributed panel load [Pnet] = hd = 3 5 = 61.25 ib/ft2 3. Flat Plate Analysis: (4'-0" panel length governs as maximum spacing between vertical stiffeners occurs with this panel. See Calculation Assumption b.) Largest unsupported panel area: 3.0 ft x 4.0 ft Modify lateral soil load to determine actual load acting on panel parts by taking concrete bond beam into account. (Load Condition 2c governs and assumes overturning/sliding analysis requirements are met.) P, = yd x heff2 _ 35 x 3.0 2 = 157.50 Ib/ft 2 2 157.50 Approximate distributed panel load [P'net] P = 3 0 = 52.50 ib/ft2 hell P'netheff2b42 52.50 x 3.02 x 4.0 2 Actual bending stress [fb] — 2tP heff +b4 2 2 ( ) 2 x 0.0785 x ( 3.0 + 4.0 [fb] = 24,536.49 Ib/int F.O.S. fb = 31,500 = 1.28 > 1.0 OK 24, 536.49 Void -with- '",',;ignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only°Fvrtnsta#ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 4of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 4. Radial Panel Analysis: (Tensile hoop stress. Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral distributed panel load [P'net ] from Section 3 applies.) Actual Tensile Stress [ft] _ Pnet tP A POOL _IDE FILL _IDE 52.50 x 15 x (1/12) I ft = = 835.99 Ib/int 0.0785 t, F.O.S. = ft = 25,150.00 = 30.08 > 1.0 OK__ R - 835.99 5. Bending along Vertical Axis at Vertical Stiffener:(See Calculation Assumption a.) 6' WIDE PI -1 I G-� VERTIt-LE 'Z' ORJENT.ATION P' BFVESPACE F01HT 6'-0 POINT FLANGE �r, I r - tp=0.072 -r n { - —WEB FLANGE =1.125 Modified lateral soil (P') from Section 3 applies; (Load Condition 2c governs.) Maximum bending moment [Ms] = 9PL ( bs + 26 ) 2 x 157.50 x 3.0 10.0 3.0 Ms =- 9 V _3 ( 2 + 2 ) = 394.04 ft -lb Actual bending stress [fb] = Fb 25,150 F.O.S. = fb - 7,992.73 Ms 394.04 x 12 Se.s 0.5916 3.15 > 1.0 OK = 7,992.73 Ib/int Void wtthoutsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Schafer Engineering Associates Not for ttse in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 OntyTortnst"ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 5 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 6. Bending in the Top Channel: (8'-0" panel length governs as maximum spacing between braces occurs with this panel.) P. PLAHGE — �.' \—WEB �i P" >HA[v]f IEL BRACE 1 BRACE POINT POINT PL L I Modified lateral soil (P') from Section 3 applies: (Load Condition 2c governs.) Load along the channel [Ptop] P1157.50 = 3 = 52.50 ib/ft2 2 Maximum bending moment [K]RopL�2 = 52.50 x 8.0 420.00 ft -lb 8 fb = M` 420.00 x 12 = 7,797.03 ib/int Sex 0.646 F.O.S. Fb = 25,150 fb 7,797.03 3.23 > 1.0 OK Void witholtYsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for us -6 in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 0rrly Forinstaltation Address. Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 6 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 7. Overturning Analysis: (Moments taken about point A with concrete bond beam in place. Calculated per unit foot of wall. Load Condition 2c governs.) E Mresist = Mback + Mconc = Pb amt + Pc amt= Wd hell We am, + yc tc We amt = 105 x 3.0 x 2.5 x 1.67 + 145 x 0.5 x 2.5 x 1.67 = 1,614.58 ft -Ib E MOT = Msoii = Pd amt = Yd n h amt 2 35 x 3.5 = x - 2 250.10 ft -lb 3.5 3 Mresist 1,614.58 F.O.S. _ _ 6.46 > 1.5 OK E MOT 250.10 Void withoutsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Schafer Engineering Associates 0* -For tnstaNation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 7 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 8. Sliding Analysis: (Concrete bond beam in place. Calculated per unit foot of wall. Load Condition 2c governs.) r�- E Presst = Et(Pb + P.) = p(Wd hetrwc + yc tc we) c �bf = 0.45 x ( 105 x 3.0 x 2.5 + 145 x 0.5 x 2.5 ) = 435.94 +•— Yd h2 E Psiiding = Pd = 2 2 35 x 3.5 _ 2 SWAM :1 E P,eslst 435.94 F.O.S. = _ = 2.03 > 1.5 OK I Psliding 214.38 Vold' Wlthoutsignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for,usan Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Qnh .Forjjn ,ation Address. Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 8 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 9. Brace (Angle Section) Analysis: (Assumes concrete bond beam in place and 8'-0" panel length for maximum brace spacing.) LATEP4L LGAD [>IAGRAM LONG ANGLE l 1/2" a 44. GA GALVAPIIZED ANGLE I ADJUSTABLE and STATICflAR.Y ALPAME 4,'SSEMBLY A.) Compression Analysis: (Load Condition 2a governs.) Max force at brace levelP, = P L� 66.43 level[P] 3 = 3 8.0 = 177.13 lb Axial Compression Force [ Pax] P' = P' _177.13 - 371.23 ib cos 0 cos ( 61.5) 0.4772 Actual axial stress [faPax] _ _ 371.23 = 1,072.91 Ib/int Aa 0.346 kLa1.0x44 _ = 148.4 ra 0.2965 F.O.S. _ Fa 6.781_ fa 1.0729 Cc = 126.1 Fa = 6.781 6.32 > 1.0 OK Voidwithotd signature, raised seat and color watermark. Notfotuse'in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Only For fnstaHstion Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 9of12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel B.) Tension Analysis: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P] from Section 3 applies.) Max force at brace [P] = P1 157 3 L = 3 50 8.0 = 420.00 ib Axial Tension Force [P,,xt] = P' -Pi = 420.00 = 880.21 lb cos 0 cos ( 61.5) 0.4772 Actual axial stress [fa] _ Part 880.21 = 2,543.96 Wine Aa 0.346 F.O.S. = f a = 21.600 = 8.49 > 1.0 OK 2.5440 Void without,:$ignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use in Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Oraly--For tnsta4ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 Schafer Engineering Associates 10 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel 10. Brace (Threaded Rod Section) Analysis: (Assumes concrete bond beam in place and 8'-0" panel length for maximum brace spacing.) A.) Compression Analysis: (Load Condition 2a governs.) Pan 371.23 Actual axial stress [fa] = A 0.3068 1,210.01' lb/in2 TtJR"3O'J' KBE k L� 1 x 19 =/�"� - »' a707 \ THREADED RSD 121.6 Cc= 126.1 r� 0.15625�� Fa = 10.05 \ 10.05 T JD1,I& "r:LE and THREADED ROE) F,O<S. = f a = = 8.31 > 1.0 OK 1.2100 `� RAME HDEMeDY B.) Tension Analysis: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P'] from Section 3 applies.) Actual axial tensile stress [f]Paxt 880.21_ = 2,869.04 Wine Ar 0.3068 F.O.S. = f ` 21.6 _ = 7.53 > 1.0 OK 2.8690 11. Steel Bolt Analysis: A.) Check Bolt Shear: (Load Condition 2c governs and modified lateral load [P`] from Section 3 applies. Refer to section 9b of brace analysis.) Actual bolt shear stress Pax 880.21_ = 7,969.55 Ib/int Ab 0.1104 000 F.O.S. = f v = = 7,969.55 1.25 > 1.0 OK B.) Check Bolt Tension Stress: (Load Condition 2c governs and modifiedlateral distributed panel load [P'net] from Section 3 applies. Refer to Section 4 of radial panel analysis.) Maximum tensile force [T] = P'net R = 52.50 x 15 = 787.50 Win of panel depth Actual bolt tensile stress [ft] = T S = Ab 20,000 F.O.S. = f t = = 5.61 3,565.07 787.50 x 6 x (1/12) 0.1104 > 1.0 OK Void without signature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for use'm Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 OnlyyFara Wsta#ation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 = 3,565.07 ib Schafer Engineering Associates 11 of 12 CARDINAL POOL SYSTEMS 5" Wide Flange, 42" High Steel Wall Panel Material/Installation Assumptions Wall panel, brace and panel/brace fastener sizes, thickness, dimensional characteristics, material properties and strengths used in these calculations were provided by Cardinal Pool Systems, Inc. These calculations assume that these elements have uniform thicknesses, sizes, and material properties/strengths and that they are free of defects. These calculations cover only those elements identified herein and do not cover liners, ladders, steps, slides, decks, railings, etc. This pool system is intended to be installed only by factory trained and approved distributors/contractors. 2. Soil pressures used in these calculations constitute those soils which are in their active state and have a maximum equivalent fluid pressure equal to 35 #/ft3 under non -saturated conditions and 45 #/ft3 under saturated conditions. See definition of parameters section for more soil type assumptions used in these calculations. These calculations do not consider the existence of expansive or adobe -type soils, high groundwater table conditions, or adjacent uncompacted soil fill conditions. If existing site soil conditions dictate a different or potentially higher equivalent fluid pressure than those used herein, the pool Purchaser/Installer shall contact a local Geotechnical (Soils) Engineer for additional guidance and direction prior to pool installation. 3. Wall panel backfill materials shall consist of clean porous soils, free of roots and debris, installed and carefully tamped to eliminate voids, in layers not exceeding 12" thick. In addition, backfill materials shall not exceed the same equivalent fluid pressure characteristics identified in Item 2 above. Lastly, backfilling operations behind the pool panels must be performed in conjunction with the pool filling operations. Although these calculations show that backfill material can be placed behind the pool panels when the pool is empty, these pool panels should not be considered capable of independently withstanding either the pool water's lateral forces or the lateral soil forces (from behind the pool panels). 4. The pool is designed to remain full of water at all times. The pool may be damaged if the water level is allowed to drop below the pool inlet. When appreciable drawdown is noticed or if it becomes necessary to drain the pool, contact Cardinal Pool Systems, Inc. or its agent immediately for instructions. Temporary shoring of the pool panels is highly recommended 5. These structural calculations shall be considered void if not complete (pages 1 - 13) and do not contain a raised P.E. review seal, signature, and color watermark on each page. 6. Pool system is not designed for earthquake or surcharge loading (i.e., neighboring structures, vehicles, trees, equipment, etc.). 7. Finished decks and/or grades shall be constructed in accordance with the pool manufacturer's guidelines and be sloped away from the pool copings at a rate of not less than 1/4" per foot. 8. Concrete bond beam dimensions shall be 6" x 2'-6" minimum. 9. These calculations are in compliance with the following state and national codes: 1. 2000 - 2017 Nationally accepted International Building/Residential/Swimming Pool & Spa Codes (IBC/IRC/ISPSC) 2. 10. Refer to the Pool Manufacture's Installation Manual for additional restrictions, requirements, guidelines, and recommendations. ou ""Wlttt6(,&.�0ignature, raised seal and color watermark. Not for eJh Master Permit Applications. Issue No. 17-7330 Expiration Date: 10/31/17 Schafer Engineering Associates On*-Forinstaltation Address: Steve Martha MORTELL, 4020 Estes Street, Wheatridge CO 80033 12 of 12 �0 (1NI70? c� U a p n� l� �� g� s e o' a NV7d 3JHN1VbfG F E)AI1G &D v o a 133815 S31S3 0306 - v wll i>�� oma:. 61 a> J _, � 133FJ.L5 S31S3 � s F- � a �s nu 0 OS� 2� --F of __ • >� /6 s�br,Jy �� /I�Z4�> �• OGVVOi03 'Nosa3-Jj3r 3O 1l NnoD O N 3J6 YrJ a 5o 0 �c apn�l�e� - nnndA117iln z z_�'m � g U ��'„n ;w nn 13381S S31S3 OZ06 - N v I 0 O 3 O rX r II V S w C7 LL \ O 0 j u - z ;w nn ' O O rX r O ti4 Elf I x -- UJ v � Z p \\ Cc 5 Y \ \ = N m m J33WS S31S3 LU cn LU V S w C7 LL \ O 0 j Elf I \ � Z p \\ 5 Y \ \ = N m m J33WS S31S3 m€ c - o € uW -_t • �r�er-fad ' sE ' IJX t NeranWW Plvu anERtms revie 3050 S. ALVERNON WAY • TUCSON, AZ 85713 520.790.7040 • 800.737.5386 0 FAX 520.790.7127 inter -fab. cam DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) WARNING: IMPORTANT INSTALLATION INFORMATION The installation of this product should be done only by a licensed and professional installer. Installation should be done strictly in conformance with all local building codes, electrical codes and other building and safety laws and regulations. Among other things, that your installer should carefully analyze the need to bond the product to prevent an electrical hazard. Failure to properly install this product could result in a dangerous condition, including but not limited to electrical and or structural hazards. Inter -fab, Inc. disclaims all liability arising from the installation and the user assumes all risk associated with the installation. For Technical Support or Assistance, Contact Customer Service at: INTER -FAB, INC. 3050 S. ALVERNON WAY TUCSON, AZ 85713 (800) 737-5386 or visit: www.inter-fab.com To obtain complete copies of the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for Residential Inground Pools or to obtain copies of the "Plan Your Dive, Steer Up" or "The Sensible Way to Enjoy Your Inground Swimming Pool" contact: The Association of Pool & Spa Professionals (APSP] 2111 Eisenhower Ave. Alexandria, VA 22314 (7031838-0083 or visit: www.theapsp.org DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) TABLE OF CONTENTS: SafetyFirst............................................................................2 Intended Use Instructions........................................................3 Important Notices to the Installer..............................................4 Minimum Diving Water Envelope Information...............................5 Duro-Spring Steel Base Placement............................................6 Duro-Spring Board Dimensions & Fulcrum Settings......................7 Duro—Spring Jig Information.....................................................7 Installation Instructions............................................................8 Duro-Spring Steel Base Exploded View & Parts List .....................9 Paver Kit Information.............................................................10 Article 5 Extracted from ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 ...............11-14 Pages for Notes..............................................................15-16 Inter -Fab Limited Warranty.....................................................17 DS4M Rev. 7/15 (8K -0S INSTALL) 1 SAFETY FIRST! This Inter -Fab diving board and stand shall be installed only by a professional swimming pool contractor or with the direct supervision of a licensed professional, engineer or architect. Diving boards may be installed only on residential inground swimming pools properly designed for their use. Diving boards that are improperly installed can be very dangerous to the user resulting in possible serious head and/or spinal column injury, including the paralysis or death of the user. It is very important that this diving board and/or stand be installed only on a pool that is built in strict accordance with the American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools (ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 J and in strict accordance with the included INTER -FAB RESIDENTIAL POOL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE 2. Under no circumstances can this diving board and/or stand be installed on any above ground or on -ground swimming pool. In addition to the above standard and referenced table, these installation instructions provided by Inter -Fab, Inc. must be diligently followed. It is also important that any and all warnings provided with the diving board be strictly adhered to and posted in a conspicuous location. If not provided or they are misplaced, please purchase warning signs from your pool contractor or professional pool supply store and post them in a location that the users of the diving board can clearly see. FOR RESIDENTIAL INGROUND SWIMMING POOL USE ONLY NO COMMERCIAL, PUBLIC OR SEMI-PUBLIC USE IS ALLOWED ONLY ONE PERSON ON THE DIVING BOARD AT ONE TIME MAXIMUM WEIGHT = 250 LBS Plan Your Dive PLAN YOUR DIVE, STEER UP Back Arched Arms Extended Head and Hands Up Steer up for a safe dive. Hold Diving Form DIVING TIPS: Even the safest equipment must be used properly. Inter -Fab promotes safe diving by offering these tips on the proper use of your diving board: always dive into water that meets depth requirements, with arms extended; be aware of the bottom and the walls of the pool; avoid collisions with pool toys and floats; and instruct your pool users to always "steer up". When you begin your dive you must get ready to steer up. As you enter the water, your arms must be extended over your head, hands flat aiming up. Hold your head and arch your back. DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 2 INTENDED USE INSTRUCTIONS "A pool is the safest place to swim and a diving board installed in compliance with manufacturers instructions and the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for In -ground Residential Pools is the safest place to dive from. To ensure that you and your family and guests are able to safely enjoy your diving board for many years, it is critical that you follow the following instructions." DO 1. Know the shape and depth of the pool before you dive. 2. Make sure that all family members and guests are familiar with these instructions before they use your pool and diving board. 3. Make sure that the diving board has been installed in compliance with the Assembly and Installation Instructions and with the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for In -ground Residential Pools. This includes the shape and depth of the pool as well as the height of the diving board. 4. Enter feet first the first time. 5. Plan your path to be sure you avoid any other swimmers, or objects in or under the water, such as floats, tires, toys etc. 6. Keep your head up, arms up and fully extended and steer up with your hands. 7. Practice carefully before you dive headfirst. 8. Become familiar with the diving board and its spring before diving headfirst 9. Dive straight ahead, not to the side of the board or pool. 10. Dive from the diving board only. 11. Make sure that children and non -swimmers are supervised at all times. 12. Always remember that when you dive you must steer up. 13. Inspect your diving board, base and stand on a regular basis (at least twice a year) and keep them in proper repair. 14. Contact your dealer, installer or Inter Fab (800-737-5386) with any questions or concerns about the safe use of your diving board. DON'T 1. Don't drink and dive. 2. Don't install this or any diving board on an above ground pool or dive into an above ground pool from any surface. 3. Never install any Inter -Fab diving board on a variable fulcrum dive stand. 4. Don't dive into a pool from anyplace not specif- ically designated for diving. Never dive into the shallow portion of any pool. 5. Don't dive across the width of the pool or to the sides of the pool. 6. Don't Run and dive. 7. Don't engage in horseplay in or around the diving board or pool. B. Don't use your diving board as a trampoline. 9. Don't do a back dive. Backyard pools are not built for that type of activity. 10. Don't try fancy dives. Keep the dives simple. 11. Don't dive into or through objects or toys such as inner tubes. 12. Don't swim or dive alone. 13. Don't use a diving board or stand or base that is rusted or worn out or in poor repair. THE DURO-SPRING DIVING SYSTEM IS A JUMP BOARD DS4M Rev. 7/15 (BK -0S INSTALL) 3 IMPORTANT NOTICES TO THE INSTALLER The specifications found on page 5 of this manual represent the minimum water envelope required by Inter -fab and by the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for residential Inground Swimming Pools. Each of these dimensions must be met or exceeded. Installation of a diving board of any type on a pool that does not meet or exceed each of the minimum specifications as provided on page 5 including but not limited to the slope requirement, is in direct violation of this manufacturer's instructions and the 2011 Standard, and can result in serious injury or death. Installation of this Duro-Spring Jump Board & Duro-Spring Steel Stand is limited to Residential Inground Pools only. CHECK YOUR LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE FOR BONDING REQUIREMENTS. A 6' diving board can only be installed on a 6' dive stand; an 8' diving board can only be installed on a 8' stand. USE ANTI -SEIZE ON ALL HARDWARE. The Duro-Spring Jump Board and the Duro-Spring Steel Stand are a complete system and must be installed that way. Comply with local government regulations for Residential Inground Swimming Pools if they exceed the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools. Read carefully pages 11-14 of this installation manual which contain portions of the ANSI/APSP/ICG5 2011 Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools, ensure that you understand Figure 3 and Table 1 provided in the ANSI/APSP/ICG5 2011 Standard. NOTE: The installation of Duro-Spring Jump Board & Duro-Spring Steel Stand is not complete until you, the installer, have measured the pool as well as the diving board's height above water and the Jump Board's overhang to ensure they meet the Inter-Fab's Residential Pool Minimum Specifications and the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools. In addition, the installation of this diving board is not complete until you the installer have delivered to your customer and reviewed with your customer the "Owners Manual" as well as the "Plan Your Dive Steer -Up" brochure. THE DURO-SPRING BOARD & STEEL STAND ARE A JUMP BOARD ONLY ONE PERSON AT A TIME ON THE DIVING BOARD, WITH A MAXIMUM WEIGHT LIMIT OF 250 LBS. DSaM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL] 4 MINIMUM DIVING WATER ENVELOPE: NOTE: DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. W DIVING EQUIPMENT REFERENCE DIAGRAM NOT M SCALE TIP OF BOARD ABOVE POINT A JIVING EQUIPMENT a A W A Z-9- WA SECTION t—"C SYMMETRY —1 — — — —111� — -{— B C D MINIMUM WATER SURFACE SHAPE MINIMUM WIDTH, LENGTH AND DEPTH DIMENSIONS FOR WATER ENVELOPE START FROM POINT A B WATERLINE C D E 3 1 STEEPEST ALLOWABLE SLOPE BC -a CD TABLE 1 - MINIMUM WATER ENVELOPE (ANSI/APSPACC-5 20111 2--0-- R 6- R (MAX.) I 7-9- O WATERLINE T I I F � y SYM. I I I G--------- CROSS SECTION AT POINT 0 WATERLINE I H � SYM. K I I I i I N-----� ------- M ------- ----------- L ----------- CROSS SECTION AT POINT B WATERLINE I I W = DEEP END WALL (E DE E SHALLOW END WALL SYM. T-3- R (MAX.) CROSS SECTION AT POINT C POOL MINIMUM DEPTHS AT POINT MINIMUM WIDTHS AT POINT PO NIT AS AT MINIMUM LENGTHS BETWEEN POINTS ROOM ABOVE TYPE A B C D A B C D WA+/ -3" AB BC CD* DE WE 0 DIVING EQUIPMENT DIVING EQUIPMENT PROHIBITED I 1 6'-0" 7-6" U-0" 2-9" 10'-0" 12'-0j10'-0`_ B'-0" V-6" T-0" T-6" VARIES 6-0" 28'-9" II 6'-0" 7-6" 5'-0" 2'-9" 12'-0" 15'-0" 12'-0" 8'-0" 1'-6" 7-0" 7-6" VARIES 6-0" 28'-9" 111 6-10" 8'-0" 5'-0" 2'-9" 12'-0" 15'-0" 12'-0" R-0" 2'-0" 7-6" 9'-0" VARIES IV IV 7-8" 8'-6" 5'-0" 2'-9" 15'-0" 18'-0" 15'-0" 9'-O" 2'-6" 8'-0" 10'-6" VARIES V V 8'-6" 9'-0" 5'-0" 2'-9" 15'-0" 18'-0" 15'-0" 9'-0" 3-0" 9'-0" 12'-D" VARIES TABLE 2 - INTER -FAB RESIDENTIAL POOL MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS—IV MAX. MAX. HEIGHT CROSS SECTIONAL MIN. HEAD BOARD DIVING AT POINT DIM POOL PO NIT AS AT CROSS SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS AT POINT B ROOM ABOVE TYPE DBL"" HOW"" F G H J K L M N OIVINC ILRFACES D DIVING EQUIPMENT PROHIBITED I 6' DB/6' JB/T T7 20" 2'-9" 5'-0" 4'-0" 7-2.5" Tf' 6'-0" 3-9" 2'-1.5" 12' 11 8' DB/6' JB/7 T7 20" 2'-9" 3-10" 4'-2" 7-2.5" 7-6" F -B" S-9" 2'-1.5" 12' 111 10' DB/8' JB/7' T7 26" 2'-9" 4-4.75" 4'-4.5" 7-5.5" 8'-0" 6-7" 3-11.5" V-7.5" 13' IV 10' DB/8' JB/7' T7 30" 2'-9" 5'10.5" 3-10" 7-8" 8'-6" B'-3" 5'-7" 2'-7" 13' V 12' DB/B' JB/7' T7 40" 2'-9" 6'-2" 1 3'-11.5" 7-9.5" 9'-0" 8'-2.5" 1 5'-9" 1 2'-7" 14' -'Min. length between points CD may vary based upon water depth at paint D and the slope between points C & D ABBREVIATIONS: ' DBL=Diving Board Length, DB=Diving Board, JB=Jump Board; "'HOW=Height Over Water DSaM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 5 0 WATERLINE 1 _j 6- R (MAX.) SYM. CROSS SECTION AT POINT D NOTES: NOTE: READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE ATTEMPTING SHE INSTALLATION. MUST USE ANTI -SEIZE ON ALL HARDWARE. FIG. A — DURO-SPRING PLACEMENT SPECIFICATIONS: 1-1 /2" BOLT HEIGHT ABOVE DECK DECK END WATER END 7.5" V , DIVING BOARD HOW - J CONCRETE SLAB WATER JIG BOLT PATTERN it O DECK LENGTH: 8' (MIN.) WA --- O DECK THICKNESS: 6" (MIN.) i DECK WIDTH: 4' (MIN.) -r 6" —� 3.25 -- TOWARD POOL INTER -FAB CANNOT GUARANTEE CUSTOMER'S CONCRETE OR THICKNESS NOTE: WHEN COPING IS USED, DO NOT SET FRONT JIG BOLTS CLOSER THAN 3" FROM THE BACK EDGE OF THE COPING. TABLE 3 — PLACEMENT CHART ADDITIONALLY REFER TO: ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools and to page 5 for Inter -Fab Residential Inground Pool Minimum Specifications. IMPORTANT. THESE DIMENSIONS ARE ACCURATE ONLY DURO-SPRING PART # NOMINAL BOARD LENGTH ANSI/ APSP POOL TYPE DISTANCE FROM WATER'S EDGE TO FORWARD JIG BOLT ISI DISTANCE FROM END OF BOARD TO FORWARD JIG BOLT MIN. OVERHANG PLUS OR MINUS 3" (WAI MAX HEIGHT OF BOARD ABOVE WATER (HOW) FOR VERTICAL POOL WALLS, TYPICALLY DSS6 6' 1 27" 45" 18" 20" DSS6 6' II 27" 45" 18" 20" GUNITE CONSTRLJC- TION, WITH LESS DSS6 6' III 21 " 45" 24" 26" THAN A 3' RADIUS TO THE POOL FLOOR. DUE TO THE VARYING DSS6 6' IV 15" 45" 30" 30" SIZES OF OTHER DSS6 6' V 9" 45" 36" 1 40" POOLS, TYPICALLY VINYL LINER CON- DSS8 8' I NOT ALLOWED STRUCTION, PLEASE DSS8 8' II NOT ALLOWED CONTACT CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR PROPER DSS8 8' III 39.75" 63.75" 24" 26" JIG PLACEMENT. DSS8 8' IV 133.75" 63.75" 30" 30" 1-800-737-5386 DSS8 8' V 27.75" 63.75" 36" 40" DS4M Rev. 7/15 (BK -0S INSTALL] 6 FIG. B - DURO-SPRING JUMP BOARD TABLE 4 - BOARD DIMENSIONS AND FULCRUM SETTINGS —Model # ........... ......... ii ............................. .................................................... .... ­­ ......................................... .................................. .. .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... A DIA. A TABLE 4 - BOARD DIMENSIONS AND FULCRUM SETTINGS —Model # Nominal Length A B c 0 F 01A. DS6 6' 70.25" 17.25" 4,50" 8.00" 30.00" 19/32" DS8 8' 94.00" 17.25" 4.50" 8.001, 36.00" 19/32" FIG. C - OURO-SPRING JIG Red Jig Cap (1) Yellow Jig Caps (2) TABLE 5 - JIG DIMENSIONS 5/8" dia. 6" A 3.25" Jig Type A 8 BOLT 6' 6" 3.25" 5/8" X 6" 8' 6" 3.25" 5/8" X 6" NOTE: Both the 6' and 8' stands utilize the same jig. DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 7 Duro -Spring Steel Stand and Duro-Spring Diving Board INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Be sure the concrete deck surrounding the anchor jig complies with the minimum dimensions as shown in Figure A and Table 3 on page 6. Read and understand the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 American National Standard for Residential Inground swimming Pools and Table 1 and Table 2 on page 5 before you install the Duro-Spring Stand and/or Duro-Spring Jump Board. The Duro-Spring three -bolt jig should be set in accordance with Table 3 on page 6 with the "RED" capped bolt closest to the pool. The diving board must be placed on the deep end of the pool on centerline. The tip of the diving board must be positioned directly over Pt. A as shown on Figure 3 on page 5 and according to the ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 Standard and Inter-Fab's Residential Pool Minimum Specifications. Make sure the jig anchor bolts project out of the concrete deck 1-1 /2" with ample concrete depth below the jig in accordance with Figure A on page 6. Do not install the Duro-Spring Dive system if the deck does not meet the minimum requirements. CHECK YOUR LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE FOR BONDING REQUIREMENTS. When finishing the deck surface, maintain a level deck where the jig bolts project out so the dive stand makes uniform contact with the deck surface. Allow the cement to fully cure before bolting the dive stand to the jig bolts. Before bolting the dive stand to the jig bolts, chisel away any excess concrete that may have built up around the jig bolts then remove the protective red and yellow rubber bolt caps. USE ANTI -SEIZE ON ALL HARDWARE. Place the stand over the three jig bolts and secure according to the Hardware Instructions on page 9. Tighten the Stand Anchor Hex Nuts to 40-45 FT- LBS. Do not over tighten. Once the Duro-Spring Stand is properly secured to the three jig bolts, then secure the Duro-Spring Jump Board to the Dive Stand according to the Hardware Instructions on page 9. Tighten the Board Mounting Hex Nuts to 20-25 FT- LBS. Do not over tighten. The Diving Board must be installed according the below board leveling instructions: LEVEL The top surface of the diving board from the deck end to the tip end shall be level or have an upward slope of 5/8" 0"TO 518" MAX PER FOOT per foot maximum. Elevation difference shall not exceed 3-3/4" (F Board) or 5" (8' Board) from the deck end to the tip of the board. There shall be no downward slope DECK END DIVING BOARD WATER END-� towards the water. The slope shall be measured using a level as shown in the graphic to the left. ONLY ONE PERSON ON THE DURO-SPRING JUMP BOARD AT A TIME, WITH A MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF 250 LBS. DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 8 FIG. D - DURO-SPRING STEEL BASE EXPLODED VIEW i l 2 DRAWING REPRESENTS THE FOLLOWING PART NUMBERS: _..-..— DSS6 (shown) w DSSB TABLE 7 - PARTS LIST COMPONENT DESCRIPTION KITS — OTY. COUNTS �m o 0 1 DS6WW 6' Duro-Sprinq White w/ White Top Tread & Hdw Kit j r 43, 1 2 DS -J l b �t5 1 j.. DSS6 6' Duro-Spring Jump Stand 1 4 _. 1/2 x 2" Black Rubber Washer 3 5 H-1/2 NYLON WAS 1/2" Flat Washer Nylon 3 6 H-1/2 RED WASH 1/2 x 2" Red Rubber Washer 3 7 H -SS 1/2 LOC WA 1/2 Lock Washer S.S. 3 8 H -SS 1/2 H NUT 1/2"- 13 Hex Finish Nut S.S. 3 9 i l 2 DRAWING REPRESENTS THE FOLLOWING PART NUMBERS: _..-..— DSS6 (shown) w DSSB TABLE 7 - PARTS LIST ITEM # COMPONENT DESCRIPTION KITS — OTY. COUNTS �m o 0 1 DS6WW 6' Duro-Sprinq White w/ White Top Tread & Hdw Kit r 43, 1 2 DS -J l b �t5 1 j.. DSS6 ITEM # COMPONENT DESCRIPTION KITS — OTY. COUNTS �m o 0 1 DS6WW 6' Duro-Sprinq White w/ White Top Tread & Hdw Kit 1 2 DS -J Duro-Spring Mounting Ji 1 3 DSS6 6' Duro-Spring Jump Stand 1 4 H-1/2 BLK WASH 1/2 x 2" Black Rubber Washer 3 5 H-1/2 NYLON WAS 1/2" Flat Washer Nylon 3 6 H-1/2 RED WASH 1/2 x 2" Red Rubber Washer 3 7 H -SS 1/2 LOC WA 1/2 Lock Washer S.S. 3 8 H -SS 1/2 H NUT 1/2"- 13 Hex Finish Nut S.S. 3 9 H -SS 1/2 F WAS 1/2 USS Flat Washer S.S. 3 10 H-1-1/2 WHT CAP .750 x 1-1/2 White UV Nut Cap 3 11 H -SS 3 C BOLT 1/2-13 x 3" Carriage Bolt S.S. 3 12 H-WHT WAS/CAP I.F. White Washer/Ca 3 13 H -1x1-1/2 W CAP 1" I.D.x 1-1/2" Long White UV 3 14 H-5/8 RD WASH 5/8 x 1-3/4" Round Nylon Washer 3 15 H -SS 5/8 F WASH 5/8" USS Flat Washer S.S. 3 16 H -SS 5/8 LOC WAS 5/8 Split Lock Washer S.S. 3 17 H -SS 5/B H NUT 5/8-11 Hex Finish Nut S.S. 3 DS -M: Board to Base Mounting Hardware OS -BK: Base to Jig Mounting Hardware HARDWARE TIGHTENING SCHEDULE: Secure Stand to Jig with Anchor Hex Nuts at 40-45 FT -LBS Secure Board to Stand with Mounting Hex Nuts at 20-25 FT -LBS HARDWARE NOTE: Use a small dab of anti seize lubricant (included) on all bolt threads. NOTES: DSS6 diving board shown in exploded view for illustration purposes. Must be purchased separately. DSaM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 9 PAVER KIT INFO - SELECTED DIVING PRODUCTS When installing an Inter -Fab diving board and base set up using a paver kit, you must ensure that all standard requirements for a diving board and base installation are met. The diving board and base set up must be compatible with the type of pool on the intended installation and all ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 requirements must be met. Figure 1 illustrates the standard minimum concrete pad recommended for all Inter -Fab diving board and base set ups, which is 4' wide x 8' long x 6" deep. Figure 2 shows an example side view of a paver jig used in a paver installation. Pavers can be a maximum of 3" thick. Pavers must be mechanically attached to the concrete pad using a setting material (such as mortar or thinset for example) that is no thicker than 3/8". Refer to Figure 3 to determine how much of the jig needs to be exposed above the final deck surface. You will need to factor in the thickness of your paver (3" MAX.) and the thickness of your setting material (3/8" MAX.) for your individual installation. Inter -Fab Inc. will not be responsible for damage to pavers caused by drilling or mechanically attaching to concrete pad. Refer to paver manufacturer's specific installation instructions before beginning. Recommended Minimum Concrete Area for Diving Bases - PLAN VIEW - 48n �4;)- The minimum concrete depth shall be 6" for the diving base i M concrete pad. CONCRETE -I` Pool Edge t Fig. 1 Example of a Paver Jig in Relationship to Concrete - SIDE VIEW - HEIGHT ABOVE FINAL DECK SURFACE See Fiqure 3 Below sAT 3. Max. Layer of setting material DIVING BASE JIG 6" min. to secure pavers to concrete. "4 � Minimum jig depth is either CONCRETE 3.5" or 4.5". see Figure 3. �' S 1s ero Fig. 2 INTER -FAB DIVING BASE MIN. JIG DEPTH PAVER JIG PART NUMBER PAVER JIG BOLTS HEIGHT ABOVE FINAL DECK SURFACE LA MESA BASE / LOS ARCOS BASE 3.5" LM -J6 PAVER 1/2" X 8" Carriage SS 1.5" — WITH 8' JIG 3.5" LM -J8 PAVER 1/2" X 8" Carriage SS 1.5" —WITH 10' JIG 3.5" LM -J10 PAVER 1/2" X 8" Carriage SS 1.5" DURO-SPRING BASE 4.5" DS -J PAVER 5/8" X 10" Hex Head SS 1.5" TECHNI-SPRING STEEL / EDGE BASE 4.5" TS -EDGE -J PAVER 1/2" X 10" Hex Head SS 1.5" TECHNI-SPRING FIBERGLASS BASE 4.5" TSF -J PAVER 1/2" X 12" Hex Head SS 3.5" BAJA BASE 4.5" BA -J6 PAVER 1/2" X 10" Hex Head SS 1.5" — WITH 8' JIG 4.5" BA -J8 PAVER 1/2" X 10" Hex Head SS 1.5" CITY BASE 3.5" CITY -J6 PAVER 1/2" X 8" Carriage SS 1.5" j7-1\1BASE (3 BOLT JIG] 4.5" T7-NJIG PAVER 1/2" X 10" Hex Head SS 2.0" Fig. 3 DEAM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 10 SUPPORT INFORMATION: ARTICLE 5 — POOL DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES Extracted from ANSI/APSP/ICG5 2011, American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools Pool dimensions and tolerances 5.1 General requirements. Design dimensions shall comply with specifications in this standard. The pool shall be constructed to these design dimensions within the tolerances listed in 5.1.1. 5.1.1 Construction tolerances. 'There shall be construction tolerances allowed on dimensional de- signs. The overall length, width and depth shall be limited to a tolerance of plus or minus 3 inches (± 7.6 cm). All other dimensions shall bc- limited to it toler- ance of plus or minus 2 inches (± 5.1 can), unless otherwise specified. 5.2 Perimeter shape. No limits are specified for shape of pools except that consideration shall be given to shape from the standpoint of circulation of the swimming pool water and safety to the user. 5-1 Walls - requirements 5.3.1 Walls in the shallow area and deep area of the pool shall not slope greater than 11 ° 0:5 slope ratio) to a transition point. The transition point shall not be less than 2 feet and 9 inches (83.8 cm) below the waterline. See figure 1. 5.3.2 As shown in figure 2, at the depths of (a) and (b), the walls are permitted to join the floor. TOP OF WALL WATER LINE 1 E PLUMB E WALL SECTION 1 E 1 � 1 (V 11° (MAX.) RE FERENCEDIAGRAM 1 NOT TO SCALE Figure 1— Maximum allowable wall slope BB AA POINT A POINT B WATER LEVEL A AA TYPICAL GUNITE/CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION '. BB — — — — — POOLS WITH 11 'WALLS ••� CC ........... •••••••••• TYPICAL VINYL LINER POOL CONSTRUCTION WATER LEVEL TYPICAL MINIMUM CROSS SECTION REFERENCE DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE Figure 2 — Typical pool design configurations DFAM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL] 11 SUPPORT INFORMATION: ARTICLE 5 - POOL DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES Extracted from ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011, American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools Figure 3 Minimum diving water envelope Minimum Water Surface Shape - Plan View Minimum Water Depths - Section w - e NOTE: 'W' equates to deep end wall waterline C 2' 9„ a cs (638 mm) a. 9 Sym 1 i I 1 I i I I I I Section e - a { I I s { w t 1 I - 4 le waterline -t -------- Symmetry -+------2' } 9„ W A B C D ` I 838 mm) t 2'0"R gym Y ` d I a GY Section b - b b waterline W A B C D E 2' 9" waterline r f838 mm} { z` 'iSym - t 3811,17) 1 2'3" R max 2'9" 8" R max �� Section c - c (838 MM) 3 " (952 rr n) j -- -- steepest allowable slope waterline --".I WA �_.-.-. AB .I - BC - CD -r*-.... DE 6" R mac ` 1 (838 Mn?) Not to scale (; 52 mrrlj .._-•' Section d - d Table 1. Minimum diving water envelope for swimming pools designated types IN Pool Minimum Depths at Point Minimum Widths at Point Minimum Lengths between Points Types A I B I C I D I A B C I D WA I AB I BC I CD DE I WE 0 Manufactured diving equipment Is prohibited 6-0" 7' 6" 5' 0" 2' 9" 10' 0" 12' 0" 10' 0" 8' 0" 1'6" 7-0" 7' 6" 6'0" 28'9" 1 (1.82 m) (2.29m) (1.52m) (838 mm) (3.05 m) (1.52 m) (3.05 m) (2.44 m) (457 mm) (2.13m) (2.29 m) Varies (1.82 m) (8.76 m) 6' 0" 7' 6" 5' 0" 2'9" 12' 0" 15' 0" 12' 0" 8' 0" 1' 6" 7' 0" 7' 6" 6-0- 28' 9" 2 (1.82 m) (2.29 m) (1.52 m) (838 mm) (3.66 m) (4.57 m) (3.66 m) (2.44 m) (457 mm) (2.13 m) (2.29 m) Varies (1.82 m) (8.76 m) 6' 10" 8'0" 5'0" 2' 9" 12' 0" 15'0" 12' 0" 8' 0" 2' 0" 7' 6" 9'0" 6-0- 31' 3" 3 (2.08 m) (2.44 m) (1.52 m) (638 mm) (3.66 m) (4.57 m) (3.66 m) (2.44 m) (610 mm) (2.29 m) (2.74 m) Varies (1.82 m) (9.53 m) 7-8- 8' 6" 5'0" 2'9" 15' 0" 18' 0" 15-0" 9' 0" 2'6" 8' 0" 10'6' 6-0- 33' 9" 4 (2.34 m) (2.59 m) (1.52 m) (838 mm) (4.57 m) (5.49 m) (4.57 m) (2.74 m) (762 mm) (2.44 m) (3.20 m) Varies (1.82 m) (10.3 m) 8' 6" 9-0- 5'0" 2'9" 15'0" 18'0" 15' 0" 910 " 3'0" 9' 0" 12-0- 1(3.66 6'0. 36' 9" 5 (2.59 m) (2.74m) (1.52m) (838 mm) (4.57 m) (5.49 m) (4.57 m) (2.74 m) (914 mm) (2.74 m) m) Varies (1.82 m) (11.2 m) NUIES 1. Minimum length between points CD may vary based upon water depth at point D and the slope between points C and D. 2 Drawings are not to scale. 3. Negative construction tolerances (see para. 5.1. 1) shall not be applied to any of the dimensions shown in the Minimum Water Envelopes given in Table 1. 4. Pool types designate minimum water envelope sizes as specified by the diving board manufacturers. DSaM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 12 SUPPORT INFORMATION: ARTICLE 5 — POOL DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES Extracted from ANSI/APSP11CC-5 2011, American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools Figure 4 Offset ledges Figure 5 Shallow end depths top of wall waterline E waterline plumb Not to scale wall 6" (152 mm) 2' 9" min section R max—\ (838 mm) 42" 7 (1067 m I1 1 1 — \ ' 111max 3 steepest allowable max 8„ 1 slope before break (203 mm) p max steepest allowable Not to scale slope after break 6' (1829 mm) min � - 5.4 Offset Ledges 5.4.1 Offset ledges shall be a maximum of 8 in. (203 mm) wide. 5.4.1.1 Offset ledges located less than 42 in. (1.07 m) below waterline shall be proportionately less than 8 in. (203 mm) wide and fall within 110 from plumb, measured from the top of the waterline (see Figure 4). 5.5 Floor slopes. Floor slopes shall be reasonably uniform and comply with paras. 5.5.1 through 5.5.3. 5.5.1 The slope of the floor from the shallow end wall towards the deep area shall not exceed a 1:7 incline to the point of the first slope change, if any (D—E) as shown in Figure 5. 5.5.2 Changes in slope between shallow and deep areas shall be at a minimum water depth of 2 ft 9 in. (838 mm) and be at least 6 ft (1.83 m) from the shallow end, except as specified in para. 6.3. 5.5.3 The slope of the floor shall not exceed a 1:3 incline under the lengths (B—D) of the Diving Envelope (see Figure 5). 5.6 Shallow end water depths. Water depth in the shallow area shall be a minimum of 2 ft 9 in. (838 mm), except for those locations specified in para. 6.3 "Shallow End Detail for Beach and Sloping Entries." 5.7 Manufactured diving equipment for in -ground swimming pools (diving board/stand combination, manufactured platform, or field fabricated) 5.7.1 When manufactured or field fabricated diving equipment is installed, it shall conform to the specifications set forth in paras. 5.7-5.9. It shall be located in the deep area of the pool to provide the minimum dimensions as shown in para. 5.8, and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. DSaM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 13 5.7.1.1 Manufactured or field fabricated diving equipment shall be located directly above Point A. Diving equipment shall not be installed on Type 0 pools (see Table 1). 5.7.1.2 Maximum elevation of a diving board above the water shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Raised decking may be installed around the diving board up to level with the top of the board. 5.7.2 Manufactured diving equipment installation and use instructions shall be provided by -the diving equipment manufacturer and shall specify the minimum water dimensions required for each diving board and diving stand combination. They shall refer to the diving envelope type of their choice by dimensionally relating their products to Point A on the diving envelopes as shown in Figure 3, Table 1, and paras. 5.8.1-5.8.3. 5.7.2.2 Diving equipment shall be permanently labeled and affixed to the diving equipment orjump boards and include, but not be limited to the following: manufacturer's diving equipment name and address date of manufacture minimum diving envelope maximum weight limitations. 5.7.2.3 Diving equipment shall have slip -resisting tread surfaces. 5.8 Figure 3 diagrams show dimension points referred to in Table 1. 5.8.1 Point A: Point A is the point from which all other forward dimensions of width, length, and depth are then established for the Minimum Diving Water Envelope. If the tip of the diving board or diving platform overhang is located at a distance of WA or greater from the deep end wall and the water depth at that location is equal to or greater than the water depth requirement at Point A (see Table 1), then the point on the water surface directly below the center of the tip of the diving board or diving platform shall be identified as Point A. SUPPORT INFORMATION: ARTICLE 5 — POOL DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES Extracted from ANSI/APSPACG5 2011, American National Standard for Residential Inground Swimming Pools 5.8.1.2 Location of Point A: The minimum Diving Water Envelope dimensions for pools with manufactured diving equipment shall Exam be taken from Point A as shown in Figure 3. Point A shall be defined as the point on the water surface where the water depth is required at Point A and is provided at a distance of WA as shown in Table 1 from the deep end wall. The center of the tip of the diving board, platforms, manufactured or field fabricated shall be located directly above Point A. 5.8.1.3 Point A as shown in Figure 3 and Table 1 shall be the reference point of origin for all dimensions defining the minimum Exam diving envelope. 5.8.2 Type 0 pools (where diving is prohibited) shall not be limited in width, length, or water depth except as specifically provided for in this standard. 5.8.3 Location of equipment and pool features in the minimum diving envelope. If the pool is designed for use with diving equipment, all steps, pool stairs, ladders, underwater benches, offset ledges special features and other accessory items or any parts thereof, these features shall be located Exam outside the Minimum Diving Envelope (see unde Figure 6). seat o 5.9 Stationary diving platform(s) and diving rock(s). Stationary diving platform(s) and diving station () Y g P () g diving rock(s) built on site field fabricated shall be and ro allowed to be flush with the wall and located in the diving area of the pool. Point A shall be in front of the wall at the platform or diving unde rock centerline. Diving rocks or platforms are prohibited on Pool Type 0. Not to 5.10 Stationary diving platform(s) and diving rock(s) 5.10.1 Stationary diving platform(s) and diving rock(s) shall not be permitted on Pool Type 0. 5.10.2 The maximum height of the stationary diving platform or diving rock above the waterline shall be as follows: Pool Type 1 42 in. (1.07m) Pool Type 11 42 in. (1.07 m) Pool Type III 50 in. (1.27 m) Pool Type IV 60 in. (1.52 m) Pool Type V 69 in. (1.75 m). Figure 6 Top view examples of accessory equipment and pool features prohibited in the minimum diving envelope ple A ladder/ recessed treads stairs pool . " wall stationary diving platform . and rocks No intrusions in diving envelope pool: attached spa wall swimout ple B deck stationary diving platform and rocks pool wall No intrusions in diving envelope swimout ladder / recessed treads pool wall . deck ple C ladder / / recessed treads pool wall rwater I r bench swimout ary platform No intrusions in deck cks diving envelope mechanical rwater lift ladder pool wall stairs with seat scale side or deep end step DSIM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 14 5.10.3 The diving equipment manufacturer shall specify minimum headroom above water. 5.11 Swimming pool slides 5.11.1 Slides, where installed, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and comply with the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) Standard for Swimming Pool Slides as published in the Code of Federal Regulations, 16 CFR Ch. 11, Part 1207 5.11.2 Slides constructed on-site are not covered by this standard. stairs DSIM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 14 5.10.3 The diving equipment manufacturer shall specify minimum headroom above water. 5.11 Swimming pool slides 5.11.1 Slides, where installed, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and comply with the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) Standard for Swimming Pool Slides as published in the Code of Federal Regulations, 16 CFR Ch. 11, Part 1207 5.11.2 Slides constructed on-site are not covered by this standard. stairs NOTES: DS4M Rev. 7/15 (BK -0S INSTALL] 15 NOTES: DSAM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL] 16 LIMITED WARRANTY Inter -Fab, Inc. will repair or replace, at its option, any product manufactured by Inter -Fab, Inc. that fails during the applicable warranty period because of a manufacturing or material defect; provided that the defect is not the result of improper installation, improper use or care, negligence, alterations or modifications to the product, or natural accidents (acts of God). The applicable warranty period for products manufactured by Inter -Fab, Inc. is three (3) years from the date of retail purchase, except as specified below: Echoes of Nature' products are individually handcrafted and painted by skilled artisans and as a result, dimensional differences and color variations are normal and are not a basis for warranty coverage. The warranty period for pumps sold with the Echoes of NatureTm products is three (3) years from the date of retail purchase. Water SportsTP° sports equipment warranty periods are as follows: Volleyball Poles, Basketball Poles, Basketball Rim, and Basketball Backboard are one (1) year from date of retail purchase. Volleyball, Volleyball Net, Basketball, Basketball Net, and pumps are warranted for ninety (90) days from date of retail purchase. The Board Fall, Board Fall -L (LED), and Board Fall -F (fiber optic) water features, used for the Jump & SplashTM T7TM and aquaBoardTm products, have a warranty period of one (1) year from the date of retail purchase. ZoomerangTm slide products warranty period is one (1) year from the date of retail purchase. Build Your Own Slide m (BYOSTM), Build Your Own Slide 2T'" (BYOS 2T"'], Garden Ride SeriesTm, Pool/Spa TableT"" Pool/Spa SeatTm, and Pool LifestyleTm products warranty periods are one (1) year from the date of retail purchase. City 2T'" Slide and City Base m products warranty period are one (1 ] year from the date of retail purchase. -LiftTm products warranty period are two (2) years from the date of original shipment. The battery, charger, receiver (control box on i -Lift), transmitter (remote), and actuator have a warranty period of one (1) year from the date of original shipment. Unless expressly stated otherwise all products manufactured by Inter -Fab are for residential installation (single family residence) inground pool use only. Inter -Fab, Inc. expressly disclaims any and all warranties and liability arising from the installation or use of its residential products for any non-residential use such as semi-public, public, or commercial applications. Products expressly manufactured for commercial installation and use will be subject to this limited warranty. This limited warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, whether express or implied. Inter -Fab, Inc. disclaims any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use, and noninfringement in relation to any of its products and Inter -Fab, Inc. is not liable for consequential, incidental or specific damages. This warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of the manufacturing or material defect, or refund of the original purchase price, whichever is less, at the sole option of Inter -Fab, Inc., and expressly does not cover any labor or reinstallation expenses related to the replacement of any and all Inter -Fab products. This limited warranty shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of irrespective of whether the claims are made in contract, tort, warranty, law, equity or by statue. This warranty is to the original purchaser of the product only. Inter-Fab's limited warranty is neither transferable nor portable from consumer to consumer. The effective coverage date begins at the date of retail purchase. Product owner or representative must notify Inter -Fab, Inc. (or its wholesale agent) in writing, giving a full description of the nature of the product defect or failure along with proof of purchase, serial number(s) of the product and photos within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the applicable warranty period. Inter -Fab, Inc. reserves the right to physically inspect damaged or defective products or components to determine the cause of the damage or defect, prior to authorizing repair or replacement of its products. • Lr- a _cam 3050 S. Alvernon Way • Tucson, AZ 85713 520.790.7040 • 800.737.5386 • Fax 520.790.7127 • inter-fab.com DS -IM Rev. 7/15 (BK -DS INSTALL) 17 NaCl j AW jSm1th,,. TYPHOON® ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS F7__'qq41 S.R. SMITH TYPHOON SLIDES ARE MANUFACTURED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE ON RESIDENTIAL INGROUND SWIMMING POOLS ONLY. THE TYPHOON IS NEVER TO BE INSTALLED AND USED ON ABOVEGROUND POOLS, ONGROUND POOLS, HOUSEBOATS, BOAT DOCKS, FLOATING DOCKS OR PLATFORMS OR OTHER BODIES OF WATER SUCH AS LAKES, PONDS, RIVERS, ETC. SRS AUSTRALIA, PTY LTD 12 Enterprise St Richlands QLD 4077 Australia Phone 07 3812 2283 • Fax 07 3812 1187 www.srsmith.com/au 06-714 S.R. SMITH, LLC CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS P.O. Box 400 • 1017 S.W. Berg Parkway Canby, Oregon 97013 USA Phone (503) 266 2231 • Fax (503) 266 4334 www.srsmith.com MAR16 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION............................................................................................ INSTALLED TYPHOON STRUCTURAL & INSTALLATION CHECKLIST.... MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS................................................................. ASSEMBLED TYPHOON LAYOUT............................................................... PARTSLIST................................................................................................... ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS........................................................................ ToolsRequired........................................................................................... GasketInstallation...................................................................................... Typhoon Assembly ............... ........... ......................................... 3 ......................................... 4 ......................................... 4 ......................................... 5 ............................................................................ ON -DECK MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................... SLIDE PLUMBING INSTRUCTIONS.............................................................................. MANUFACTURER'S PLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS................................................... SLIDE ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION VIDEOS AVAILABLE AT www.youtube.com/srsmithlic REGISTER YOUR S.R. SMITH PRODUCT AT www.srsmith.com/en/customer-service/product-reqia!Egli2n ❑� �❑� Visit srsmith.com for information on the complete line of S.R.Smith pool products. 2 .............................. 6 .............................. 7 .............................. 7 .............................. 7 .............................. 8 ............................13 ............................14 ............................15 SLIDE ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION VIDEOS AVAILABLE AT www.youtube.com/srsmithlic REGISTER YOUR S.R. SMITH PRODUCT AT www.srsmith.com/en/customer-service/product-reqia!Egli2n ❑� �❑� Visit srsmith.com for information on the complete line of S.R.Smith pool products. 2 INTRODUCTION ADANGER - FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND THE OWNER'S MANUAL MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. THE TYPHOON IS DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED FOR INSTALLATION AND USE ON INGROUND SWIMMING POOLS ONLY. DO NOT INSTALL THIS SLIDE ON ABOVE GROUND POOLS, HOUSEBOATS, BOAT DOCKS, FLOATING DOCKS OR PLATFORMS, OR OTHER BODIES OF WATER SUCH AS LAKES, PONDS, RIVERS, ETC. PROPER ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, USE, AND SUPERVISION ARE ESSENTIAL FOR PROPER OPERATION AND TO REDUCE THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. ALL NATIONAL AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES MUST BE FOLLOWED. THIS INCLUDES ANY APPLIABLE REQUIREMENTS FOR SIZE OF CONCRETE FOOTING, OVERALL HEIGHT OF SLIDE, AND BODING OR ELECTRICAL CODES. CHECK INSIDE ALL BOXES AND PACKAGING MATERIALS FOR PARTS. BEFORE BEGINNING ASSEMBLY, READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS AND IDENTIFY PARTS USING THE FIGURES AND PARTS LISTED IN THIS DOCUMENT. IT IS CRITICAL THAT ALL PARTS BE CAREFULLY INSPECTED BY THE INSTALLER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO ENSURE THAT NO DAMAGE OCCURRED IN TRANSIT AND THAT A DAMAGED PART IS NOT USED. PROPER INSTALLATION CANNOT BE OVERSTRESSED, IMPROPER INSTALLATION VOIDS S.R. SMITH'S WARRANTY AND MAY AFFECT THE SAFETY OF THE USER. INSTALLER MUST GIVE TO SLIDE OWNER: TYPHOON SLIDE INSTALLATION AND OWNER'S MANUAL, THE WARRANTY CARD, AND ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS REGARDING SAFE AND PROPER USE AND SLIDE MAINTENANCE. FOR COMPLETE SLIDE SAFETY INFORMATION REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL INSTALLED TYPHOON STRUCTURAL & INSTALLATION CHECKLIST Installer to review with slide owner upon completion of slide installation. 1. Inspect the runway for visible cracks or tears. 2. Inspect the ladder for sharp edges, protrusions, cracks, or tears. 3. Inspect all fasteners to make sure they are fully tightened. 4. Inspect the ladder for rigidity and attachment. 5. Measure the following dimensions and compare with the manufacturer's placement instructions on page 15. • Pool water depth at the base of the slide should be at least 3' (914 mm) deep, and at 4'6" (1372 mm) out from slide exit, should be at least 4'6" (1372 mm) deep. • The height of the slide runway exit above the water should be 20" (508 mm) maximum. • The distance between the slide centerline and the edge of other pool equipment should be at least 3'6" (1067 mm). 6. Observe the position of the exit of the slide as shown in FIGURE M, FIGURE N, and FIGURE P on pages 15 and 16. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS �. When hosing down the deck, hose your Typhoon to wash away any dust, dirt or other debris, which may have accumulated. 2. Be sure that all connections are secure. Tighten hardware if necessary. 3. All polyethylene parts require little maintenance. Hose and wipe to clean. While cleaning slide, check and see that all nuts and bolts are tight and secure. 4. Inspect the runway for visible cracks or tears, sharp edges and protrusions. s. Inspect all attachment points for loose or corroded fasteners. 6. Inspect all ladder tread or step -attachment points for evidence of shear, bending yield, or fatigue in the ladder steps, rails, or attachments means. Yield is evidenced by crystallization or fine cracking of the ladder tread and/or surface. 7. Inspect the ladder handrails for rigidity and attachment. 4 ASSEMBLED TYPHOON LAYOUT WATER STUB 9'-11 5/8' LOCATION 9' 8' 7' 6' 5' 4' 3' 2' 1' 0 1'-1 5/8'I �121V0' gm 2'-81/8' 2' an 1'-7 1/4' 1'-6 1/2' POOL EDGE �3' MINIMUM OVERHANG 11'-7 5/8" 1'-6 3,4' 112, 6'-5 1/2' 4 I/4 FIGURE A 5 PARTS LIST Visit srsmith.com for hardware kit and replacement part information. 6 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. KIT A KIT A 69-209-123 TYPHOON HARDWARE CARTON 1 ea. 1 5-139 3/8" HEX NUT 10 ea. • 2 5-151 3/8" LOCK WASHER 10 ea. 3 05-14-115 1/2" LOCK WASHER 8 ea. • 4 5-145 3/8" FLAT WASHER 24 ea. • 5 5-246 3/8" x 2-3/4" CARRIAGE BOLT 2 ea. • 6 5-247 3/8" x 3" BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREW 4 ea. • 7 5-239 3/8" x 2-1/2" STUD 4 ea. • 8 5-240 3/8" x 3-1/2" LAG SCREW 6 ea. • 9 5-237 3/8" x 5" BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREW 2 ea. • 10 5-248 3/8" x 3.5" HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 2 ea. • 11 5-242 #14" x 1" PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREW 6 ea. • 12 5-241 1/2" x 5" ANCHOR STUD 8 ea. • 13 05-782 1-1/2" PVC PIPE STRAP 2 ea. • 14 05-767 1" PIPE CLAMP 2 ea. • 15 05-770 1" BALL VALVE GRAY 1 ea. • 16 05-784 1" COUPLING 1 ea. • 17 05-773 GARDEN HOSE ADAPTER 1 ea. • 18 8-532 1/2" HIGH x 1/2" WIDE x 32" LONG RUBBER GASKET 1 ea. 19 8-545A KIT, TOP RUNWAY GASKET 1 ea. • 20 05-786-1 1" PVC FLEX HOSE, 16" LONG (NOT SHOWN) 1 ea. 21 05-786-2 1" PVC FLEX HOSE, 68" LONG (NOT SHOWN) 1 ea. Visit srsmith.com for hardware kit and replacement part information. 6 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY. KIT A KIT A 69-209-123 TYPHOON HARDWARE CARTON 1 ea. 1 5-139 3/8" HEX NUT 10 ea. • 2 5-151 3/8" LOCK WASHER 10 ea. 3 05-14-115 1/2" LOCK WASHER 8 ea. • 4 5-145 3/8" FLAT WASHER 24 ea. • 5 5-246 3/8" x 2-3/4" CARRIAGE BOLT 2 ea. • 6 5-247 3/8" x 3" BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREW 4 ea. • 7 5-239 3/8" x 2-1/2" STUD 4 ea. • 8 5-240 3/8" x 3-1/2" LAG SCREW 6 ea. • 9 5-237 3/8" x 5" BUTTON HEAD CAP SCREW 2 ea. • 10 5-248 3/8" x 3.5" HEX HEAD CAP SCREW 2 ea. • 11 5-242 #14" x 1" PAN HEAD TAPPING SCREW 6 ea. • 12 5-241 1/2" x 5" ANCHOR STUD 8 ea. • 13 05-782 1-1/2" ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS Tools Required 1. Ratchet handle 8. 1/4" (6 mm) drill bit 2. 9/16" deep socket 9. Power drill 3. 9/16" wrench 10. PVC pipe primer & glue 4. 3/4" socket or wrench 11. Anti -seize 5. 7/32" alien wrench 12. Saw to cut PVC pipe 6. Phillips head screwdriver 13. Knife 7. 1/2" (13 mm) concrete drill bit 14. Level Gasket Installation • Most of the gasket material has been installed at the factory, however additional gasket has been provided in case any gasket has fallen off during shipping. If gasket installation is required, follow the instructions below. The gasket on the face of the ladder is not installed in the factory, but detailed instructions are provided in step 8 on page 10. • Apply gasket (PN 8-532) in the required locations as shown in the figures below. • Place gasket along the section to determine the length needed. • Cut gasket to appropriate length. • Remove backing and adhere gasket to slide. • All gaskets below are applied as shown in the gasket section detail (see step 8 for further details on installing the ladder gasket, PN 8-531) -*-SLIDE RUNWAY GASKET SLIDE RUNWAY; - GASKET JOINT/GASKET CROSS-SECTION DETAIL FIGURE B NOTE: BE SURE TO APPLY ANTI -SEIZE TO ALL FASTENERS TO PREVENT GALLING. 7 Typhoon Assembly Before getting started. • To prevent damage to the parts during assembly, it is recommended that cardboard or some other protective barrier is laid down on the ground where the slide is to be assembled. • Verify that the gasket material is affixed to the slide parts as shown on page 6 • During assembly, be sure to apply a thin coat of anti -seize compound to the threads of all fasteners. Anti -seize helps aid in assembly, prevents galling, and improves corrosion resistance. 1. Assemble the pedestal part to the runway exit section as shown in FIGURE C. Attach the pedestal part to the runway exit section by inserting the two lag screws into the holes located in the bottom of the pedestal. 2. Before inserting the lag bolts into the side of the runway exit part, 1/4" (6 mm) pilot holes must be drilled into the center of each of the recesses. The pilot holes should be drilled through both the runway exit section and into the pedestal. s. Place the assembled runway exit section and pedestal upright so that the pedestal is resting on the ground. 91 Notes: It may take more than one person to perform this step. Verify that the gasket material is properly attached before assembling the parts. 4. Insert the threaded studs into each of the threaded inserts as shown in FIGURE D. The studs should be screwed in by hand until they reach the bottom of the insert. If the studs cannot be threaded in by hand, pliers may be used. Before using pliers, a piece of cloth should be placed over the stud to protect the threads from damage. . FIGURE D (71 01 AIL SCALE 12 9 5. Assemble the top ladder section to the lower ladder section as shown in FIGURE E. Insert the two button head cap screws into the threaded inserts as shown in FIGURE E. Do not fully tighten the screws at this point; just get the screws started into the threaded inserts. s. Insert the button head cap screws into the back side of the ladder as shown in FIGURE F. Tighten the screws until snug. Go back and fully tighten the screws from Step 7. 7. Insert the two carriage bolts into the steps as shown in FIGURE E. Tighten the nuts onto the carriage bolt until the lock washer is fully compressed. (4) (6 FIGURE E D F e. Before getting started, be sure that the joint surfaces of the top runway and ladder sections are clean and dry. Unroll the gasket material and hold so that that length of the gasket is centered on the center of the ladder joint. With the exposed adhesive side of the gasket facing the ladder joint surface, apply the gasket starting at the center of the part, working outward to the sides. Be sure that the bottom edge of the gasket material is held against the shelf on the ladder part during installation, see reference images below. Do not make too tight of a bend radius with the gasket when transitioning the gasket up the vertical edges of the joint. The transition radius should be as large as possible. Making too tight of a bend radius will cause the gasket to kink and possibly leak. The gasket should be centered on the available space in the vertical area of the joint, see reference images below. Once the gasket is in place, firmly press down on the gasket in all locations to ensure that the gasket has completely adhered to the ladder joint surface. Remove the paper backing on the gasket to expose the adhesive. Use caution not to remove the adhesive strip from the gasket when removing the paper backing. 10 s. Align the threaded studs sticking out of the top ladder section with the holes in the upper runway section. Attach the runway to the ladder using the hardware shown in FIGURE H. Tighten until the lock washer is fully compressed. Notes: It may take more than one person to perform this step. Verify that the gasket material is properly attached before assembling the parts. DETAIL A SCALE IT 5 10. Stand the ladder upright and attach the runway entrance section to the runway exit section using the button head cap screws as shown in FIGURE I. Tighten the button head cap screws until the lock washers are compressed. Notes: It may take more than one person to perform this step. m Once the button head screws are tightened, insert the hex head cap screws into the underside of the runway as shown in FIGURE I. Tighten the hex head cap screws until the lock washers are compressed. _ „ , , (4) (9) 12. First, fully assemble the water system components in the order shown in FIGURE J without gluing anything together. Assemble the water system parts to the ladder to ensure that everything fits before proceeding. Be sure that the ball valve is properly centered in the recess of the ladder. 11 13. Attach the pipe clamps to the ladder as shown in FIGURE J, detail B. 14. Use PVC primer and glue to permanently assemble the parts together as in step 11. 15. Glue the top end of the PVC hose into the fitting in the ladder. 16. Use the pipe straps to fasten the ball valve into the ladder recess as shown in FIGURE K, detail A. 17. Insert the hose into the hose clamps by firmly pushing the hose into the back of the clamp. DETAIL B SCALE 2 113 ON -DECK MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS �. Place the assembled slide on the deck relative to the pool wall. Ensure that the exit flume clears any coping. Slide may be angled slightly providing all dimensions are maintained as noted in the Manufacturer's Placement Instructions noted in the following section. 2. With the slide in its proper location, center punch or otherwise mark through the (8) mounting holes at the bottom of the ladder and pedestal so that a visible mark is apparent on the concrete. 3. Move the assembled slide aside to facilitate drilling of the anchoring holes. 4. Using a power drill and a 1/2" (13 mm) concrete drill bit, drill the holes to a depth of 4" (102 mm). Use tape or a marking on the drill bit to ensure that the hole for the anchor is drilled to the required depth. Maintain drill hole straight and perpendicular for proper holding strength of anchor stud 5. Clear the holes of all debris. Assemble anchor with nut and washer so that the top of the nut is flush with the top of the anchor. Move the slide over the holes before inserting the anchors. Drive anchor through the slide mounting holes so that nut and washer are flush with the surface material. s. Ensure the slide ladder is plumb by placing a level on a ladder tread. If necessary, shims can be provided by S.R. Smith to place beneath the base of the ladder to ensure it is plumb due to varying deck slopes. Please call 1. 800.824.4387 if shims are needed. Expand anchor by tightening nut 3 to 5 turns. Once anchor is set remove nut and install a lock washer, item # (3), and retighten nut to a torque of 25 ft. -lbs (33.9 N -m). 13 ............ o . 'C3 _ a ............ �0 SLIDE PLUMBING INSTRUCTIONS i. The Typhoon is designed for a water supply line of 1" pipe. Plumb from pool return line with a 1" PVC pipe "stubbed up" at the deck positioned at the base of the ladder. Refer to 2. FIGURE A on page 5. 3. FIGURE A is for reference only. Assembled slide should be placed in its correct location and the "stub up" location marked and installed before mounting the slide to the deck. "Stub up" should be dark grey PVC to match the plumbing assembly of the slide. Note: "Stub up" should extend above the deck 18" (457 mm) in height. It can be cut to proper length further in the installation process. 4. If a garden hose is to be used, a garden hose adapter fitting is included with the slide. Assemble the pieces as shown in FIGURE L and attach to the end of the PVC plumbing assembly at the base of the ladder. 5. Proceed to the following section for ON -DECK MOUNTING. After the slide has been mounted to the deck, attach the "stub up" as necessary to the plumbing assembly installed in the ladder. s. The Typhoon can handle up to 20 gallons per minute (75 L/min). Water flow is to be regulated using the ball valve near the base of the ladder. 14 FIGURE L MANUFACTURER'S PLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS PROPER ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, USE, AND SUPERVISION ARE ESSENTIAL FOR PROPER OPERATION AND TO REDUCE THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY. 1. The critical dimensions for placement of the Typhoon are as shown in FIGURE M and FIGURE N. A. The slide exit runway surface shall not exceed 20" (508 mm) above the water surface as shown in FIGURE M. B. The slide shall be positioned so that all water flowing off the runway exit drops into the pool. The recommended overhang is 4" (102 mm). C. The minimum depth of water below the exit lip of the slide shall be 3' (914 mm) and increase to 4'-6" (1371 mm) at Pt. A, which is a distance of 4'-6" (1371 mm) from the exit lip of the slide as shown in FIGURE M. D. A minimum depth of 4'-6" (1371 mm) shall be maintained at a distance of 9' (2743 mm) along the extended centerline of the slide from Pt. A. as shown in FIGURE M. ENTRANCE RUNWAY SURFACE 20' MAX. r (508 mm) �.... �N, EXIT_._ ` WATER LEVEL i y DECK/COPING SURFACE --.r 4'-6" MIN, (1372 mm) 4'-6*'MIN. T MIN. (914 mm) PLUMBLINE Pt.A =» g MIN. ,.... 4* -6" _.. (2743 mrrr)13'-6"MIN. (4115 mm) FIGURE M 2. A minimum clearance area in front of the slide shall be maintained at all times as follows: A. The minimum clearance distance on either side of the extendedW 2'-6" r-- zl t76z centerline of the slide runway shall not be less than 3'-6" (1067 mm) It at a point no less than 2'-6" (762 mm) from the exit lip of the slide z W and extending a distance of 13'-6" (4115 mm) in front of the slide as 13'- 6- shown in FIGURE N. ;' '� o z B. A. The minimum clearance area in front of a properly installed r x diving board on an inground swimming pool is a minimum distance wI of 3'-6" (1067 mm) on either side of the board's centerline as shown in FIGURE O. Pt. C extends a minimum distance of "C" from the tip 3 _6"� end of the board as shown in FIGURE O. The width distance "W" (1467 mm) (1067 am) on either side of Pt. C is given in TABLE land shown in FIGURE O. SLIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE AREA FIGURE N 15 TABLE 1 Board Minimum Clearance Area Pool Type "C" Dimension "W" Dimension 1 14'-6" (4420 mm) 5'-0" (1524 mm) II 14'-6" (4420 mm) 6'-0" (1829 mm) III 16'-6" (5029 mm) 6' -0" (1829 mm) IV 18'-6" (5639 mm) T-6" (2286 mm) V 21'-0" (6401 mm) T-6" (2286 mm) See Article 5 contained in ANSI/APSP/ICC-5 2011 STANDARD FOR RESIDENTIAL INGROUND SWIMMING POOLS and refer to FIGURE 3 and Table 1 for Minimum Water Envelope Dimensions AB, BC and Width at Point C. "C" DIMENSION FOR BOARD = AB + BC "W' DIMENSION FOR BOARD = WIDTH AT PT.0 BOARD 3'-6" 3'-6' C I Pt.0 I- "F I---w-� BOARD MINIMUM CLEARANCE AREA FIGURE O C. The minimum clearance area of a slide of diving board shall not intersect any coping or rope and float line as shown in FIGURE P. The minimum clearance area of a slide or diving board may intersect each other provided that they are not used simultaneously. FIGURE P 16 The Treo light comes with four colored trim ring options to match the surface of your pool or spa. 3 7/16"-- . �+ 23/8'......, ,...,.......13/16, 0 1 13/16" 0 1 7/16" 0 3 1/2" Treo LED Light The Treo LED light is a 12VAC, 5 Watt LED underwater light for gunite, vinyl liner, and fiberglass pools that features outstanding illumination qualities. • Designed for use with standard thread 1.5" diameter* • Available in lengths of 30', 50', 80', 150' • 50,000 hour lamp life a No Earth bonding required a White or color changing LED models available • Color functions: Advanced color functionality with poolLUX Premier: (49) color variations and dimming control (via wireless remote) 12V controls: (6) colors (white, blue, green , red, amber, magenta) and (2) light changing shows " Color memory function Four colored trim rings included to match the surface of your pool or spa Wide beam spread • Synchronized operation with S.R.Smith LED lights (2014 and newer) " Requires a minimum 2.75" of 1.5" diameter straight conduit as measured from back of wall fitting • 3 year warranty • ETL listed — Conforms to UL standard 676, certified to CSA C22.2 #89 FLED -C -TR -30 j (1) 12VAC, 5W complete underwater RGB LED light assembly with 30' of FLED C-TR-PK8 1 (8) Treos (RGB) 80' FITS MOST 1.5" FfrnNGS, f FLED-W-TR-PK81 (8) Treos (WHITE) 80'1',- INTERNAL 0 ',INTERNAL THREADS - 'Due to the variety and large number of manufacturers' fittings available, it may be necessary to field modify the internal shoulder if it is too shallow or too thick.This can be performed in the field in about 1-2 minutes with a 13/4 hole saw or small sanding drum. Installs into standard 11/2" wall fittings. Basic Requirements: Standard 11/2" wall fitting with exposed face and internal threads — initially connects to 1 1/i' waterproof conduit which terminates and seals above ground. MUSmith- www.srsmith.com / 800.824.4387 Copyright © 2015, S.R.Smith, LLC. All rights reserved. M-E-BRO-601 0216 i low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray I FLED -C -TR -50 ` (1) 12VAC, 5W complete underwater RGB IED light assembly with 50 of low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -C -TR i (1) 12VAC, 5W complete underwater RGB LED light assembly with 80' of j low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -0 -TR -150 (1)12VAC, 5W complete underwater RGB IED light assembly with 150' of I low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -W -TR -30 (1) 12VAC, 5W complete underwater white LED light assembly with 30' Of low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -W -TR -50 (1)12VAC, 5W complete underwater white LED light assembly with 50' of low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -W -TR (1) 12VAC, 5W complete underwater white LED light assembly with 80' of j low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: white, black, beige, and gray FLED -W -TR -150 i (1)12VAC, 5W complete underwater white LED light assembly with 160' of I low voltage cord, 4 trim rings: black, beige, and gray FLED -VK -TR (1) Treo Vinyl Adapter Kit, 4 colors, requires LNS-2A or similar wall fitting, allows vinyl liner to be replaced without removing light FLED-LAU-C ( (1) 12VAC, 5W RGB replacement lamp for LED underwater lights FLED-LAU-W (1) 12VAC, 5W white replacement lamp for LED underwater lights 1 LNS-2G (1) Gunite wall fitting, glues to 1.5" PVC LNS-2A (1) Fiberglass wall fitting, glues to 1.5" PVC i LN S 2V (1) Vinyl wall fitting, threads to 1.5" PVC MIP II FLED C-TR-PK8 1 (8) Treos (RGB) 80' FITS MOST 1.5" FfrnNGS, f FLED-W-TR-PK81 (8) Treos (WHITE) 80'1',- INTERNAL 0 ',INTERNAL THREADS - 'Due to the variety and large number of manufacturers' fittings available, it may be necessary to field modify the internal shoulder if it is too shallow or too thick.This can be performed in the field in about 1-2 minutes with a 13/4 hole saw or small sanding drum. Installs into standard 11/2" wall fittings. Basic Requirements: Standard 11/2" wall fitting with exposed face and internal threads — initially connects to 1 1/i' waterproof conduit which terminates and seals above ground. MUSmith- www.srsmith.com / 800.824.4387 Copyright © 2015, S.R.Smith, LLC. All rights reserved. M-E-BRO-601 0216 OWNER'S GUIDE H AY WA RD S11601r HIGH -RATE SAND FILTER Your Hayward S166T high -rate sand filter is a high performance, totally corrosion -proof filter that blends superior flow characteristics and features with ease of operation. It represents the very latest in high -rate sand filter technology. It is virtually foolproof in design and operation and when installed, operated and maintained according to instructions, your filter will produce clear, sparkling water with only the least attention and care. HOW IT WORKS Your filter uses special filter sand to remove dirt particles from pool water. The sand is loaded into the filter tank and functions as the permanent dirt removing media. The pool water, which contains suspended dirt particles, is pumped through your piping system and is automatically directed by the patented filter control valve to the top of the filter tank. As the pool water is pumped through the filter sand, dirt particles are trapped by the sand bed, and filtered out. The cleaned pool water is returned from the bottom of the filter tank, through the control valve and back to the pool through the piping system. This entire sequence is continuous and automatic and provides for total recirculation of pool water through your filter and piping system. After a period of time, the accumulated dirt in the filter causes a resistance to flow, and the flow diminishes. This means it is time to clean (backwash) your filter. With the control valve in the backwash position, the water flow is automatically reversed through the filter so that it is directed to the bottom of the tank, up through the sand, flushing the previously trapped dirt and debris out the waste line. Once the filter is backwashed (cleaned) of dirt, the control valve is manually resequenced to Rinse, and then Filter, to resume normal filtering. INSTALLATION Only simple tools (screwdriver and wrenches), plus pipe sealant for plastic adapters, are required to install and/or service filter. IS166TN2-00 The filter should be placed on a level concrete slab, very firm ground, or equivalent as recommended by your pool dealer. Position the filter so that the piping connections, control valve and winter drain are convenient and accessible for operation, servicing and winterizing. Your filter is supplied complete with an optional pump mounting base which is pre -drilled for use with Hayward Power -Flo LX series pumps. The pump to filter connecting hoses supplied will accommodate Power -Flo LX pumps used with the mounting base, and Max -Flo or Super Pump installed at surface level. To connect pump to filter: a. Screw straight adapter, using Teflon pipe sealant tape or Permatex No. 2, securely into pump discharge. (Do not overtighten.) b. Screw elbow adapter, using Teflon pipe sealant tape or Permatex No. 2, securely into opening in control valve marked PUMP. (Do not overtighten.) Elbow should point just over RETURN opening. TYPICAL INSTALLATION 6 -POSITION VARI-FLO CONTROL VALVE �� PRESSURE GAUGE ELBOW ADAPTER SIGHT C= - /GLASS RETURN TO POOL ♦ - ♦ WASTE LINE FILTER STRAIGHT ADAPTER 33" CLAMP (84 cm) FROM LZ PUMP MOUNTING POOL SCREW / WASHER PUMP 1q ll —DRAIN ^yam PUMP MOUNTING BASE(S164C) SPECIFICATIONS MODEL EFFECTIVE FILTRATION AREA DESIGN FLOW RATE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE REQUIRED CLEARANCE MEDIA REQUIRED SIDE ABOVE TYPE AMOUNT NUMBER FT' Mz GPM LPM PSI BAR INCH MM INCH MM FILTER SAND* LBS KGS S166T 1.4 0.13 35 133 50 3.45 18 457 18 457 0.45-0.55 100 45 NOTE: ANSI/NSPI4 Article V, standard for above -ground and on -ground pools, advises that components such as the filtration system, pumps and heater be positioned so as to prevent their being used as a means of access to the pool by young children. PARTS Model S166T S166T1575XS S166T1575XSN2 REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION NO REQ'D. 1 SP071113 Vari-Flo Control Valve Assembly 1 2 ECX27081 Pressure Gauge 1 3 GMX600F Valve/Tank O -Ring 1 4 GMX60ONS Flange Clam Valve -Tank 1 5 SX202S Sand Shield 1 6 SX164DA Lateral Assemblywith Center Pi e 1 7 SX164AAl Filter Tank with Skirt, Complete Lateral Assembly 1 8 SX2000 Lateral 10 9 SX18OG GasketEScrew 1 10 SX180H Drain Cap1 11 SX164B Filter Support St1 12 SX164C Pump Base1 13 ECX1108A 5/16" x 3/4" Mo 2 14* SX160Z5 1-1/2" Hose 1 15* SPX1105Z4 1-1/2" Elbow Adapter 1 16* ECX18028 Hose Clamp 2 17* SPX1091Z2 1-1/2" Straight Hose Adapter 1 18** N2SABG Nature2 Canister 1 19** SX164DAN2KIT Folding Umbrella Lateral Assembly w/Center Pipe for Nature2 Canister 1 *Furnished with PAK or System only. **Included only on filters supplied with SwimPure Canister Also known as No. 20 or No. 1/2 Silica Sand. W- m --O T- 11 17 0 STOP here and load media per instructions (No. 3). c. Place hose clamps on clear hose and fit hose over straight and elbow adapters and secure with clamps. If it is difficult to fit hose over the adapters, place hose in hot water for several minutes. NOTE: To prevent breakage and damage to pump and control valve, use only pipe sealants specifically formulated for plastics. Do not overtighten fittings or adapters. 3. Loading sand media. Filter sand media is loaded through the top opening of the filter. a. Loosen flange clamp and remove Filter Control Valve (if previously installed). b. Cap internal pipe with sand shield to prevent sand from entering it. Be sure pipe is securely in place in bottom underdrain hub. C. We recommend filling tank approximately 1/2 way with water to provide a cushioning effect when the filter sand is poured in. This helps protect the underdrain laterals from excessive shock. (Be sure the winter drain cap is securely in place on drain pipe.) Note: Check to confirm all laterals are in the down position before loading with sand. (See Figure A on Page 2.) d. Carefully pour in correct amount and grade of filter sand, as specified. (Be sure center pipe remains centered in opening). Sand surface should be leveled and should come to about the middle of the filter tank. Remove sand shield from center pipe. NOTE: If your sand filter is equipped with the SwimPure system or you are installing the SwimPure Retrofit Kit, then please follow the steps in the Instruction Sheet included in the SwimPure carton. 4. Assemble Filter Control Valve to filter tank. a. Wipe filter flange clean. b. To install clamp, loosely preassemble both halves of the clamp with one screw and one nut, turning the nut two or three times. Place clamp assembly on the filter neck. c. Insert filter control valve (with valve/flange O-ring in place) into the tank neck, taking care that the center pipe slips into the hole in the bottom of the valve. d. Install clamp around tank and valve flange and assemble second screw and nut. Tighten both sides of clamp alternately and evenly. Make sure you tighten just enough so that the valve may be rotated on the tank for final positioning. e. Carefully screw the pressure gauge, with pipe tape, into 1/4" tapped hole in valve body. Do not overtighten. f. Connect pump to control valve opening marked "PUMP" according to the instructions. g. Tighten both sides of clamp alternately and evenly. Use a correctly sized large screw driver and tighten firmly to obtain a good seal. h. Please be sure to place vinyl protector caps over ends of screws. 5. Make return to pool pipe connection to control valve opening marked RETURN and complete other necessary plumbing connections, suction lines to pump, waste, etc. 6. Make electrical connections to pump per pump instructions. Be sure all circuits are protected by a properly -sized ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). 7. To prevent water leakage, be sure winter drain cap is securely in place and all pipe connections are tight. NOTE: If you have installed a SwimPure system, then please refer to Step 2 in the SwimPure Instruction Sheet ("Balance the Pool Water"). INITIAL START-UP OF FILTER 1. Be sure correct amount of filter sand media is in tank and that all connections have been made and are secure. Depress Vari-Flo control valve handle and rotate to BACKWASH position. (To prevent damage to control valve seal, always depress handle before turning.) Prime and start pump according to pump instructions allowing the filter tank to fill with water. CAUTION: All suction and discharge valves must be open when starting the pump. Failure to do so could cause severe personal injury and/or property damage. Once water flow is steady out the waste line, run the pump for at least 1 minute. The initial backwashing of the filter is recommended to remove any impurities or fine sand particles in the sand media. 4. Turn pump off, set valve to RINSE position. Start pump and operate until water in sight glass is clear—about 1/2 to 1 minute. Turn pump off, set valve to FILTER position and restart pump. Your filter is now operating in the normal filter mode, filtering particles from the pool water. 5. Adjust pool suction and return valves to achieve desired flow. Check system and filter for water leaks and tighten connections, bolts, nuts, as required. 6. Note the initial pressure gauge reading when the filter is clean. (It will vary from pool to pool depending upon the pump and general piping system). As the filter removes dirt and impurities from the pool water, the accumulation in the filter will cause the pressure to rise and flow to diminish. When the pressure gauge reading is 6-8 lbs. (2.7-3.6 kgs.) higher than the initial "clean" pressure you noted, it is time to backwash (clean) the filter (see BACKWASH under Filter Control Valve Functions). NOTE: During initial clean-up of the pool water, it may be necessary to backwash frequently due to the unusually heavy initial dirt load in the water. CAUTION.- To prevent unnecessary strain on piping system and valving, always shut of pump before switching Filter Control Valve positions. To prevent damage to the pump and filter and for proper operation of the system, clean pump strainer and skimmer baskets regularly. FILTER CONTROL VALVE FUNCTIONS FILTER -Set valve to FILTER for normal filtering. Also use for regular vacuuming. BACKWASH -For cleaning filter. When filter pressure gauge rises 6-8 lbs. (2.7-3.6 kgs.) above start-up (clean pressure) : Stop the pump, set valve to BACKWASH. Start pump and backwash, approximately 2 minutes or less, depending on dirt accumulation, until water in sight glass is clear. Proceed to RINSE. RINSE—After backwashing, with pump off, set valve to RINSE. Start pump and operate for about 112 to 1 minute. This ensures that all dirty water from backwashing is rinsed out of the filter to waste, preventing possible return to the pool. Stop pump, set valve to FILTER and start pump for normal filtering. WATER—To bypass filter for draining or lowering water level and for vacuuming heavy debris directly to waste. WINTERIZING 1. Completely drain tank by unscrewing drain cap at base of filter tank. Leave cap off during winter. 2. Depress Vari-Flo control valve handle and rotate so as to set pointer on valve top between any two positions. This will allow water to drain from the valve. Leave valve in this "inactive" position. RECIRCULATE—Water is recirculated through the pool 3. Drain and winterize pump according to pump instructions. b system, ypassing the filter. CLOSED—Shuts off flow from pump to filter. VACUUMING—Vacuuming can be performed directly into the filter. When vacuuming heavy debris loads, set valve to WASTE position to bypass the filter and vacuum directly out to waste. PLEASE REALIZE ... Pure, clear swimming pool water is a combination of two factors -adequate filtration and proper water chemistry balance. One without the other will not give the clean water you desire. Your filter system is designed for continuous operation. However, this is not necessary for most swimming pools. You can determine your filter operation schedule based on your pool size and usage. Be sure to operate your filtration system long SERVICE & REPAIRS Consult your local authorized Hayward dealer or service center. No returns may be made directly to the factory without the expressed written authorization of Hayward Pool Products, Inc. enough each day to obtain at least one complete turnover of your pool water. To properly sanitize your pool, maintain a free chlorine level of 1 to 3 ppm and a pH range of 7.2 to 7.6. Insufficient chlorine or an out of balance pH level will permit algae and bacteria to grow in your pool and make it difficult for your filter to properly clean the pool water. PROBLEM SOLVING LIST POOL CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES SUGGESTED POOL CHEMISTRY LEVELS LOW WATER FLOW SHORT FILTER CYCLES POOL WATER WON'T CLEAR UP REMEDY 1. Check skimmer and pump 1. Check for algae in pool and 1. Check chlorine, pH and total Add Sodium Bicarbonate strainer baskets for debris. superchlorinate as required. alkalinity levels and adjust No action - chlorine will naturally dissipate CHLORINE (STABILIZED) 1.0 to 3.0 ppm Add Chlorine Chemical as required. CHLORINE STABILIZER 40 to 70 ppm (Cyanuric Acid) 2. Check for restrictions in 2. Be sure chlorine and pH intake and discharge lines. levels are in proper range 2. Be sure flow rate through (adjust as required). filter is sufficient. 3. Check for air leak in intake line (indicated by bubbles 3. Check surface of filter sand 3. Operate filter for longer periods. returning to pool). for crusting or caking (remove 1 " of sand if 4. Be sure Vari-Flo valve is set 4. Backwash filter. necessary). on "Filter' position. POOL CHEMISTRY GUIDELINES SUGGESTED POOL CHEMISTRY LEVELS ACTION REQUIRED TO CORRECT POOL CHEMISTRY TO RAISE TO LOWER pH 7.2 to 7.6 Add Soda Ash Add Muriatic Acid or Sodium Bisulphate TOTALALKALINITY 100 to 130 ppm Add Sodium Bicarbonate Add Muriatic Acid CHLORINE (UNSTABILIZED) 0.3 to 1.0 ppm Add Chlorine Chemical No action - chlorine will naturally dissipate CHLORINE (STABILIZED) 1.0 to 3.0 ppm Add Chlorine Chemical No action - chlorine will naturally dissipate CHLORINE STABILIZER 40 to 70 ppm (Cyanuric Acid) Add Stabilizer Dilution - partially drain & refill pool with water that has not been treated with Cyanuric Acid. HAYWARD POOL Hayward Pool Products, Inc. Hayward Pool Products, Inc 900 Fairmount Avenue 2875 Pomona Boulevard Elizabeth, NJ 07207 Pomona, CA 91768 Rev. 11/00 PRODUCTS, INC. Hayward Pool Products Canada Hayward Pool Products Europe 2880 Plymouth Drive ZA del'Observatoire Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R4 2, Avenue des Chaumes 78182 St. Quentin en Yvelines Cedex France © 2000 Hayward Printed in U.S.A. INSTALLATION & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Gas -Fired Pool & Spa Heater oEs1�N CfRT100 Atmospheric Models Lo NOx Models 206A, 266A5 336A & 406A 207A, 267A, 337A & 407A WARNING: If these instructions are not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or death. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas sup- plier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. This manual should be maintained in legible condition and kept adjacent to the heater or in a safe place for future reference. Catalog No. 6000.59Y Effective: 01-16-12 Replaces: 08-25-11 P/N 241236 Rev. 26 CONTENTS 4.. iON 1 4 Before Start -Up 5 Lighting Instructions & Shut -Off Procedures - Manually Lighted Pilots MV 6 Operating Instruction & Shut -Off Procedures - Automatically Lighted Pilots IID 7 After Start -Up I SE&ION 2 UTION AW-N TEN1. &. CA RIE P1:%115 8 Pool & Spa Water Chemistry 8 Automatic Chlorinators & Chemical Feeders 9 Cold Weather Operation 11 Code Requirements 12 Clearances 12 Outdoor Heater Installation 14 Florida and Texas Building Codes 15 Indoor Heater Installation 15 Outdoor Stack/Indoor Stack 16 Atmospheric Specifications and Dimensions 17 Lo NOx Specifications and Dimensions 18 Combustion and Ventilation Air 18 Vent Piping 19 Gas Supply Connections 20 Gas Pressure Regulator 20 Gas Pressure Adjustment Locations 20 Pipe Sizing For Gas Connections 21 Flow Rates 21 Heat Exchanger Pressure Drop Tables 22 Polymer Headers 22 Cast Iron Headers 22 Unitherm Governor Operation 23 Internal Automatic Bypass Valve 23 External Auxiliary Bypass Valve 23 Auxiliary Bypass Valve Adjustment 23 Pressure Relief Valve Installation 24 Plumbing—Water Connections 25 Heat Exchanger Reversal Procedure 26 Electrical Wiring 26 Millivolt Models 26 Advanced Flame Technology (AFT) Models 27 Transformer Wiring 28 Wiring Diagram - Millivolt (Mechanical Therm.) 29 Wiring Diagram - AFT Models, Atmospheric 3 30 Wiring Dia ram - AFT Models, Lo NOx 31 RECTI x SEFLV= Q. NVFWC.T,t0t 31 General Location of Controls 32 Control Panel Removal 32 Control Adjustments - AFT Models 32 Control Adjustments - Millivolt Models 33 Thermostat Operation - AFT Board 35 Status and Diagnostics 36 Remote Control Installation and Operation 36 Remote Operation 36 Activating the Remote 37 Remote Control Wiring 37 2 -Wire Remote Control 37 3 -Wire Remote Control 38 Time Clock / Fireman's Switch 38 Water Pressure Switch 38 Flame Roll -Out Safety Switch 38 High Limits 39 Pilot Safety 39 Burner Tray Removal (ATM) 39 Gas Valve Removal (ATM) 39 Main Burner and Orifice Removal (ATM) 39 Pilot Removal and Cleaning 40 Heat Exchanger Removal 40 Tube Cleaning Procedure 40 Desooting Procedure 40 Combustion Chamber Removal 40 Immersion Well Replacement 41 Unitherm Governor (U.G.) Replacement 41 Lo NOx Pool Heaters 41 Operation 41 Start -Up Procedures 41 Visual Inspection 41 Electrical 41 Flame Roll -Out Safety Switch 42 Burner Tray Removal 42 Gas Valve Removal 42 Main Burner and Orifice Removal 42 Pilot Removal 42 Combustion Blower Removal TRPUB $DOTING 43 Mechanical 44 Electrical - Standing Pilot Millivolt 45 Electrical - Electronic Ignition (IID) 46 Control Logic - Flow Chart 48 Illustrated Parts List 51 Part Numbers FOR YOUR SAFETY - READ BEFORE OPERATING WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT, CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE. 2 Your pool/spa heater has been designed for years of safe and reliable pool/spa water heating. It is available with millivolt or electronic ignition. ASME-certified units, typically used in commercial applications, are also available. This manual provides installation, operation, maintenance, and service information for these heaters. 0 ® ® -ON If your heater has been installed correctly, operating the heater is an easy task. The upper front panel of the heater contains the control center that allows you to turn the heater On or Off and adjust the temperature set- tings for the pool or spa. The temperature range is factory set from 65°F (18°C) to 104°F (40°C). See figure above for location of toggle switch to turn the heater On and Off. Section 4 of this manual contains more details about the use of the controls in the Control Adjustments subsection (page 32). BEFORE START-UP BURNERS Clean main burners, combustion fan (if equipped) and air louvers of dust, lint and debris. Keep heater area clear and free from combustibles, flamma- ble liquids and chemicals. Do not obstruct the flow of combustion and ventilation air. WATER Water must be flowing through the heater during oper- ation. Ensure that the system is filled with water and that the pump is operating. WATER CHEMISTRY (Corrosive water voids all warranties) For your health and the protection of your pool equipment, it is essential that your water be chemically balanced. The following levels must be used as a guide for bal- anced water. Recommended Level(s) Fiberglass Pools Fiberglass Spas Other Pool & Spa Types Water Temp. (Deg. F) 68 to 88 89 to 104 68 to 104 pH 7.3 to 7.4 7.3 to 7.4 7.6 to 7.8 Total Alkalinity (PPM) 120 to 150 120 to 150 80 to 120 Calcium Hardness (PPM) 200 to 300 150 to 200 200 to 400 Salt (PPM) 4500 MAXIMUM 4500 MAXIMUM 4500 MAXIMUM Free Chlorine (PPM)* 2 to 3 2 to 3 2 to 3 Total Dissolved Solids (PPM) 3000 MAXIMUM** 3000 MAXIMUM** 3000 MAXIMUM** * Free Chlorine MUST NOT EXCEED 5 PPM! ** In salt water chlorinated pools, the total TDS can be as high as 6000 ppm. • Occasional chemical shock dosing of the pool or spa water should not damage the heater providing the water is balanced. • Automatic chemical dosing devices and salt chlorinators are usually more efficient in heated water, unless controlled, they can lead to excessive chlorine level which can damage your heater, and which is not covered under warranty. A check valve should be installed between the heater outlet and a chlorinator or other chem- ical dosing device. • Further advice should be obtained from your pool or spa builder, accredited pool shop, or chemical supplier for the correct levels for your water. Rev. 26 reflects the following: Changes to: Note on page 22, Wiring Diagrams on pages 29-30, Illustrated Parts Lists on pages 48-55. Additions: None Deletions: None 2 CAUTION: Propane gas is heavier than air and will settle on the ground. Since propane can accumulate in conrnnea areas, exrra care snouia oe exercisea when lrgnting propane heaters LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS AND SHUT-OFF PROCEDURES MILLIVOLT SYSTEM (MANUALLY LIGHTED PILOT) A. s appliance has a pilot that must be lit by *If you cannot reach your g supplier, call the ha When lighting the pilot, follow these fire department. instr tions exactly. C. Use only your hand to ush in or turn the gas B. BEFOR LIGHTING, smell all around the control knob. Neve use tools. If the knob wil appliance rea for gas. Be sure to smell near not push in or turn y hand, do not try to repair the floor b ause some gas is heavier than air it. Call a qualifie service technician. Force or and will settl on the floor. attempted rep r may result in a fire or explo- sion. WHAT TO DO I YOU SMELL GAS: *Do not try to light ny appliance. *Do not touch any a ctric switch; do not use any phone in your bu ing. *Immediately call your g s supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follo the gas supplier's instructions. LIGHTING 1. STOP! Read the safety informat n above. 2. Set the thermostat on the lowest s ing. 3. Turn On/Off switch to the "Off" positi 4. Remove heater door panel. 5. Push in ga ontrol knob slightly an tur clockwise � to "Off". NOTE: Knob cannot be turned from "Pilot" to " unless knob is pushed in slightly. not force. 6. Wait 5 minutes to clear out any s. If you then smell gas, STOP! Follow 'B" in the safety information above. If y don't smell gas, go to the next step. 7. Locate pilot mounted on the ght side panel of the burner tray. V YS/ VOLT VALVE H NEYWELL ILLIVOLT GAS VALVE D. Do not u this appliance if any part has been under ter. Immediately call a qualified serv- ice to nician to inspect the appliance and to rept ce any part of the control system and any g control which has been under water. 8. Turn gas control knob counter -clockwise to "Pilot" 9. PI ce flame to end of pilot tube. Push in con of knob all the way and hold to light pilot. Conti e to hold control knob in for about one minute\controlkn pilot is lighted, release knob and it back up. Pilot should remain' lighted. out, repeat steps 5 through 9. If knobf pop up when released, stop and imcall your service technician or gas su 10. Stand de f the heater and turn the gas kn b counter -clockwise to "On". 1 11. Replace heater door pa\ el. 12. Turn On/Off switch to the`"On" position. 13. Set thermostat to the des0setting. SHUT-OFF PROCEDURE 1. Set the thermostat to the lowest setting. 4. Push the gas control knob sliotly and turn 2. Turn On/Off switch to the "Off" position. clockwise (­� to "Off". Do no# force. 3. Remove heater door panel. 5. Replace heater door panel. 5 CAUTION. Propane gas is heavier than air and will settle on the ground. Since propane can accumulate in confined areas, extra care should be exercised when lighting propane heaters. IG INSTRUCTIONS AND SMUT-QFF PROCEDURE ELECTRONIC IGNITION SYSTEM' (AUTOMATICALLY LIGHTED PILOT) A. This appliance is equipped with an ignition `If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the device which automatically lights the pilot. Do fire department. not try to light the pilot by hand. C. Use only your hand to push in or turn the gas B. BEFORE OPERATING, smell all around the control knob. Never use tools. If the knob will appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell near not push in or turn by hand, do not try to repair the floor because some gas is heavier than air it. Call a qualified service technician. Force or and will settle on the floor. attempted repair may result in a fire or explosion. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: *Do not try to light any appliance. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been 'Do not touch any electric switch; do not use under water. Immediately call a qualified any phone in your building. service technician to inspect the appliance and "Immediately call your gas supplier from a to replace any part of the control system and neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's any gas control which has been under water. instructions. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1. STOP! Read the safety information above. 2. Set the thermostat to the lowest setting. 3. Turn off all electrical power to the appliance. 4. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. Do not try to light the pilot by hand. 5. Remove heater door panel. 6. For Honeywell valve: Turn gas control knob clockwise %­� to "Off". For Robertshaw valve: Models 266-406: Turn gas control knob clockwise n to "Off". Model 206: Push in and move gas con- trol lever counter -clockwise r__� to "Off" position. 7. Wait 5 minutes to clear out any gas. If you then smell gas, STOP! Follow "B" in the safe- ty information above. If you don't smell gas, go to the next step. 8. Tu as control knob counter -clockwise 1 to "On". (Honeywell VR 8300 and Robertshaw 7000) 9. Replace heater door panel. 10. Turn on all electrical power to the appliance. 11. Set thermostat to desired setting. 12. If the appliance will not operate, follow the instructions "To Turn Off Gas To Appliance" and call your service technician or gas supplier. HONEYWELL VR 8300 GASO VALVE IID p GAS 9ON INLET °F ROBERTSHAW 7000 GAS VALVE IID ROBERTSHAW 7200 GAS CONTROL LEVER SHOWN IN "OFF" POSITION GAS INLET — SHUT-OFF PROCEDURES 1. Set the thermostat at the lowest setting. 2. Turn off all the electrical power to the appli- ance if service is to be performed. 3. Remove heater door panel. 4. For Honeywell VR 8300 and Robertshaw, 7000 gas valve. Turn gas control knob clockwise 0 to "Off". Make sure knob rest against stop For Robertshaw 7200 gas valve. Push in and move gas control lever counter clockwise r_� to "Off" position. 5. Replace heater door panel. AFTER START !3P Feel the inlet and outlet pipes. Outlet pipe should be only slightly warmer than the inlet. It should not be hot. WARNING: Should overheating occur or the gas supply fail to shut off, turn off the manual gas control to the heater. VISUAL INSPECTION - ATMOSPHERIC HEATERS With the heater on, remove the door and make a visu- al check of the pilot and burner. The flame should be blue with a well-defined pattern. 4" MAX AAA AA A A A)) 1 MAIN BURNER FLAME MILLIVOLT PILOT BURNER FLAME A yellow or "floating" flame indicates restricted air openings or incorrect orifice size. Should this occur, shut the heater off and contact your installer or gas supplier. WATER PRESSURE SWITCH A water pressure switch is provided in the heater to shut off the burners in the event that water supply is interrupted. It is very important to verify that the switch electrically opens and shuts off the gas valve when water flow to the heater is interrupted. Otherwise, rapid and severe damage will likely occur to the heater. (The water pressure switch should be checked and adjusted for proper operation by a qualified serv- ice person at the time of installation and periodically checked thereafter. Refer to Pressure Switch Adjustment on pg. 38 of this manual). WARNING: Operation of the heater without water circulation will cause rapid and severe damage to the heater, and will void the warranty. Elevated water temperature can be hazardous. The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission has these guidelines: 1. Spa water temperatures should never exceed 104°F (400C). A temperature of 100°F (38°C) is considered safe for a healthy adult. Special caution is suggested for young children. 2. Drinking of alcoholic beverages before or during spa or hot tub use can cause drowsiness which could lead to unconsciousness and subsequently result in drowning. 3. Pregnant Women Beware! Soaking in water over 102°F (39°C) can cause fetal damage during the first three months of pregnancy resulting in the birth of a brain-damaged or deformed child. Pregnant women should stick to the 100°F (38°C) maximum rule. 4. Before entering the spa or hot tub, users should check the water temperature with an accurate ther- mometer; spa or hot tub thermostats may err in reg- ulating water temperatures by as much as 4°F (2.2°C). 5. Persons with a medical history of heart disease, cir- culatory problems, diabetes, or blood pressure problems should obtain a physician's advice before using pools or hot tubs. 6. Persons taking medications which induce drowsi- ness, such as tranquilizers, antihistamines, or anti- coagulants, should not use spas or hot tubs. WARNING: Check the heater for possible rodent nests after long periods of non-use. To be followed one month after start-up and then semi- annually. 1. Inspect top of heater and drafthood for soot, a sticky black substance around finned tubes and W" baffles, and open flue gas passageways. Any visible soot should be cleaned for proper opera- tion. CAUTION: Soot may be combustible. Wet sooted surfaces completely prior to cleaning. Do not use steel wire brush. 2. Clean main burners and pilot burner of dust and lint. 3. Inspect and operate all controls, gas valve and pressure relief valve (if equipped). 4. Make visual check of the burner and pilot flames. Flame pattern on the main burner and pilot is illus- trated on page 7. Yellow flame means restriction of the air openings. Lifting or blowing flame indi- cates high gas pressure. Low flame means low gas pressure. Should the latter occur, shut the heater off and contact your gas supplier or quali- fied service agency. 5. On indoor heaters, clean room intake openings to ensure adequate flow of combustion and ventila- tion air. CAUTION: Combustion air must not be contaminat- ed by corrosive chemical fumes which can damage the heater and void the warranty. 6. Keep area around heater clear and free from com- bustible materials, gasoline and other flammable and corrosive vapors and liquids. IF HEATER WILL NOT FIRE: If you have no electrical power, it may be that your "circuit breaker" has tripped. Try re -setting it. If you have electrical power but the heater will not fire check the following or see Troubleshooting section: 1. The time clock must be in the "ON" position Your pump strainer basket may be full. If so remove debris. 3. Your filter may be dirty. If so, backwash or clean filter. (To tell if your filter is dirty, look to see if the filter pressure will be higher than usual). 4. The pump may have lost its prime and be running dry. Check the pressure on the filter. If there is no pressure; then you are not moving water (or your gauge is broken). Try to get the pump to run at its normal flow rate. POOL & SPA WATER CHEMISTRY Chemical imbalance can cause severe damage to your heater and associated equipment. Maintain your water chemistry according to the chart on page 2. If the mineral content and dissolved solids in the water become too high, scale forms inside the heat exchang- er tubes, reducing heater efficiency and damaging the heater. If the pH drops below 7.2, this will cause cor- rosion of the heat exchanger and severely damage the heater. Heat exchanger damage resulting from chemical imbalance is not covered by the warran- ty. AUTOMATIC CHLORINATORS AND CHEMICAL FEEDERS All chemicals must be introduced and completely dilut- ed into the pool or spa water before being circulated through the heater. Do not place sanitizing chemicals in the skimmer. High chemical concentrations will result when the pump is not running (e.g. overnight). Chlorinators must feed downstream of the heater and have an anti -siphoning device to prevent chemical back-up into the heater when the pump is shut off. A check valve should be installed between the heater outlet and the chlorinator. See plumbing diagrams on page 24. NOTE: High chemical concentrates from feeders and chlorinators that are out of adjustment will cause rapid corrosion to the heat exchanger. Such damage is not covered under the warranty. LtJ NOx BURNERS The Lo NOx burners and orifice areas should be inspected annually. Dirt and debris can affect the operation of the heater and could damage the burners or prevent the heater from firing. DO NOT clean the burners with a wire brush. COLO! WEATHER OPERATION IMPORTANT FREEZE INFORMATION MODERATE CLIMATE: Heater operation can contin- ue during short-term cold spells. When temperatures are between 00 and 32°F, flow (continuous pump operation) must be maintained. CAUTION: Do not use the heater to maintain water temperatures just above freezing or for freeze protec- tion. When heater is used during freezing weather, care must be taken to avoid freeze -ups. Continuous pump operation is a must. Additional protection may be required. The heater is not warranted against freeze -ups. COLD CLIMATE: Prolonged operation with water temperatures below 50°F is not recommended. When starting the heater with water temperatures below 50°F, operate the heater continuously until higher temperatures are reached. Operating the heater for prolonged periods with pool water below 50°F can seriously damage the heater, and is not cov- ered by the warranty. For cold climate areas, please follow the winterizing procedures listed. 0 WINTERIZING THE POOL & SPA HEATER Heaters installed outdoors in freezing climate areas may be shut down for the winter. Observe the follow- ing procedure for winterizing the heater: Turn off gas valve, manual gas valve, and electri- cal supply to the heater. Open drain plug located on the inlet/outlet header, (under water pipes). Remove the heat exchanger inspection panel on the side opposite water piping to gain access to the drain plug on the return head- er. Open drain plug on return header. Return Header yP� Drain Plug 3. For ASME Heaters only: Disconnect compression fittings from the pressure switch and return header that connects to the 1/4" copper tube and allow the tube to drain. DMIWMI The manufacturer recommends that this manual be reviewed thoroughly before installing your pool/spa heater. If there are any questions that this manual does not answer, please contact the factory or your local represen- tative. On receipt of your equipment it is suggested that you visually check for external damage to the carton. If the carton is damaged, a note should be made on the Bill of Lading when signing for the equipment. Remove the heater from the carton. If it is damaged, report the damage to the carrier immediately. Save the carton. These items are shipped inside a box in the carton with the heater: STANDARD UNIT (POLYMER HEADERS) ASME UNIT (CAST IRON HEADERS) 1. "Pagoda" top 1. "Pagoda" top 2. 2" CPVC union with "O" rings (2) 2. In/Out flanges (2) 3. Plastic pipe finish flange for gas line 3. 1-1/2" flange gaskets (2) 4. Bonding lug with mounting screw 4. 2" flange gaskets (2) (AFT models only) 5. Flange bolts (4) 6. Pressure relief valve 7. 2" CPVC adapters (2) 8. Plastic pipe finish flange for gas line. 9. Bonding lug with mounting screw. (AFT models only) Be sure that you receive the number of packages indicated on the Bill of Lading. When ordering parts, you must specify the model and serial numbers of the heater. See below for location of serial number. When ordering under warranty conditions, you must also specify date of installation. : C-R206A—MN—C ASME Baer: CAST IRON FwA: 1pfflo r_ NAT MV Itan Number: IN9031111 1 wlri Note: The Model & Serial No. can also be found inside the bezel above the display Model & Serial No. Located on Rating Plate `-- —" — - — Serial No. (Alternate Location) 10 These heaters are design -certified and tested under the latest requirements of the ANSI Z21.56 / CSA 4.7 Standard for Gas -Fired Pool Heaters. All heaters can be used either indoor or outdoors. The appropriate top designated for each type of use is required. If necessary, the top can be changed at a later date to change from outdoor to indoor or vice versa. Millivolt heaters contain a self -generating electrical system operating between .25 and .75 VAC. Ambient Temperature Rating of Heater Components Millivolt Heater with Honeywell Gas Valve +32°F to +175°F Millivolt Heater with Robertshaw Gas Valve 0°F to +175°F Electronic Ignition Heater" -32°F to + 175°F "Requires 120 or 240VAC Power Supply Atmospheric heaters: Rated inputs are suitable for up to 2,000 feet elevation. For elevations above 2000 feet, ret ii+ .-,4%- "f ° each 1,090 feet Above sea level, as high elevation reduces combustion perfgrrne ce Lo NOx heaters: Rated inputs are suitable for up to 5,000 feet elevation. For elevations above 5000 feet, consult the factory. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: This product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. WARNING: This unit contains refractory ceramic fiber (RCF) insulation in the combustion chamber. RCF, as manufactured, does not contain respirable crystalline silica. However, following sustained exposure to very high temperatures (>2192F), the RCF can transform into crystalline silica (cristabolite). The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) has classified the inhalation of crystalline silica (cristabolite) as car- cinogenic to humans. When removing the burners or heat exchangers, take precautions to avoid creating airborne dust and avoid inhaling airborne fibers. When cleaning spills, use wet sweeping or High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum to minimize airborne dust. Use feasible engineering controls such as local exhaust ventilation or dust collecting systems to minimize airborne dust. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment including gloves, safety glasses with side shields, and appropriate NIOSH certified respiratory protection, to avoid inhalation of airborne dust and airborne fiber particles. IMPORTANT NOTICE These instructions are intended only for the use by qualified personnel, specifically trained and experi- enced in the installation of this type of heating equipment and related system components. Installation and service personnel may be required by some states to be licensed. If your state is such, be sure your con- tractor bears the appropriate license. Persons not qualified shall not attempt to fix this equipment nor attempt repairs according to these instructions. WARNING: Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or maintenance may damage the equip- ment, create a hazard resulting in asphyxiation, explosion or fire, and will void the warranty. COO ]REQUIREMENT$ NOTE: The heater should not be located in an area where possible water leakage will result in damage to the area adjacent to the heater or to the structure. When such locations cannot be avoided, it is recommended that a suitable drain pan, with adequate drainage, be installed under the heater. The pan must not restrict combus- tion air flow. Installation must be in accordance with local codes, or, in the absence of local codes, with the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA54 and National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, and for Canada, the latest edition of CAN/CSA-B149 Installation Codes, and Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1 Part 1 and Part 2. 11 CLEARANCES ALL HEATERS For clearances from combustible surfaces, see the chart below. INDOOR INSTALLATIONS: Top* - 30" (Drafthood) Back - 6" Front - Alcove (Open) Right Side - 12" (Water Side) Vent - 6" Left Side - 6" Floor** - 0" (Opposite Water Side) DOOR INSTALLATION: Unobstructed (Outdoor Stack) - 3W (Stackless Top) .0" Right Side - 12" (Water - Left Side - t (Opposite Water Side) *Clearance from top of vent terminal. **Do not install on carpeting. ***Clearance from top of heater. When installed according to the listed minimum clear- ances from combustible construction, the pool heater can still be serviced without removing permanent construction around the heater. However for ease of servicing, we recommend a clear- ance of at least 24" in the front, and at least 18" on the water connection side. This will enable the heater to be serviced in its installed location, that is, without movement or removal of the heater. Clearances less than these (6" minimum), may require removal of the heater to service either the heat exchanger or the burner tray. In either case, the heater must be installed in a manner that will enable the heater to be serviced without removing any struc- ture around the heater. FLOORING: This heater can be installed on com- bustible flooring. OUTDOOR HEATER INSTALLATION These heaters are design -certified for outdoor installation, when equipped with the approved tops designated for outdoor use. WARNING: The heater shall not be located in an area where water sprinklers, or other devices, may cause water to spray through the cabinet louvers and into the heater. This could cause internal rusting or damage electrical components, and void the warranty. WARNING: Do not install within 3 feet of a heat pump or an outdoor condensing unit. Strong air intake from this type of equipment can disturb the combustion process and cause damage or personal injury. HEATER WITH OUTDOOR STACKLESS TOP p ­oda Top 12 Pagoda Top Installation 1. Insert tabs into keyhole (4 places). Pagoda Top (Shipped inside box in heater carton) 2. Snap tabs into keyholes so as not to pull out. Heaters must not be installed under an overhang of less than three 3 ft from the top of the heater. Three sides must beopen in the area under the overhang. Roof water drainage must be diverted away from the heaters installed under overhangs with the use ofgutters. For U.S~installa�mm��apoh�f�mwhere #�/flue pn�uo�e�d�the beam��u�nof 4�8ebw� 4����f�,or1ft above any door, window or gravity inlet into any building. The top surface of tbe heater shall be at least � ft above any forced air inlet, or intake ducts located within 10 ft horizontWly, For installations in Canada, pool heaters uhsd| not be installed with the top of the vent assembly within 10 ft below, or to either side, of any opening into the building. Refer to the latest revisions of CAN/CSA-B149. Minimum 4 f Minimum Minimum Minimum 1111111 1111 1 ft 1111 1 fill 10 ft Minimum Minimum Forced Ai[ Inlet For installations in Florida and Texae, that must comply with the Florida or Texas Building Code, follow the directions on page 14 for the installation of hurricane tie -down brackets for all models. 13 MODEL # B 206 20" 266 23" 336 26" 406 9" 2" x 6" x 1/8" Pallet Anchor Bracket (4 Total) (Kit# 011636) FLORIDA AND TEXAS BUILDING CODES WIND SPEED = 150 MPH, 3 SECOND GUST EXPOSURE = C 206/266/336/406 Atmospheric 1/4" x 1-3/4" S.S. Tapcon Bolt & Washer (Field Supplied) NOTE: Use hole closest to unit with washer overlapping edge of unit. Min. Edge Distance • • • . ° T ° A 6" o ® ' o ° Min. Edge Distance .Q • !tom ° ® HOT 6"— F A . . . ° • , • • •° •. V (1)-1/4" x 1-3/4" S.S. Tapcon Bolt & Washer (Field Supplied) (1)-1/4" x 1-3/4" S.S. Tapcon Bolt & Washer (Field Supplied) Ea. Pallet Anchor Bracket Use hole closest to unit (4 total) Ea. Pallet Anchor Bracket Use hole closest to unit (4 total) 3" Min. Conc. Pad by others 14 INDOOR HEATER INSTALLATION The hes tW Is also c ssgn-certified for indoor fila ion when equipped with the approved drafthood. For Canada, indoor installation is restricted to an enclosure that is not occupied and does not directly commu- nicate with an occupied area. Refer to the latest edition of CAN/CSA-B149 for specific requirements. Locate heater as close as is practical to a chimney or gas vent. Heater must always be vented to the outside. See Vent Piping section (pg. 18-19) for details. Minimum allowable space is shown on the nameplate. WARNING: Indoor heaters require a drafthood that must be connected to a vent pipe and properly vented to the outside. Failure to follow this procedure can cause fire or fatal carbon monoxide poisoning. OUTDOOR STACK 1 INDOOR STACK NOTE: The outdoor and indoor stacks are optional equipment and do not come standard with the heater. OUTDOOR STACK KIT INCLUDES: (1) Drafthood, painted (1) Adapter plate (3) Mounting brackets (clips) (1) Top panel cover (2) 1 -foot sections of metal tape. (3) Screws Clips (1) Instructions �► 0 15 INDOOR STACK KIT INCLUDES: (1) Drafthood, unpainted (1) Adapter plate (3) Mounting brackets (clips) (3) Screws (1) Instructions Cls 'A ""REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSIDE BOX FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO INSTALL OUTDOOR/INDOOR STACK. OUTDOOR STACK INDOOR STACK Model Part No. Part No. 206A/207A 009834 009838 266A/267A 009835 009839 336A/337A 009836 009840 4,QSA/4137A. 009837 00,9841 15 INDOOR STACK KIT INCLUDES: (1) Drafthood, unpainted (1) Adapter plate (3) Mounting brackets (clips) (3) Screws (1) Instructions Cls 'A ""REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSIDE BOX FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON HOW TO INSTALL OUTDOOR/INDOOR STACK. SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS ATMOSPHERIC UNITS INC DRAF FLUE 4-3/8" 8-7/8" (6-5/8" ASME) (3-3/8" ASME) O 0 32-11/16" 40^ ELECTRICAL STACKLESS CONNECTION • OUTDOOR TOP /8" ASME) 28" Heater Model Amp Draw 120 Volt 00 AFT 4 (J) Min. FLUE 4-3/8" 8-7/8" (6-5/8" ASME) (3-3/8" ASME) O 0 32-11/16" 40^ ELECTRICAL STACKLESS CONNECTION • OUTDOOR TOP /8" ASME) 28" Heater Model BTUH Input (000) (A) Cabinet Width (B) Flue Dia. (C) Indoor Drafthood (D) (J) Min. Gas Conn. Water Conn. Shipping Weights (Ibs) Standard Heater w/Stackless Top ASME Heater w/Stackless Top Indoor Draft - hood R206A 199.5 20" 6" 61-5/8" 10.0" 11-3/4" 3/4" 2" 187 206 14 R266A 266.0 23" 7" 62" 11.5" 11" 3/4" 2" 210 229 16 R336A 332.5 26" 8" 63" 13.0" 10-5/8" 3/4" 2" 230 249 19 A ,,$99.0 29" 9" 64-9116 14.5" 12-1/8" 1 314" 2" 2'49 2t Designation for an AFT heater using propane gas is "EP"; an AFT heater using natural gas is "EN". Designation for a Millivolt heater using propane gas is "MP"; a Millivolt heater using natural gas is "MN". Prefix "C" is for cast iron (ASME) headers; "P" is for plastic (polymer) headers. Suffix "X" is for cupro-nickel tubing; "C" is for copper tubing. EXAMPLE: P-R406A-EN-X = Plastic headers, 406 model size, AFT, natural gas, cupro-nickel. Reduce input 4% for each 1000 ft above sea level when installed above 2000 ft elevation. For Canada, no de -rating is required for elevations up to 4500 ft Plastic (polymer) headers cannot be used for ASME installations. 'Note: For outdoor stack, use J dimension in the table above for appropriate size PLUS six (6) inches. 16 SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS LO NOx UNITS INC DRAF FBI Amp Draw 120 Volt 240 Volt 6 3 FLUE 4-3/8" (3-3/8" ASME) 1011-1 8-7/8" i/8"ASME) 0 • O - 34" 26-1/2" • STACKLESS ELECTRICAL OUTDOOR CONNECTION ® ® TOP •®• AS ® • ASME) 28" Heater Model BTUH Input (000) (A) Cabinet Width (B) Flue Dia. (C) Indoor Drafthood (D) (J) Min. Gas Conn. Water Conn. Shipping Weights (lbs) Standard Heater w/Stackless 1 Top ASME Heater w/Stackless Top Indoor Draft - hood R207A 199.5 20" 6" 55-5/8" 10.0" 11-3/4" 3/4" 2" 174 193 14 R267A 266.0 23" 7" 56" 11.5" 11" 3/4" 2" 197 216 16 R337A 332.5 26" 8" 57" 13.0" 10-5/8" 3/4" 2" 219 238 19 R407A 399.0 1 29" 1 9" 58-1/2" 1 14.5" 12-1/8" 1 3/4" 2" 237 256 21 Designation for an AFT heater using natural gas is "EN". Prefix "C" is for cast iron (ASME) headers; "P" is for plastic (polymer) headers. Suffix "X" is for cupro-nickel tubing; "C" is for copper tubing. EXAMPLE: P-R407A-EN-X = Plastic headers, 407 model size, AFT, natural gas, cupro-nickel. For altitudes above 5,000 ft., consult the factory. For Canada, no de -rating is required for elevations up to 4500 ft. Plastic (polymer) headers cannot be used for ASME installations. *Note: For outdoor stack, use J dimension in the table above for appropriate size PLUS six (6) inches. 17 COMBUSTION ANIS VENTILATION AIR (indoor Units Only The heater must have both combustion and ventilation air. Minimum requirements for net free air supply open- ings are one opening that is 12 inches from the ceiling for ventilation, and one opening that is 12 inches from the floor for combustion air as outlined in the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (Canada- CAN/CSA-B1 49) and any local codes that may have jurisdiction. A. All Air From Inside The Building: Each opening shall have a minimum net free area as noted: Model Square Inches Model Square Inches 206/207 200 336/337 333 266/267 266 406/407 399 B. All Air From Outdoors: When air is supplied directly from outside the building, each opening shall have a minimum net free area as noted: Model Unrestricted Opening (sq. in.) Typical Screened or Louvered Opening (sq. in.) Typical Screened and Louvered Opening (sq. in.) 206/207 50 75 100 266/267 67 101 134 336/337 84 126 168 4ww 11-00 150 Ot : CAUTION: Combustion air must not be contaminated by corrosive chemical fumes which can damage the heater and void the warranty. VENT PIPING WARNING: Indoor heaters require a drafthood that must be connected to a vent pipe and properly vented to the outside. Failure to follow this procedure can cause fire or fatal carbon monoxide poisoning. Vent piping the same size as the drafthood outlet is recommended, however, when the total vent height is at least 10 ft (drafthood relief opening to vent terminal), the vent pipe size may be reduced as specified in Chapter 10 of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (Canada - CAN/CSA-13149). As much as possible, avoid long horizontal runs of vent pipe and too many elbows. If installation requires horizontal runs, the vent pipe must have a minimum of 1/4 in. per ft rise and should be supported at not more than five foot intervals. Plumbers tape, criss-crossed, will serve to space both horizontal and vertical piping. Gas vents supported only by the flashing and extending above the roof more than five feet should be securely guyed or braced to withstand snow and wind loads. We recommend use of insulated vent pipe spacers through the roofs and walls. Another option for installation that requires horizontal runs is using the D-2 power vent kit option. Power Vent Kit Model 120 VAC Part No. 240 VAC Part No. 206/207 010744 009832 266/267 010744 009832 336/337 010745 009833 406/407 010745 009833 The D-2 Power Vent oper- ates with a positve vent stat- ic pressure and with a vent gas temperature that pre- vents excessive condensate production in the vent, and as such, is a CATEGORY III appliance. Optional Raypak D-2 Power Veni For more information consult the D-2 Power Vent manual, (Catalog No. 6000.57.1). The power vent assembly is a fan -assisted combustion system designed for application to models 206-407. The unit, when installed as directed, is capable of operating in applications such as through -the -wall venting and reduced horizontal and vertical vent pipe sizes in new and current installations. The unit is factory -wired for 240 VAC, with capability of rewiring for 120 VAC. 18 For protection against rain or blockage by snow, the vent pipe must terminate with a vent cap which com- plies with the local codes or, in the absence of such codes, to the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (Canada - CAN/CSA-13149). The discharge opening must be a minimum of 2 ft ver- tically from the roof surface and at least 2 ft higher than any part of the building within 10 ft. Vent stack shall be at least 5 ft in vertical height above the drafthood out- let. The vent cap location shall have a minimum clear- ance of 4 ft horizontally from, and in no case below, unless a 4 ft horizontal distance is maintained, from electric meters, gas meters, regulators and relief equipment. The weight of the vent stack or chimney must not rest on heater drafthood. Support must be provided in compliance with applicable codes. The heater top and drafthood must be readily removable for maintenance and inspection. Vent pipe should be adequately sup- ported to maintain proper clearances from combustible construction. Type "B" double-wall or equivalent vent pipe is recom- mended. However single-wall metal vent pipe may be used as specified in the latest edition of the National Flue Gas Code ANSI Z223.1 (Canada - CAN/CSA- B149). WOR LESS VENT CAP I 2' MIN - 2' MIN <00"1 5' MIN VENT PIPE DRAFT HOOD -. HEATER NOTE: With venting application of two or more heaters, contact the factory. 19 GAS SUPPLY CONNECTIONS i i MANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE '1 i 3" MIN TYPICAL i FIELD SUPPLIED HEATER JACKET Gas piping must have a sediment trap ahead of the heater gas controls, and a manual shut-off valve locat- ed outside the heater jacket. All gas piping should be tested after installation in accordance with local codes. CAUTION: The heater and its manual shut-off valve must be disconnected from the gas supply during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psi (3.45 kPa). Dissipate test pressure in the gas supply line before reconnecting the heater and its manual shut off valve to gas supply line. FAIL- URE TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE MAY DAM- AGE THE GAS VALVE. OVER PRESSURIZED GAS VALVES ARE NOT COVERED BY WARRANTY. The heater and its gas connections shall be leak tested before placing the appliance in operation. Use soapy water for leak test. DO NOT use open flame. NOTE: Do not use Teflon tape on gas line pipe thread. A pipe compound rated for use with natural and propane gases is recommended. Apply sparingly only on male pipe ends, leaving the two end threads bare. SUPPLY PRESSURES A minimum of 6 in. WC for atmospheric units (5 in. WC for Lo NOx units), and a maximum of 14 in. WC upstream pressure under load and no-load conditions must be provided for natural gas. A minimum of 12 in. WC and a maximum of 14 in. WC are required for propane gas under load and no-load conditions. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR The gas pressure regulator is preset at 4.0 in. WC for natural gas (3.1 in. WC for Lo NOx), and 10.5 in. WC. for propane gas. The pressure at the gas valve, taken with a manometer, should be about 4.0 in. WC natural gas (3.1 in. WC for Lo NOx) and 10.5 in. WC propane gas. If an adjustment is needed, remove seal and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pres- sure or counter -clockwise r__� to cfecrease pressure. NOTE: Lo NOx gas valves are non-adjustable; set- tings are fixed by the manufacturer (In vensys/Robertshaw). MA SHL VF AT GAS VALVE GAS PRESSURE AI34USTMENT LOCATIONS, MILLIVOLT GAS VALVES Robertshaw 7000 (Heater Models 206-406) Gas Pressure Adjustment ELECTRONIC IGNITION GAS VALVES Gas Pressure Adjustment Honeywell VR8304 (Heater Models 206- 406 and 207-407) METER T 20 ELECTRONIC IGNITION GAS VALVES -CONTINUED Gas Pressure Adjustment Robertshaw 7200 Robertshaw 7000 BDER (Heater Model 206) (Heater Models 266-336) Gas Pressure Adjustment Robertshaw 7000 DERHC (Heater Model 406) Jon -Adjustable Gas Valve Robertshaw 7000 BDERF (Heater Models 207-407) PIPE SIZING FOR GAS CONNECTIONS Maximum Equivalent Pipe Length (ft) Natural Gas 1000 BTU/FT3 0.60 Specific Gravity @ 0.5 in. WC Pressure Drop Propane Gas 2500 BTU/FT' 1.53 Specific Gravity @ 0.5 in. WC Pressure Drop Input 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" Model (KBTU) N P N P N P N P 206/207 199.5 25 60 90 215 360 266/267 266.0 15 35 50 125 210 480 445 336/337 332.5 10 20 30 80 140 320 290 /407 399.0` 15 20 55 55 225 "215 "A 3/4" gas line can be used for up to 5 ft maximum length from the gas valve in addition to the sediment trap. FLOW HATES MODEL PIPE SIZE MIN. GPM MAX. GPM' 206/207 1-1/4"-1-1/2" - 2" 20 125 266/267 1-1 /4"-1-1 /2" - 2" 25 125 336/337 1-114"-1-112" - 2" 35 125 4061407 1r1J4A-ir1/2 -2" 1 40 1 125 �y. POLYMER HEADERS HEAT EXCHANGER PRESSURE DROP TABLES POLYMER HEADER (STANDARD MODELS) PLASTIC INTERNAL BAFFLE (Manufactured after 11/08) FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP (FT OF HEAD) 206/207 266/267 336/337 406/407 20 4.0 1.8 25 4.0 4.6 2.2 30 4.0 5.2 40 35 4.0 5.8 5.2 40 4.6 5.8 5.2 5.2 50 4.6 6.3 6.9 6.9 60 4.6 6.9 6.9 6.9 70 4.6 8.1 9.2 9.2 80 4.6 9.2 9.8 9.8 90 6.9 10.4 10.4 10.4 100 8.1 11.0 12.1 12.1 110 10.4 11.5 13.3 13.3 120 11.0 12.7 17.9 17.9 125 11.5 13.8 20.2 20.2 21 'When flow rates exceed maximum GPM an external auxil- iary bypass valve is required. See external bypass valve section for details. PRESSURE, SENSITIVE BYPASS i ?4\ 900 1R. , W, UNITHERM GOVERNOR (TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE THROTTLIK* VALVA CAST IRON HEADERS (ASME) CAST IRON HEADER (ASME MODELS) FLOW GPM PRESSURE DROP (FT OF HEAD) 206/207 266/267 336/337 406/407 20 1.8 30 2.2 8.0 40 2.5 9.0 9.0 9.0 50 2.7 9.8 9.8 9.8 60 3.3 10.5 10.5 10.5 70 4.3 11.0 11.0 11.0 80 5.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 90 6.8 14.0 14.0 14.0 100 8.2 17.0 17.0 17.0 POLYMER HEADERS (STANDARD MODELS) Before attaching the 2 -inch unions to the inlet/outlet header, make sure the 0 -rings are properly seated in the grooves. Use AquaLube or equivalent non -petro- leum-based lubricant on the O-ring. Hand tighten the unions. Glue PVC piping directly to the unions. INLET/OUTLET HEADER - POLYMER O -Ring Header Flange (CPVC) Header Flange Nut (CPVC) High-temperature CPVC header flanges and header flange nuts are provided. If there is any possibility of back -siphoning when the pump stops, it is suggested that a check valve (or valves) also be installed in the system. CAST IRON HEADERS (ASME MODELS) Heater must be located so that any water leaks will not damage the structure of adjacent area. High tempera- ture 2" plastic pipe (CPVC) may be threaded directly into the header flanges. This is not the same as the Schedule 80 PVC pipe which is also gray. PVC may be used immediately after the supplied CPVC adapters. Header Header Flange (Supplied) CPVC Connector (Supplied) Plumbing WARNING: NEVER install PVC directly into header flanges. Use the 2" CPVC adapter supplied loose with the heater. NOTE: Some jurisdictions require the addition of a flow switch and T&P gauge on ASME installations. Kit # 013969 can be ordered that will allow a stan- dard ASME unit to comply with the code require- ments. DO NOT use petroleum-based assembly fluids (such as petroleum jelly or lubricating oil). If assembly lube is 22 required, use a silicon base such as AquaLube etc. There are two sets of flange gaskets supplied with your heater. Use the appropriate gaskets for all your heater connections. Discard unused set. GASKET DESIGN #1: Accepts 1-1/2" copper tube or 1-1/4" galvanized pipe as a slip connection. GASKET DESIGN #2: Accepts 2" copper tube as a slip connection. The flange is threaded for 2" screw in pipe connections. Also used with the 2" CPVC adapters. #1 #2 0 (V INLET/OUTLET HEADER - ASME Flange Gasket Header Flange UNITHERM GOVERNOR OPERATION CAUTION: The patented Unitherm Governor is a thermostatic mixing valve specifically designed to maintain con- stant heater internal temperature between 1050 and 115°F despite continually changing flow rates from the filter and changing pool temperatures. This nar- row range is needed to prevent damaging condensa- tion on the burners which will occur if the heater runs for any length of time below 100°F. It is also needed to inhibit scale formation in the tubes by maintaining temperatures well below accelerated scaling temper- atures. Gasket U.G. Plug (Polymer) Unitherm Governor INTERNAL AUTOMATIC BYPASS VALVE In addition to the Unitherm Governor, a built-in auto- matic bypass valve is provided in the in/out header. While the Unitherm Governor responds to the changes in water temperature in the heater, the internal bypass valve automatically responds to changes in water pres- sure in the piping system. Proper amount of water flow is maintained through the heater under varying pres- sures dictated by the conditions of the pump and filter. Bypass Disc fi i Spring \ ��. Bypass Body EXTERNAL AUXILIARY BYPASS VALVE (Where Required) An auxiliary bypass valve should be used when flow rates exceed 125 GPM. Usually a high-performance pump size larger than two horsepower will exceed this flow rate. This valve is required to complement the function of the automatic bypass valve, particularly when starting the heater in winter or early spring when the spa or pool temperature is below 50°F. It also serves to eliminate needless pressure drop through the heater and accompanying reduction in the flow rate to the spa jets, etc. Fro To Pool/ 10 Spa From Pool/ Spa AUXILIARY BYPASS VALVE (DO NOT USE GATE VALVE) AUXILIARY BYPASS VALVE ADJUSTMENT To set bypass: With clean filter, adjustment is made by feeling the inlet and outlet pipes at the heater. Outlet pipes should be slightly warmer than inlet and comfort- able to the touch. If pipe is hot, close bypass; if cold, open bypass. 23 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE INSTALLATION To conform to local building codes, it may be neces- sary to install a pressure relief valve. A 3/4" pressure relief valve, having a capacity equal to the BTUH out- put of the model to be installed, is recommended for this heater. The maximum acceptable pressure relief valve setting is 125 psi. A 3/4" NPT connection is provided in the Polymer header for installation of a pressure relief valve. The valve shall be installed in a vertical position. Do not overtighten. Install pressure relief valve hand tight plus 1/2 turn. POLYMER HEADER (STANDARD MODELS) Pressure Relief Valve PRV Discharge Connection In/Out Header Fig. #2004 A 3/4" NPT connection is provided in the header for installation of a pressure relief valve. The valve shall be installed in a vertical position. CAST IRON HEADER (ASME MODELS) NOTE: To avoid water damage or scalding due to valve operation, drain pipe must be connected to valve outlet and run to a safe place of discharge. Drain pipe must be the same size as the valve discharge connec- tion throughout its entire length and must pitch down- ward from the valve. No shut-off valve shall be installed between the relief valve and the drain line. Valve lever should be tripped at least once a year to ensure that waterways are clear. PUMMG--WATER CONNECTIONS Single Pool Heater VALVE SIDE A CAL Installation CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM INSERTION POINT IS HEATING THE POOL / :3 -WAY VALVE ✓A AB / B POOL HEATER W TH VALVE SIDE B INTERNAL BYPASS CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM / / IS HEATING THE SPA f BYPASS TO SPA f VALVE FROM SPA COARSE STRAINER FILTER B PUMP KEY AB VALVE SIDE 8 OPEN MEN SYSTEM TO POOL A IS HEATING THE SPA IsounaN vuvE VALVE SIDE A OPEN WHEN SYSTEM FROM POOL IS HEATING THE POOL THIS DIAGRAM IS RAYPAK'S RECOMMENDATION AND IS NOT INTENDED BALL VALVE TO REPLACE AN ENGINEERED PIPING SYSTEM BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. PRESSURE POOL HEATER RELIEF VALVE VALVE SIDE A W TH Multiple Pool Heater CLOSED WHEN SYSTEM INTERNAL BYPASS PUMP IS HEATING THE POOL Installation VALVE SIDE B POOL HEATER YWTH aHS NNG1 THEYSSPA INTERNAL BYPASS �I UNION ` VALVE I CHECK VALVE VALVE \ n AB CHEMICAL/y / INSERTION POINT / A G f f TO SPA BYPASS VALVE FROM SPA - FILTER PUMP 6 qg COARSE STRAINER A 3 -WAY VALVE TO POOL VALVE SIDE 'A' OPEN WHEN SYSTEM IS HEATING THE POOL VALVE SIDE 'B' OPEN WHEN SYSTEM IS HEATING THE SPA FROM POOL THIS DIAGRAM IS RAYPAK'S RECOMMENDATION AND IS NOT INTENDED TO REPLACE AN ENGINEERED PIPING SYSTEM BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. The heater requires water flow and positive pressure to fire and operate properly. It must therefore be installed downstream of the discharge side of the filter pump. A typical installation is plumbed as follows: 1. The inlet side of the filter is plumbed directly to the discharge side of the filter pump; 2. The outlet side of the filter is then plumbed to the inlet of the heater; and 3. The outlet of the heater is plumbed to the return line to the pool or spa. The pump, filter and heater are thus plumbed in series (Salt generators and chemical feeders must be down stream of the pool heater). Plumbing from the heater back to the pool or spa must not have any valves or restriction that could prevent flow when the pump is operating. CAUTION: An additional source of heated water, e.g. a solar system, must be connected to the main line ahead of the heater inlet pipe in order for it to act as the primary heat source. If the primary system provides adequate heat to maintain set -point, the heater will not fire. Be advised that the control panel will then display sensed water temperatures downstream of the primary heating system, rather than the temperature of the water exiting the pool. Heater must be located so that any water leaks will not damage the structure of adjacent area. PVC pipe may be glued directly into header unions (Standard models only). 24 MAt DANGER REVERSAL PROCEDURE - STANDARD MODELS' 1. Remove right and left side access panels (Figure 1). 2. Disconnect wires at high limit, AGS (automatic gas shut-off), and pressure switch on the in/out header (Figure 2). 3. AFT Models: Remove the thermostat temperature sensor by loosening the compression fitting nut (Figure 3). Re-route the sensor to the left side of the heater. 4. Millivolt Models: Remove the temperature sen- sor bulb and retainer clip from the sensor well (Figure 4). Re-route the sensor bulb to the left side of the heater. 5. Remove (12) bolts holding the inlet/outlet and return headers to the tube sheets. Clean off tube sheet area where the gasket seats. Also clean off the header and the gasket. Apply a non -petrole- um-based lubricant to the gasket such as AquaLube. Re -attach the headers to the opposite sides, making sure they are installed in an upright position (Figure 5). Do not over tighten. Torque should not exceed 7 ft/Ib. 6. Reconnect high limit, AGS, and pressure switch wires. 7. AFT Models: Insert the temperature sensor into the compression fitting, so that the sensor is flush with the top of the fitting. Tighten 1/2 turn past hand -tight. 8. Millivolt Models: Insert sensor bulb and retainer clip into sensor well. 9. Allow for water flow through the heater and check for leaks. 10. Re -attach access panels to the opposite sides. For ASME Models call your factory representative. Fig. #4 25 Fig. #1 Fig. #2 Fig. #3 Fig. #5 ELECTRICAL WIRING NOTE: If it is necessary to replace any of the original wiring, use 105°C wire or its equivalent, and/or 150°C wire or its equivalent, like the original wiring. LLIVOLT i(ll dIJELS The Millivolt models are equipped with a self -generat- ing electrical system in which the electrical current is provided by a pilot generator. No external electrical connections are required. When installing a remote switch, do not exceed 10 ft of wiring from the heater. Use 18 -gauge stranded wire. ADVANCED FLAME TECHNOLOGY (AFT) MODELS WARNING: jwvot are, fec ry mred for 240 YAC power sup- e DO NOT attempt to operate at 208 VAC. The standard field -wiring connection is on the right side of the heater. To wire the heater from the left side, follow these steps : 1. Remove the two (2) screws that hold the front door to the heater. Remove and set aside door for bet- ter access to wiring. 2. Remove the four (4) screws that hold down the junction box to the sway brace. 3. Remove the transformer cover located on the far right by removing one (1) screw. 4. Remove the two (2) screws that hold down the transformer. 5. Remove the one (1) screw that holds down the ground wires. 6. Disconnect P6 connector from PC board. 7. Remove transformer from its current location and relocate it on the far left side of the heater. 8. Re-route all high-voltage wires and ground wires through the left jacket side of heater. 9. Re -install P6 connector, ground wires (SPG), transformer, junction box, front door, and plug right side with the left side's grommet plug. NOTE: 7/8" dia. holes not utilized on jacket and control box can be used for fireman switch, auxiliary control interface or power vent (D-2) wiring. CAUTION: Heater must be electrically grounded and bonded. Bonding lug is provided loose with the heater. Install bonding lug on lower right or left side of jacket as necessary for bonding the heater. Mounting hole is provided on the jacket. NOTE: Failure to ground the heater electrically could affect the heater's electronics. The Electronic Intermittent Ignition Device automati- cally lights the pilot and main burners upon a call for heat. The heater is supplied with a dual -voltage trans- former for 120 VAC or 240 VAC input power hookup. 91 NOTE: See page 38 for further instructions if using a time clock/fireman's switch. OPTION LOCATION CONTROL BOX '�" "T""" MOUNTED LUU (OPTIONAL LOCATION) ATMOSPHERIC Wiring locations SWAY 3RACE BONDING LUG (STANDARD LOCATION) CONTROLBOX OPTION LOCATION (FACTORY MOUNTED LEFT SIDE FIELD WIRING LOCATION) BONDING LUG (OPTIONAL LOCATION) LO NOx Wiring locations BRACE )ING LUG VDARD \TION) TRANSFORMER WIRING 120 VAC WIRING For 120 VAC input power to the unit, connect the black wire to the "L1" or hot leg of the power supply. Connect the white wire to the "Ret" or neutral leg of the power supply. Attach the wire nut to the red wire. There should be no connection to the red wire for 120 VAC operation. For Lo NOx pool heaters attach a wire nut to each red wire independently. 120V ATMOSPHERIC HEATER 120V LOW NOx HEATER HOT BLACK L1 BLACK L1 SUPPLY HOT L2 BLACK BLACK SUPPLY RETURN WHITE SIDE NEUTRAL WHITE or SIDE NEUTRAL WHITE WHITE GREEN 7 WIRES HEATER GREEN GREEN 4 WIRES GROUND RED WHITE J GREEN GREEN 120V LOW NOx HEATER BLACK BLACK HOT BLACK L1 SUPPLY HOT L2 BLACK BLACK SUPPLY RETURN WHITE SIDE NEUTRAL WHITE WHITE 4 WIRES HEATER GREEN 7 WIRES GREEN GREEN GREEN RED WHITE RED 240 VAC WIRING For 240 VAC input power to the unit, connect the black wire to the "L1" or hot leg of the power supply. Connect the red wire to the '12" or second hot leg of the power supply. Attach the wire nut to the white wire. There should be no connection to the white wire for 240 VAC operation. For Lo NOx pool heaters attach a wire nut to each white wire independently. [WARNING: DO NOT attempt to operate the heater at 208 'VAC. 240V ATMOSPHERIC HEATER HOT BLACK L1 BLACK BLACK SUPPLY HOT L2 RED SIDE RED RED SIDE RED HEATER 4 WIRES GREEN GREEN GROUND WHITE 240V LOW NOx HEATER HOT 1. BLACK L1 BLACK BLACK SUPPLY HOT RED L2 SIDE RED RED HEATER 7 WIRES GROUND GREEN GREEN WHITE WHITE J Heater must be electrically grounded and bonded in accordance with local codes, or, in the absence of local codes, with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. (Canada - Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1, Part 1 and Part 2.) NOTE: If the transformer's primary side is wired for 120 VAC and 240 VAC is applied, damage to the trans- former and PC board may result. Such damages are not covered under manufacturer's limited warranty. NOTE: Input power to the heater (120 or 240 VAC) can be supplied from the load (pump) side of time clock or directly from the GFCI power source. It is preferred that full-time power be supplied to the heater from the GFCI power source, and that the heater be controlled by the fireman's switch connection or using a two or three -wire remote. See pages 36-38. If using a switched GFCI power source, the heater could display false service indicators on the display panel if the pump is turned off. 27 WIRING DIAGRAM - MILLIVOLT (MECHANICAL THERMOSTAT) HI LIMIT HI LIMIT THERMO MANUAL F- 7--= - BK- - - - BK - � Y/BK . V/BK (IN/OUT) AGS (IN/OUT) STAT SWITCH I lo --TC, FIREMANS SWITCH INVENSYS (FIELD INSTALLED) OPTIONAL GAS VALVE WATER PRESS ROLL OUT T}1 TH/TP V/BK L�----R-----R--- TP SWITCH SWITCH VALVE PILOT WR GENERATOR HONEYWELL GAS VALVE TH/PP TH V/BK -� t -R - - PP VALVE PILOT W R I I KEY 105•C - - - 150'C 28 0 WIRE NUT BK - BLACK BR - BROWN BL - BLUE REPLACE WIRING WITH 105'C WIRE OR 150'C WIRE AS NOTED G - GREEN 0 - ORANGE R - RED WIRING DIAGRAM STANDING PILOT MILLIVOLT w - WHI ET Y - YELLOW WITH V/BK -BLA HEATER INPUTS: 199,500 THRU 399,000 BTUH KTSTRPE Y/BK - YELLOWWITH HEATER SIZE: 206-406 HEATER TYPE: P BLACK STRIPE 28 uo 3 < <U, Z cYi3w wZ r ow'� rcz�oJ�w Wz N Y inn 3 p mm ooa>>ujm N n l I I r N loo0—I'mmmc>OK>3Y Cn � w Z a o I 4 � Z ~ J N S Q Q O V <00 Q W U � 0owU o =a F_ -1o Y I < m oww zm m m /ill �I o a >m< o� Fw Lij 01 LL �r1 L J Q w Z � N (n Q z d V < p W m V �O Q � � 2 m N U x x U m a � N 3 a co m Y ao m m �N w•au w � w .vnNo cr d o "' a x r I I�n r -\ O o K W p F r_____________________ mm_ �O Q - O w r__________________>.__-- 10 Vl�w Z Jlill x _ _ ¢ w �W w U`i'I ��� �N O - O f a 2 � i'aS � W Z K U Q 1-4 s - � N x Ua z 1^F > Inr az � I I � � 1 I^ I Iz ® I a= I o I € to I Ix \ 0 13 I I 00 o o - L J 29 WIRING DIAGRAM - LO NOx F - - r- Iw> I I Y O ^' 3 mmm c�0¢53i wp N l I I I I I i l l l Sr - oa O0�Ummmcoom>a> 0 I, IEll w < On 61 L 1 N W i - I {II• �I N o 0 O ¢ — J r -------------------- o -- 3 o a �Im x x IPII r--------------- — m----- - w< o Z- 0 z r- ----------- N 0,zL i s i If - o 0.. w O I z Q O� Z -J Z ___ 1W _ �r��y z�> QO I—wro o= z I , J ¢ I z a UN'QO > a8lI I x 9a N o a O l¢ 13 N-------------- 0 - to c II.] [yI y1 m a 3 I � m a c> I N i 1.1 EI U a I Y vii < �AyT,�M1,�� �rA^A�^A� (� I � I a r " _ > O O O i i 1n 1�l U z — ° > �� O 1 1 1 1 Z Tx y 11 <- --v, - N a -------- �� - `� o , Yn o ' 9 O I _ o m1 z e j1 ilts1 � "i1 i1 I 1 1 a 1 1 1 a OF a ;_ m 4-1 V L_____ _1__ L___-__� I 1 1 I 1 I 0 z^ o o 04 o c—rOW ON 0O 0 O e o 0 0 <o ° 0 GENERAL LOCATION OF CONTROLS ATMOSPHERIC Drain Plug (Located in rear header) AFT Thermostat Circuit Board Roll -Out Switch Gas Valve Pilot LO NOx Drain Plug (Located in rear header) AFT Thermostat Circuit Board Roll -Out Blower Switch Hose (Manual) Blower Gas Valve Air Switch 31 Mounted On Top Of Header HL1 - High Limit HL2 - High Limit Pressure Switch Temp Sensor/Well Unitherm Governor Drain Plug Transformer Unitherm Governor Transformer CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL 1. Remove screw from front door. Set aside door for serviceability. CONTROL ADJUSTMENTS - MILUVOLT MODELS The water temperature is controlled by the heater ther- mostat on the upper front panel of the heater. The control center contains an On/Off switch and one ther- mostat. KNURLED The thermostat is fitted with a means of limiting the SCREW upper temperature limit below the maximum level. The knob stop adjustment ring illustrated below is adjustable by loosening the set screw, rotating the knob stop ring to the desired location and re -tightening the set screw. 2. Remove (4) screws from sides of control panel. 3. Rotate control panel down until panel stops. Do not force. NOTE: Caution must be used to not damage controls or wiring. CONTROL ADJUSTMENTS - ADVAN EO FLAME TECHNOLOGY M MODELS Temp Adjust Buttons LCD Display Mode Button ON OFF 32 SPATEMPERATURE RANGE POOLTEMPERATURE RANGE KNOB STOP RING SETSCREW )-BY TEMPERATURE KNOB STOP SHOWN ABOVE IS IN THE SPA TEMPERATURE RANGE THERMOSTAT OPERATION - ADVANCED FLAME TECHNOLOGY (AFT) BOARD LCC 1 The pool heater touchpad, located on the upper front panel of the heater, allows the user to select either POOL or SPA operation, and to adjust the setpoint temperature. The LCD display window indicates the mode (OFF, SPA, POOL) and the actual water temper- ature. A manual power switch provided below the touchpad turns the control power ON or OFF. Mode Button The MODE button is used to select either POOL or SPA operation. It also allows the user to turn the heater off electronically, allowing the LCD display to remain energized and to continue showing the actual water temperature. Temp Buttons If the heater is in POOL or SPA mode, the desired water temperature (SETPOINT) will also be displayed and may be adjusted using the UP or DOWN buttons. Operation In the POOL or SPA modes, the actual water temper- ature is displayed along with the desired water temper- ature (SETPOINT). When the water temperature is above the setpoint, "Water Temp" will alternate with "No Demand." When the water temperature is below the setpoint and the heater is firing, "Water Temp" will alternate with "Heating." To adjust the setpoint temperature, make sure the con- trol is in the appropriate mode (POOL or SPA) and push the UP or DOWN buttons. 001 Sit 6EF k��t�k ��i: —v•�i f stila9 ALTERNATING DISPLAYS DURING HEATING Service Menu and Fault History To access the Service Menu and fault history, press the MODE and UP buttons simultaneously for 3 to 5 seconds. The heater will continue to operate normal- ly while in the Service Menu. The first screen dis- played is the Flame Strength indicator, which indicates 33 25su , .. „ Program button the pilot flame current using a bar graph and numeri- cal display. A signal of less than 4 indicates a weak flame signal and may require service. Refer to Section 5 — Troubleshooting for possible causes and correc- tions. FLAME STRENGTH INDICATOR Press the DOWN button. The Supply Voltage screen indicates the voltage supplied to the control board. Normal readings range from 24 to 29 volts. LQ SUPPLY VOLTAGE INDICATOR Press the DOWN button. The Run Time indicates the total hours of operation for the pool heater, as meas- ured by the amount of time that the main gas valve has been powered. The Cycle count indicates the number of on/off cycles of the heater, as measured by the number of times the pilot valve has been powered. i�:G ii tii! RUN TIME INDICATOR Press the DOWN button. The Fault History can dis- play up to ten faults in memory. The order of the faults begins with "Fault Last," which is the most recent fault, and proceeds through ten most recent messages in chronological order. The second line of the display shows the fault message. If there are no faults in the history buffer, the second line reads "All Faults Clear." 1.1 'F -atilt 4 cloa FAULT HISTORY Program Button 1) Remove the four screws holding the control cover, and swing the panel down so the back side of the board is visible (see page 31). Locate the Program Mode button (marked as SW1) as shown on page 33. Press and hold the button (5-7 seconds) until Set Factory Defaults appears on the display. Release the program button. 2) Press the Mode button sequentially until the desired program event is reached. There are 5 dif- ferent events that can be programmed. They appear in the sequence listed below: .jGY CF4 �f Get aJlr,s Resets board to factory default settings. Resets faults in the History File. �c:nr�nt��i.t Change from Fahrenheit to e1ilYS Celsius. .�. •i''�'�il� ig4F SPA setpoint maximum adjustment. Y POOL setpoint maximum adjustment. Set Factory Defaults Refer to step one above to access the program screen. Set Factory Defaults should appear on the screen. If it does not, press the Mode button until Set Factory Defaults appears on the digital display. Press and hold both UP and DOWN buttons for 5-7 seconds until Defaults Set appears. This operation resets the operating program to its factory default val- ues. Both the POOL and SPA setpoints will revert to 65°F (18.5°C) and both POOL and SPA maximum temperature settings will be 104°F (40.0°C). The Control Lockout PIN will be cleared and the control will resume normal operation. Clear Faults Refer to step one above to access the program screen. Press the Mode button until Clear Faults appears on the digital display. Press and hold both UP and DOWN buttons for 5-7 seconds until Faults Cleared appears. This operation resets the Fault History file to "0" and clears all the stored faults. 34 Fahrenheit or Celsius Refer to step one above to access the program screen. Press the Mode button until Fahrenheit or Celsius appears on the digital display. The digital dis- play is capable of displaying Celsius as well as Fahrenheit temperatures. The UP or DOWN buttons will select Fahrenheit or Celsius on the temperature display. Choose the desired temperature scale. Spa Max Temp — Spa Set Point Maximum Adjustment Refer to step one above to access the program screen. Press the Mode button until Spa Max Temp appears on the digital display. Using the UP and DOWN buttons will change the Maximum Temperature Setting to your desired value. The control can be set for a maximum of 107°F. Pool Max Temp — Pool Set Point Maximum Adjustment Refer to step one above access into the program screen. Press the Mode button until Pool Max Temp appears on the digital display. Using the UP and DOWN buttons will change the Maximum Temperature Setting to your desired value. The control can be set for a maximum of 107°F. Control Lockout The heater is equipped with a Control Lockout feature to prevent unauthorized tampering or adjustment of the control settings. To lock out the controls, press the DOWN button and Mode button for 5 seconds. Choose a three digit PIN, using the UP and DOWN buttons to select the digits and the Mode button to lock in selections. Confirm your selection and record your PIN. To unlock the controls, press any button to bring up the Enter PIN menu. Enter the PIN that was used to lock the control. Note that power cycling will not clear the lockout. Successfully unlocking the control will display "Lockout Cleared." Failure to enter the correct PIN will display "Invalid PIN." In the event that the user -selected PIN is lost or does not clear the Control Lockout, use the Program Button to Set Factory Defaults. This will clear the PIN and allow normal operation and selection of a new PIN if desired. See the Program Button directions on this page for details. NOTE: Both the POOL and SPA setpoints will revert back to 65°F (18.5°C) and the POOL and SPA maxi- mum temperature settings will be 104°F (40.0°C). These setpoints will need to be readjusted to desired settings. NOTE: The LCD temperature display may not agree with the temperature reading of your pool or spa ther- mometer. The heater reads the water temperature at the inlet. Due to the circulation characteristics of any pool or spa, the water temperature at the inlet to the heater may differ from that observed at a given location in the pool or spa. STATUS AND DIAGNOSTICS The digital thermostat models are programmed to display a variety of status and diagnostic messages, depend- ing on the operating conditions. The following heat status messages are displayed in The following conditions are displayed only while there Pool, Spa, and Remote modes when there are no is a demand for heat present. active fault conditions. Display Condition Heating Call for heat established, flame present Spark Spark operating No Demand Heat demand is satisfied The following conditions are displayed in Pool, Spa and Remote modes. Display Condition Sensor Thermistor temperatures disagree Failure by more than 2°F Sensor Open Thermistor sensor failed open. Hi Limit 1 (Below -20°F) Sensor Short Thermistor sensor failed short. Hi Limit 2 (Above 217°F) Flame w/o Board is sensing flame when both CFH main and pilot valves are command- Open ed shut. PV Output Pilot gas valve output is not in com- Fault manded state. MV Output Main gas valve output is not in com- Fault manded state. LoNox Tab Voltage is sensed at the Lo NOx ter - Fault minal on a non -Lo NOx heater (Lo Delay NOx tab is intact). Internal Fault Board fault, replace board. EEPROM Memory fault, reset set points, Fault replace board if fault does not clear. Clock/ Time clock/fireman switch circuit is Fireman Sw open. Low Temp Lockout Water temperature below 36°F. 000 Display Condition Water Sw Open Water pressure switch open. Vent/Field Vent spill switch/field switch #1 Sw #1 open. Hi Limit 1 High limit 1 open. Fault Hi Limit 2 High limit 2 open. Fault Rollout Sw Rollout switch open. Open Flow/Field Field -supplied flow switch/field SW #2 switch #2 open. 3 fan switch faults within same heat Fan Lockout demand cycle, power must be cycled to clear the fault. Fan 5 Min Heater shut down for 5 minutes Delay because LoNox fan switch didn't close. Alternating with "No pilot sensed" - Pilot flame not estab- Ignition lished within the required time (15 Lockout sec or 90 sec). (Propane Tab Alternating with "Main Ign Broken) Failure" - Pilot flame lost during the 8 second trial to ignite the main burner. Ignition Failure Alternating with "No pilot (Propane Tab sensed" - Pilot flame not estab- Not Broken) lished within 90 seconds. Ign 6min Alternating with "Main Ign Delay Failure" - Pilot flame lost 4 times (Propane Tab within the 8 second trial to ignite the Not Broken) main burner. Heater will lockout for 6 minutes before retrying. REMOTE CONTROL INSTALLATION AND OPERATION CAUTION: Before installing remote controls to the AFT thermostat model heaters, read the following: The digital thermostat model is remote -ready in most cases. The digital liquid crystal display (LCD) shows the actual pool temperature, operating status, and service codes (See examples below). The touch pad on the con- trol panel allows you to select the desired pool or spa temperature. It also indicates when a remote system is controlling the heater by displaying Remote in the display. When connecting the heater to a remote system, identify whether it is a two- or three -wire remote system. Select the appropriate instruction listed below to prop- erly install the remote to the heater. {vi SOF b i t7 i l- OFF Mode Heating in the POOL Mode Pool Common (BLK/ORN) Spa Common �. (ORN/BLK) 24VAC HOT 7 -PIN Remote (BLU) Interface Harness REMOTE OPERATION The AFT model heaters are equipped with the ability to work with external remote controls. The supplied 7 - pin remote wiring connector supplies power out to either a toggle switch or the switch contacts of a third party remote. The remote works by either making or breaking the circuit created by the remote wiring. Typically, a remote does not supply power to the heater, it only provides a switching function to turn the heater On or Off. If your remote is supplying its own voltage to the heater, it will not work with this heater and may damage the digital circuit board. For operation of the heater using the onboard thermo- static controls with a time clock, see the "Time Clock / Fireman's Switch" section. ATTENTION OBSERVE PRECAUTIONS ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES ih I i`k'} F 4191`110 -- 4u�t,,i;u �r Heating in the SPA Mode Remote Mode ACTIVATING THE REMOTE To activate or deactivate the remote function, follow these steps: Press and hold the UP and DOWN arrow buttons for 3 to 5 seconds. The second line of the display will alternate even when the unit is off ("No Demand"). t t4; hfe P 0 0 i 6 r=, i ttl3"� L1 I'LL -$31i Si' iui I"n lei tSw GLC U` L. -3s; �t TI�IM•^I—}' .. i7 Pat.,i1q n.. .. ryr- cc,a+;arEsw riiisi. i ttt?i NOTE: When in remote operation, the keypad mode and temp buttons are disabled. Note: Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) damage can be caused by direct or indirect contact with the wiring or circuit board. When one walks to the heater area, an electrostatic charge accumu- lates on the body. Contact of a finger allows the body to dis- charge, possibly causing device damage. This damage can be limited if the service person discharges himself, following ESD preventive/removal practices, and holds on to the heater enclo- sure for 5 seconds before proceeding. KI% REIIWTE CONTROL WIRING Important Installation Notes for Remote or External Wiring Configuration • Remote wiring must be run in a separate conduit. • Remote wiring must not be run parallel to high voltage lines. • For runs of under 30 feet, remote wiring should have stranded conductors with a minimum of 22 AWG, 600V, cable twisting 1.5 to 2.5 in. lay and jacketed. • For runs over 30 feet, the conductors should be a minimum of 20 AWG, 600V, cable twisting 1.5 to 2.5 inch lay that is shielded and jacketed. • Maximum cable length is 200 feet. • For both two- and three -wire remote systems, the provided 7 -pin wiring connector must be utilized. Please refer to the wiring instructions. NOTE: The remote wires must be connected to the 7 -pin connector before the connector is plugged into the board. 2 -Wire Remote Control (On -Off) This application assumes that only one heating function (pool or spa) is required. 1. Turn on power to the heater. 2. For a 2 -Wire Remote Control from a remote without its own sensor, push the mode button to the "POOL" or "SPA" mode and set the desired setpoint (eg. 102 OF for Spa). 3. For a 2 -Wire Remote Control from a remote with its own sensor, push the mode button "POOL" or "SPA" mode and set the temperature to the highest setting available on the control. The actual setpoint will be con- trolled by the remote control. 4. Turn the mode button to "OFF" and remove power from the heater. 5. On the "Remote Interface Harness", connect the BLUE wire to one side of the "REMOTE" switch and con- nect the other side to either the ORANGE/BLACK wire for "SPA" operation or the BLACK/ORANGE wire for "POOL" operation. 6. Attach wire nut on unused wire to the "Remote Interface Harness." 7. Install the "7 -Pin Remote Interface Harness" to the P8 connector and turn power "On" to the heater. To activate the remote control, see page 36. 3 -Wire Remote Control Using Three -Position Switch (Pool -Off -Spa, or Low -Off -High) This application assumes that both heating functions (pool and spa) are required. 1. Turn on power to the heater. 2. Push the mode button to the "POOL" or "SPA" mode and set the desired temperature for each (eg. 80°F for Pool and 102°F for Spa). 3. Turn the mode button to "OFF" and remove power from the heater. 4. On the "Remote Interface Harness" connect the BLUE wire to one side of the "REMOTE" switch and con- nect the ORANGE/BLACK wire for "SPA" operation and the BLACK/ORANGE wire for the "POOL" opera- tion. 5. Install the "Remote Interface Harness" to the P8 connector and turn power "ON" to the heater. To activate the remote control, see page 36. Wire Nut - BLK/OF To Pool (COMM) ORN/BLK - To Spa (COMM)/ BLU - 24VAC BLK/ORN - To Pool (COMM) ORN/BLK - To Spa (COMM) BLU - 24VAC P8 Connector A AFT Board 2 -Wire Remote Control 3 -Wire Remote Control 37 TIME CLOCKIFIREMAN'S SWITCH To operate the heater with a time clock, connect the timer to the fireman's switch connection in the heater's wiring. The time clock should be of the dual switch type and set to shut off the call for heat to the pool heater 15 to 20 minutes prior to shutting down the pool pump. On millivolt heaters the fireman's switch con- nection is a wire nut located in the Violet/Black wiring between the manual toggle switch and the gas valve. For AFT heaters the fireman's switch connection is located on the 14 -pin header connected to the digital control board. Splice into the red wire jumper tagged "Where necessary add "Fireman's" switch circuit here" to connect the time clock. The fireman's switch con- nection on both millivolt and AFT heaters must be a dry contact and must not supply power to the heater. Powering the fireman's switch connection externally may damage the heater, and is not cov- ered by warranty. Millivolt heaters: Do not exceed 15ft of total wiring using 14 AWG stranded copper wire rated for 1050C (2210F) minimum. AFT heaters: Do not exceed 50ft of total wiring using 18 AWG stranded copper wire rated for 1050C (221 OF) minimum. NOTE: When using a time clock, the heater will dis- play "Clock/ Fireman Sw" when the fireman's switch is open, indicating that the time clock has shut off the call for heat. WATER PRESSURE SWITCH The water pressure switch ensures that the heater operates only when the filter pump is in operation. It is located on the inlet/outlet header. It is factory set at 1.75 PSI for deck -level installations. When the heater is located below the level of the spa or pool, it may be necessary to adjust the pressure switch to compen- sate for the no -flow static head. If it is necessary to adjust the water pressure switch, utilize the following procedure: WATER PRESSURE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT 1. Make sure the pool filter is clean before adjusting the switch. 2. Set the heater control to the OFF mode. Adjustment 3. Turn the filter pump on and Knob confirm that the pressure switch is closed (use a multimeter to check). If the pressure switch fails to close, either the switch set- ting is too high or not enough pressure is being supplied by the filter pump. 38 4. Turn the heater ON. 5. Manually turn the pressure adjustment knob clock- wise until the heater shuts off. (A flat screwdriver may be necessary if knob is too tight.) 6. Slowly turn the adjustment knob counter -clockwise until the heater calls for heat again. 7. Turn an additional 1/2 turn counter -clockwise. 8. While the heater is running, check the adjustment by turning the pump off and on several times. The burners should shut off immediately when the pump is turned off. If it does not, repeat the above steps until proper operation is observed. PRESSURE SWITCH MAY REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT FOR LOWER PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT RANGE 5 FT MREQUIRE ADJUSTMENT F MAX FOR HIGHER PRESSURE M X / I .... NOTE: If heater is installed outside of the limits shown, a higher pressure rated (11 psi) switch may be used. A flow switch, mounted and wired adjacent to the heater, may be used in place of the factory -mounted pressure switch. See Parts List (page 52) for 11 psi water pressure switch. TWO -SPEED PUMPS In some cases, the flow on the low -speed is insufficient to operate the heater. This is apparent when the water pressure switch cannot be further adjusted or if the heater makes banging noises or shuts off on high limit. In these cases, the pump must be run at high speed when heating the water. CAUTION: Do not operate the heater without the function of a properly adjusted water pressure switch or flow switch. FLAME ROLL-OUT SAFETY SWITCH Atmospheric heaters are equipped with a thermal cutoff device to prevent flame roll-out in the event the heat exchang- er becomes blocked. This is a "single -use" type fusible link or thermal fuse, that must be replaced when disabled by an over -temperature condition, caused by excessive restriction in the heat exchanger flue passage. HIGH LIMITS The heater is equipped with two automatic high limits. Both are located in the inlet/outlet header. Both are set to open at 1350F. NOTE: An erratic high limit is often characteristic of an internal heat exchanger problem, e.g. scale build-up, defective bypass. Refer to Troubleshooting section (starting on page 43). HIGH LIMIT REMOVAL 1. Shut off main electrical power switch to heater. 2. Remove inlet/outlet inspection panel. 3. Remove defective high limit and replace with a new high limit. 4. Replace inspection panel. PIL(Y,t SAFETY - Millivolt Models Heaters equipped with the standing pilot (millivolt sys- tem) have pilot generators which act as a safety device to shut off the flow of gas to the main burners and the pilot burner in case the pilot flame is extin- guished. The pilot burner must be manually re -lighted to place the heater in operation again. Refer to the lighting instructions provided on the heater label. PILOT SAFETY - AFT Mode The heater employs a pilot safety which closes the main gas valve within 8/10ths of a second whenever the pilot flame is interrupted. The pilot flame is auto- matically lit when the device is powered. The heater performs its own safety check and opens the main valve only after the pilot is proven to be lit. BURNER TRAY REMOVAL - ATM4SPHERIC MODELS 1. Shut off main electrical power switch to heater. 2. Shut off gas upstream of heater. 3. Remove front door. 4. Disconnect gas line from gas valve. 5. Remove (2) screws that mount burner tray to unit, and (2) screws that secure gas valve to jacket. 6. Disconnect wires that terminate at gas valve. 7. Disconnect hi -tension wire from PC board. 8. Slide out burner tray. 9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. GAS VALVE REMOVAL - ATMOSPHERIC MODELS 1. Shut off gas supply to the heater. Remove gas piping to gas valve inlet. 2. Disconnect wires, pilot tubing and bleed line, if required. 3. Remove burner tray from heater. 4. Turn vertical gas pipe from manifold slightly and unscrew gas valve. 5. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. MAIN 91JRNER AND ORIFICE REMOVAL - ATMOSPHERIC MODELS 1. Remove burner tray. 2. Remove screws and burner hold-down bracket. NOTE: If the heat exchanger is sooted badly, the burner hold-down bracket and spacer can become dis- torted from direct -flame impingement and this usually necessitates replacement of these parts. 3. Lift burners from slotted spacers and slide from ori- fices. Clean with a wire brush. 4. Orifices usually do not need to be replaced. To clean, run either copper wire or wood toothpick through orifice. Do not enlarge hole. To remove orifice, use a socket wrench and remove from manifold. DO NOT overtighten when reinstalling. HOI FICE -406 ospheric PILOT REMOVAL AND CLEANING 1. Disconnect pilot tubing and wires from gas valve. 2. Remove pilot assembly from burner tray. 3. Remove pilot from bracket. 4. Remove pilot orifice and air opening (Honeywell MV unit only), and clean with wire or small brush. CAUTION! Do not enlarge hole in pilot orifice. 5. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. HONEYWELL MILLIVOLT ROBERTSHAW MILLIVOLT PILOT Pilot Air Opening Orifice 39 z ni OrificE PII nT Extension Pieces (2) Auger with Carbide Tip Wire Brush AFAR EXCHANGER REMOVAL 1. Shut water, gas and electricity off, close valves and relieve pressure, then remove relief valve. Remove side inspection panels. 2. Remove top jacket holding screws. 3. Remove rear top panel. 4. Remove screws mounting the rain shield to the rear panel. Also remove the screws that mount the rain shield to the sway brace. Remove rain shield. 5. Remove the four (4) screws holding down the flue collector. Remove the flue collector. 6. Disconnect flange nuts on Inlet/Outlet header, loosen union(s) at gas pipe and slide heater away from piping. 7. Lift heat exchanger straight up using caution not to damage refractory. 8. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. Make sure the insulation strips are properly replaced on top of the refractory retainer. TV13E CLEARING PROCEDURE Establish a regular inspection schedule, the frequency depending on the local water conditions and the sever- ity of service. Do not let the tubes clog up solidly. Clean out deposits over 1/16" in thickness. The heater may be cleaned from the return header side, without breaking pipe connections. It is prefer- able, however, to remove both headers for better visi- bility through the tubes and to be sure the ground -up lime dust does not get into the system. Note that you do not remove the top panel or the heater exchanger, generally. After reaming, mount the wire brush in place of the auger and clean out debris remaining in the tubes. Another method is to remove the heat exchanger, ream tubes and immerse heat exchanger in non -inhib- ited de -scale solvent for severe scale build-up. DESOOTINO PROCEDURE WARNING: SOOT IS COMBUSTIBLE. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE. Soot will clog areas between fins and cause eventual tube failure. Any sign of soot at the base of the burn- ers or around the outer jacket indicates a need for cleaning. 1. Remove top and flue collector from cabinet. 2. Remove "V" baffles from heat exchanger. 3. Remove burner tray. (See page 39). 40 4. Remove heat exchanger from the heater and wash with a garden hose, making sure soot is removed from spaces between fins. 5. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. NOTE: In extreme cases it may be necessary to do steam cleaning at the local car wash. DO NOT WIRE BRUSH. COMBUSTION CHAMBER REMOVAL To remove combustion chamber, you must first have removed the heat exchanger. Atmospheric Heaters Lo NOx Heaters REFRACTORY PANELS - TOP VIEW IMMERSION WELL REPLACEMENT (Millivolt and ASME) 1. Shut off water to heater and drain heat exchanger. 2. Remove access panel on water connection side. 3. Remove old immersion well with bushing and sleeve. 4. Install replacement well in header. NOTE: Installation in polymer header should be hand tight plus 112 turn. b, Well Assembly UN THERM GOVERNOR (U.G.) REPLACEMENT 1. Shut water, gas and and relieve pressure. 2. Drain heat exchanger. 3. Remove retainer pluc pipe connection. 4. Unsnap old U.G. to Snap in new U.G. electricity off, close valves located next to the outlet remove from retainer plug 5. Reinstall retainer plug, taking care to lubricate gasket with a non -petroleum based grease such as AquaLube. LO NOx POOL HEATERS The Lo NOx pool heaters are certified and tested under the ANSI Z21.56/CSA 4.7 Standard for Gas - Fired Pool Heaters. The heater should be installed to meet all local codes, and the latest editions of the National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 and the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. OPERATION On call for heat, the ignition system, consisting of an electronic spark module, gas valve and pilot system, is energized. Providing the pilot is proven, the blower will start running, the main gas valve will open and the heater will operate. When the operating control is sat- isfied the heater will shut down. STARTUP PROCEDURES 1. Turn on power to the heater with gas supply off. 2. Turn on gas supply. 3. Set controller to call for heat. 4. System should start as follows: a. Spark will turn on, pilot gas valve will open, and the blower will begin running. b. Once the blower provides pressure, the main gas valve will open. c. Heater will operate until call for heat is satisfied. NOTE: Door must be in place for proper operation. (BLOWER ADJUSTMENT This Lo NOx pool heater is equipped with a combus- tion air plate (baffle) mounted on the air intake to the combustion air blower. The baffle has a hole that is uti- lized to control the air inlet to the blower. When the combustion air setting is proper, there will be some lifting of the flames on some areas of the burner 41 Retainer Plug U.G. Spring Gasket To test the operation of the Unitherm Governor, place in hot water (over 110°F) and watch for movement against spring. If there is no movement, replace unit. deck under cold -start conditions. After about five min- utes of operation, the flames should settle down and blue tips should become visible. Lifting of flames beyond five minutes would indicate too much combus- tion air. VISUAL INSPECTION Flames can be observed through the opening below the plenum. Flame color is blue and evenly spread on the top surface of the burner. At least every three months a visual inspection should be made of the burners. ELE&RICAL Be sure that electrical service to the heater has prop- er overload fuse or circuit breaker protection, wire size and connections which comply with all applicable codes. FLAME ROLL-OUT SAFETY SWITCH Lo NOx heaters are equipped with a thermal cut-off device to prevent flame roll-out in the event the heat exchanger becomes blocked. It is a "manual reset" type roll-out switch that must be reset by a service technician after any over -temperature conditions have been fixed. Excessive restriction in the heat exchang- er flue passage may cause the switch to disable the heater. Manual Reset Switch LO NOx HEATERS (CONTINUED) BAFFLE MOUNTED INLET SIDE, LOW NOx BURNER BURNER HOLD-DOWN BRACKET BtIRNI R TRAY REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 11 COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER GAS ORIFICE GAS VALVE 207-407 Lo NOx Burner Tray Shut off main electrical power switch to heater. Shut off gas upstream of heater. Remove front door. Disconnect gas line from gas valve. Remove (2) screws that mount burner tray to the base of the unit, and (2) screws that mount the blower box to the burner tray, and (1) screw that secures the anti -rotation bracket to the heater. Disconnect wires that terminate at gas valve. Unscrew (4) screws that secure the control box. Disconnect pilot wire from the pilot assembly. Disconnect wire connector from the combustion blower. Carefully slide out the burner tray assembly. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. GAS VALVE REMOVAL 1. Remove burner tray, following above procedure. 2. Disconnect, pilot tubing from gas valve. 3. Remove (2) screws that mount anti -rotation bracket to the burner tray. 4. Turn vertical gas pipe from manifold slightly and unscrew gas valve. 5. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. 42 MAIN BURNER AND ORIFICE REMOVAL 1. Remove burner tray, following above procedure. 2. Remove pilot. See pilot removal procedure. 3. Remove (8) total screws from the burner hold- down brackets, front and rear of tray. 4. Remove (8) total screws from the left and right sides of the manifold assembly. Detach the air/gas manifold assembly from the burner tray assembly. 5. Remove burners by raising them straight up off the rear end slots. 6. Use a long 9/16" socket wrench to remove orifice from the gas manifold. 7. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. Electrode Alignment Detail o 0 � 0:4 -#�, � .18tA4 Lo NOx Horizontal Pilot PILOT REMOVAL 1. Disconnect pilot tubing from gas valve. 2. Remove the pilot wire from the pilot assembly. 3. Remove (2) screws that mount the pilot assembly to the burner tray. 4. Pull the pilot assembly downwards and outwards. 5. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. COMBUSTION BLOWER REMOVAL 1. Remove the (2) screws that secure the blower box to the burner tray. 2. Remove (2) screws that mount the blower box to the base of the heater. 3. Disconnect wire connector from the combustion blower. 4. Carefully remove blower box with combustion blower. 5. Remove (2) screws that secure combustion blow- er to blower box. 6. Reverse above procedure to reinstall. b IMPORTANT NOTICE These instructions are intended for the use of qualified personnel who are specifically trained and experienced in the installation of this type of heating equipment and related system components. Installation and service personnel may be required by some states to be licensed. Persons not qualified shall not attempt to install this equipment nor attempt repairs according to these instructions. PROBLEM CAUSE Harmonics, or whining noise U.G. inoperative ................................... *Debris or restriction in system ............ *Debris in gas line..,...., .... ... 11 ......... Lowflow....... ............. ................ .......... Heater going on and off Dirty filter .............................................. continuously Low water level in pool ........................ External bypass setting out of adjustment............................................ *Pressure switch out of adjustment..... SOLUTION Check movement by putting in hot water (1;10°F or higher). If no movement, replace. Locate the restriction and remove. Flush system and clean. Remove debris or blow out gas line. Scale forming in heat exchanger - clean heat exchanger and check pool pH and total alkalinity. Clean or replace filter. Raise water level. Adjust bypass. Adjust pressure switch. Liming or scale forming in Pool water ............................................ See Water Chemistry on page 2. exchanger Bypassing too much water ................... Inspect bypass for movement, if no movement, replace. U.G. not functioning ............................. Replace if no movement when heated. Sooting High flow rates ..................................... Filter not running long enough ............. Dirtyfilter .............................................. Gas line or meter undersized ............... Looking at well Overacid............................................... Leaking at heat exchanger Overacid............................................... Gasket brittle and leaking - (overheated) Combustion fan not running "Fan 5 min Delay" signal or "Fan Lockout" signal Heater running after pump shuts off.... Refractory damage .............................. Sooted heater ....................................... Fanrelay ............................................. Fan........................................................ Burned motor ...................................... Air pressure switch ............................... * Indicates symptom which usually occurs on initial start-up. 43 Reduce by adding manual bypass valve. Adjust manual bypass valve until heater outlet water temperature is between 105°F and 110°F. Check movement by putting in hot water (110°F or higher). If no movement, replace. Refer to installation instructions. Follow recommended installation instructions. Clean burners. Adjust gas pressure. Clean pilot and/or electrode. Replace pilot. Adjust gas pressure. Clean burners. Replace refractory panels. Determine cause of sooting t£ correct. Calculate heating capacity of heater Pool gallonage x 8.33 or refer to heater sizing chart. This does not take into account heat loss due to weather. Reset time clock. Clean filter. Refer to installation instructions. Replace well and maintain proper water chemistry. Replace heat exchanger and maintain proper water chemistry See Pressure Switch Adjustment. Replace refractory. Determine cause of sooting and correct. Replace fan relay. Loose connection or failed motor. Incorrect wiring, replace blower. Replace air switch. U.G. Inoperative ................................... *Air starvation ................... I................... *Improper venting ................................ *Insects or debris clogging burner intake ports ............................. Pilot outage or Low gas pressure ................................ "Weak Flame" signal Restricted/dirty pilot... .... ..................... Weak pilot generator......... ................... Yellow lazy flame Low gas pressure ................................ *Insects or debris clogging burner intake ports ............................... Outer jacket very hot *Broken refractory caused by (paint blistered) shipping damage or improper combustion. ... ..................... .............. Excessive sooting of heat exchanger.. Takes too long to heat Under -sized heater ............................... pool or spa Filter not running long enough ............. Dirtyfilter .............................................. Gas line or meter undersized ............... Looking at well Overacid............................................... Leaking at heat exchanger Overacid............................................... Gasket brittle and leaking - (overheated) Combustion fan not running "Fan 5 min Delay" signal or "Fan Lockout" signal Heater running after pump shuts off.... Refractory damage .............................. Sooted heater ....................................... Fanrelay ............................................. Fan........................................................ Burned motor ...................................... Air pressure switch ............................... * Indicates symptom which usually occurs on initial start-up. 43 Reduce by adding manual bypass valve. Adjust manual bypass valve until heater outlet water temperature is between 105°F and 110°F. Check movement by putting in hot water (110°F or higher). If no movement, replace. Refer to installation instructions. Follow recommended installation instructions. Clean burners. Adjust gas pressure. Clean pilot and/or electrode. Replace pilot. Adjust gas pressure. Clean burners. Replace refractory panels. Determine cause of sooting t£ correct. Calculate heating capacity of heater Pool gallonage x 8.33 or refer to heater sizing chart. This does not take into account heat loss due to weather. Reset time clock. Clean filter. Refer to installation instructions. Replace well and maintain proper water chemistry. Replace heat exchanger and maintain proper water chemistry See Pressure Switch Adjustment. Replace refractory. Determine cause of sooting and correct. Replace fan relay. Loose connection or failed motor. Incorrect wiring, replace blower. Replace air switch. 9LECTRICAL - STANDING PILOT MILLIVOLT POOL OR SPA HEATER ELECTRICAL CHECK WITH MILLIVOLT GAS VALVE CAUTION: For qualified service personnel only. 1. Filter must be on with adequate water flow through heater. 2. Gas valve must be in "ON" position. Thermostat set higher than pool water temperature. 3. Jumpers are for temporary check only. If left in place, they could cause the heater to burn up. Light pilot If pilot burner remains lit Jump across both "TH" wires on gas valves If main burner fires, I I If main burner does not remove jumper fire, remove jumper Jump across pressure switch terminals If main burner fires, remove jumper Clean filter Check for adequate water flow from filter Replace pressure switch If pilot burner goes out when main burner lights or when gas valve knob is released Replace Remove both "TH" gas wires from gas valve. valve I Relight pilot If pilot burner stays on If main burner does not fire, remove jumper Problem is a wire or component short to cabinet or low gas Jump across thermostat pressure If main burner does If main burner fires, NOTfire... remove jumper Replace thermostat ROSERTSNAW TERMINAL BLOCK PILOT VALVE SOLENOID a f - TO CONTROULIMIT jump across each high limit and remove iumoer Replace high limit that caused heater to fire VALVE: SOLENOID M PILOT GENERATOR OUTPUT / SHIELDED WIRE If pilot burner does not light Check gas supply, gas line size, gas pressure. Also check for insects or debris in pilot output If burner does not remain lit, attach millivolt meter and read pilot output If above 500mV, replace gas valve If below 500mV, check gas pressure. Also check for insects or debris in the pilot burner If output is still low, replace pilot generator ORaw Output (700mV± 100) Pilot generator disconnected from valve (knob must be held down to keep pilot on). White — Negative Red + Positive O2 Pilot Load (500mV± 100) Pilot generator connected to valve -Power applied to pilot solenoid. TP(Thermopile-Robertshaw) PP(Power Pile -Honeywell) TH TP — Common TH PP — Common OMain Valve Load (200mV± 100) O RAW OUTPUT Control/Limit circuit closed (All switches "ON") TP(Thermopile-Robertshaw) PP(Power Pile -Honeywell) TH TP — Common TH PP — Common 44 ELECTRICAL - ELECTRONIC IGNITION HD WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE „ p,= For qualified technicians ONLY A - NOTE: Some heaters may be equipped with an ignition module that shuts off pilot gas if pilot fails to light. To reset, interrupt power to heater. START TURN GAS SUPPLY OFF. TURN THERMOSTAT (CONTROLLER) TO CALL FOR HEAT POWER TO PC BOARD? NO 24 V NOMINAL YES SPARK ACROSS IGNITER/SENSOR GAP? YES TURN GAS SUPPLY ON PILOT BURNER LIGHTS? YES MAIN BURNER LIGHTS? YES SYSTEM RUNS UNTIL CALL FOR HEAT ENDS? YES CALL FOR HEAT ENDS SYSTEM SHUTS OFF? YES TROUBLESHOOTING ENDS ME NOI-> NO Mi NOTE: Before troubleshooting, familiarize yourself with the start-up and check-out procedure. Check line voltage power, low voltage transformer, limit controller, thermostat (controller) and wiring. Make sure that the line voltage is NOT 208 VAC. Pull ignition lead and checks ark at PC board. Spark Okay? YES NO 61 Replace the PC board. I • Check ignition cable, ground wiring, ceramic insulator and gap, and correct. • Check boot of the ignition cable for signs of melting or buckling. Take protective action to shield cable and boot from excessive temperatures. • Check that all manual gas valves are open, supply tubing and pressures are good, and pilot burner orifice is not blocked. • Check electrical connections between PC board and pilot operator on gas control. • Check for 24 VAC across PV-MV/PV terminals on PC board. If voltage is okay, replace gas control; if not replace PC board. NOTE: If PC board goes into lockout, reset system. Lockout is used on L.P.G. models. • Check for 24 VAC across MV-MV/PV terminals. If no voltage, replace module. • Check electrical connections between PC board and gas control. If okay, replace gas valve or gas control operator, i.e. pilot gas valve, flow switch etc. NOTE: IF PC board goes into lockout, reset system. • Check continuity of ignition cable and ground wire. NOTE: If ground is poor or erratic, shutdowns may occur occasionally even though operation is normal at the time of checkout. • Check that pilot flame covers flame rod and is steady and blue. • If checks are okay, replace PC board. • Check for proper thermostat (controller) operation. • Remove MV lead at module; if valve closes, recheck temperature controller and wiring; if not, replace gas valve. 45 C6WAOL LOGIC - FLOW CHART Power On Is the water temperature displayed? V1 *• Push MODE switch to select "Pool" or "Spa" Push Temp arrow to scroll to desired temperature Water temperature and set temperature displayed? YES "Heating" will display briefly "Spark" Flame icon displayed and flashing? OR Water temp displayed? (pilot lit and rectified) I • Check On/Off switch (under lid on control panel) NO • Check for 120/240 volts to the transformer (time clock, circuit breaker, wire connections) • Check for 24 volts to Circuit Board (P6 connector) m NO J YES Heater Fired? NO YES END "Remote" and Water Temperature displayed (a remote control is controlling the heater) Note: Disconnect the remote by turning the remote function off. See page 36 for instructions. NO Is a fault code displayed and flashing? YES Diagnostic Readouts "Sensor Failure," "Sensor Open" or "Sensor Short" - Temperature sensor out of ranqe (replace sensor) Sensor Failure Inspect thermister, wires, and connector at Terminal P1 Check resistance value of the thermister. Reference to chart below. Replace thermister if not within 10% of values shown below. If okay, replace Circuit Board. Sensor resistance at various temperatures Temp Degrees F 1 40 1 50 1 60 1 70 1 80 1 90 100 106 Resistance (k) 261.1 199.0 153.11 118.8 1 93.0 1 73.3 58.3 51.0 1 If okay, replace Circuit Board "Water Sw Open" Pressure switch. Verify water flow and pressure CLEAN FILTER / STRAINER - backwash if neccessary. "Hi Limit 1 Fault" High limit switch. Verify water flow. Inspect internal "Hi Limit 2 Fault" Thermostat (Unitherm Governor) and bypass valve. "Rollout Sw Open" Rollout Sensor - Check for blocked heat exchanger and soot. Atmospheric Units - Replace fusible link. Lo NOx Units - Press manual reset button. "Clock/Fireman Sw" Fireman or Remote switch connected to safety loop is in the OFF mode. "Vent/Field Sw #1" Vent switch open. Check connections to the board. If extractor installed, troubleshoot extractor. "Ignition Lockout" Ignition lockout. Check power at pilot valve. Check spark (bad ignition circuit or hi -tension wire). Verify clean pilot orifice and clearance from igniter to ground hood. "Ignition Failure" Ignition failure. Verify gas to the heater. Verify valve operation (gas present at tube fitting). Verify power at MV on P-4 Terminal on digital circuit board. Verify power to valve MV voltage. (Replace valve.) S ECTK?N 6 - REPLACEMENT PARTS NOTE: To supply you with the correct part, it is impor- tant that you supply the heater model number, serial number and type of gas when applicable. Any part returned for replacement under standard company warranties must be properly tagged with a return parts tag, completely filled in with the heater serial number, model number, etc., and shipped to the Company freight prepaid. Cf1 If determined defective by the Company and within warranty, a like part or equal substitution will be returned, freight collect. Credit will not be issued. MANUFACTURER: 2151 EASTMAN AVENUE OXNARD, CA 93030 ATMOSPHERIC HEATERS 6-S \ 10-M 5-C 9_M 3-M\ 3-S 7-C a 11-M �® 2_J iZM 3-V >1 I -S 4, o ' O 2V 6 -HP • • •• • • • • •• • • � Q 5 -HP 15 -HP/ 7 -HP I5- 3- P / • 7- P 4- P • 6 -HP 3_R 12-5 6-S •• •• 4-S 48 LO NOx HEATERS 3-V 0 I -S •'SII 11\ " 8-S 4 C \ 5-C 6-M 2-J M \ 3-J ' 7-M 8-M ®/ 3-S \ 3-8 B 6 -HP • 5 -HP • Q7 -HP 15 -HP • � 6 -HP 3-R 4" P 12-5 &M 6S ••••• V 4-S \/,1 m 4-S 2-S / 6-C / 14 -HM I B -13-HM 5 -HM _ 6 -HM G I / --2-HM 3C \ N 7 -HMS_ . 4 -HM 3 -HM-- /.� 4-S 17 -HM--, ♦ FOR UNITS WITH ASME METAL 1-P 8-P 5-P 6-P ;y t, 3-P ii 9-P HONEYWELL MILLIVOLT PILOT 50 16 -HM 15 -HM \ 3-M (OPTIONAL) 12 -HMS 0 I� 40 10 -HM 8 -HM 11 -HM 18 -HM 9 -HM HEADERS HONEYWELL IID ATMOSPHERIC PILOT 1-P 2-P 6-P \4-P IID LO NOx PILOT ATMOSPHERIC HEATERS CALL OUT ©EBGRt MON 906A 366A 336A B PWrW7 TRAY 1-13 Burner Tray w/Burners (sea level)* 010391 F 010392F 010393F 010394F Burner Tray w/o Burners (sea level)* 010395F 010396F 010397F 010398F Burner Tray w/Gas Valve Nat Millivolt 010399F 01 040O 010401 F 010402F Burner Tray w/Gas Valve Pro Millivolt 010403F 010404F 010405F 010406F Burner Tray w/Gas Valve Nat IID 010407F 010408F 010409F 01041OF Burner Trayw/Gas Valve Pro IID 010411F 010412F 010413F 010414F 2-B Burner Spacer/Hold Down Kit 010415F 010416F 010417F 010418F 3-B Burner 301210/13 301210/18 301210/22 301210/27 4-B Burner Orifice Nat. #50 (Sea Level)* 350079F/13 350079F/18 350079F/22 350079F/27 Burner Orifice Pro. #57 (Sea Level)* 350083F/13 350083F/18 350083F/22 350083F/27 5-13 Burner Tra w/o Manifold w/o burners 010421 F 010422F 010423F 010424F G O 1-C Thermostat Auto Reset 135 Deg Surface Mount 006725F 006725F 006725F 006725F 2-C AGS 135° (Auto Gas Shut -Off) - Red Epoxy 600892B 600892B 600892B 6008928 3-C High Limit 140° - Black Epoxy 600893B 600893B 600893B 6008938 4-C P. C. Board/Control 013464F 013464F 013464E 013464F 7-C LCD Display Units manufactured prior to 5/2011 N/A N/A N/A N/A Units manufactured From 5/2011 013640E 013640F 013640F 013640F 8-C Fuse 5AMP 013733F 013733F 013733F 013733F 5-C Thermostat Control MV Units Mechanical 003346F 003346E 003346F 003346F 6-C Tem erature Sensor IID Units 009577F 009577F 009577E I 009577F 1-G Combination Valve - Nat. MV 003898F 003898F 003898F 003898F Combination Valve - Pro. MV 003899F 003899F 003899F 003899F Combination Valve - Nat. IID 00390OF 003900E 00390OF 003900E Combination Valve - Pro. IID 004306F 004306F 004306F 004306F 1 -HP Heat Exchange Assy Copper 010043F 010044F 010045F 010046F Heat Exchange Assy Cupro Nickel 010356F 010357F 010358E 010359F 2 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Complete 006827F 006827F 006827F 006827F Inlet/Outlet Header (Includes 6 -HP) 006706F 006706F 006706F 006706F 3 -HP Return Header (Includes 6 -HP) 006707F 006707F 006707F 006707F 4 -HP Tube Bundle Copper`* 010059F 010060F 010061F 010062F Tube Bundle Cupro Nickel ** 010364F 010365F 010366E 010367F 5 -HP Baffle 010038F 005261E 010040F 010041F 6 -HP Flange Nut Kit 008259E 008259F 008259F 008259F 7 -HP O Ring Gasket (2) 006713F 006713F 006713F 006713F 8 -HP Sensor Adapter Digital Electronic 006714F 006714F 006714F 006714F Sensor Well Millivolt 006805F 006805F 006805F 006805E 9 -HP Bypass Kit 006715F 006715F 006715F 006715E 10 -HP Bypass Valve 006716F 006716E 006716F 006716F 11 -HP Bypass Dam /Shaft 006717F 006717F 006717F 006717F 12 -HP Bypass Spring (All Sizes Included) 006718F 006718F 006718F 006718F 13 -HP Unitherm Governor 006719F 006719F 006719E 006719F 14 -HP Unitherm Governor Plug 006720F 006720F 006720F 006720E 15 -HP Drain Plug 006721F 006721F 006721F 006721F 16 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Dam N/A Use 19 -HP N/A Use 19 -HP N/A Use 19 -HP N/A Use 19 -HP 17 -HP 2" PVC Connector & Nut (2) 006723F 006723F 006723F 006723F 18 -HP O Ring (2) 006724F 006724F 006724F 006724F 19 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Baffle w/Header Dam 006826E 006826F 006826E 006826F *FOR INSTALLATION AT OVER 2,000 FEET ABOVE SEA LEVEL, DERATE 4% PER 1,000 FEETABOVE SEA LEVEL. —WARNING: The Hydraulic conditions or water chemistry that caused the tube bundle to fail have very likely also damaged the bypass valve and Unitherm Governor. We recommend you replace the Unitherm Governor and inspect the bypass assembly. Failure to do so could cause premature failure of this replacement part. 51 ATMOSPHERIC HEATERS CALL T DESCRIPTION 206A 266A 330A iift 1 -HM Heat Exchange Assy.CopperASME CI 0 10051 F 006727F 010053F 010054F Heat Exchange Assy.Cupro Nickel ASME Cl 010360F 010361F 010362F 010363F 2 -HM Inlet/Outlet HeaderASME Cl Complete 00673OF 006730F 006730F 006730F Inlet/Outlet HeaderASME Cl 012319F 012319F 012319F 012319F 15 -HM Inlet & Outlet Flange 003766F 003766F 003766F 003766F 16 -HM Flange Gasket 1 1/2" Connections 062236B 062236B 062236B 062236B Flange Gasket 2" Connections 800080B 800080B 800080B 800080B 3 -HM Return HeaderASME Cl 006731F 006731F 006731F 006731F 4 -HM Tube Bundle Copper ASME 010055F 006733F 010057F 010058F Tube Bundle Cupro Nickel ASME * 010368F 010369F 010370F 010371F 5 -HM Baffle 010038F 005261F 010040E 010041F 6 -HM Stud Bolt Kit 007870F 00787OF 007870F 00787OF 7 -HM Header Gasket (9) 8000148 800014B 800014B 800014B 8 -HM Unitherm Governor 062234B 062234B 062234B 062234B 9 -HM U.G. Retainer Spring 013792F 013792F 013792E 013792F 18 -HM U.G. Plug 013738F 013738F 013738F 013738F 10 -HM Bypass Valve 062235B 062235B 062235B 062235B 11 -HM Bypass Spring 850252 013794F 013794F 013794F 12 -HM Drain Valve 013793F 013793F 013793F 013793F 13 -HM Sensor Well 003765F 003765F 003765F 003765E 14 -HM Well Retaining Clip 300203 300203 300203 300203 17 -HM I Rear Drain PIu & Cover 005264F 005264F 005264E 005264F 4` 1-J Transformer 120/240/24V 006736F 006736F 006736F 006736E 2-J Rocker Switch 009493F 009493F 009493F 009493F 1-M Pressure Switch 1.75 PSI 006737F 006737F 006737F 006737F Pressure Switch 11 PSI Special -See Water Pressure Switch Adj. 009133F 009133E 009133F 009133F 2-M Thermostat Knob 009499F 009499F 009499F 009499F 3-M Thermostat Shaft MV 800307 800307 800307 800307 4-M Knobstop 006886F 006886F 006886F 006886F 5-M Thermal Fuse 005899F 005899F 005899F 005899F 6-M PRV 125 PSI (Optional) 008091F 007224F 007224F 007224F 7-M Deliming Kit 052871F 052871F 052871F 052871F 8-M Wire/Harness Millivolt 010386F 010386F 010386E 010386F Wire/Harness IID 009490F 009490F 00949OF 009490F 9-M Control Bezel MV (Includes Dial Decal) 009489F 009489F 009489F 009489F 10-M Dial Decal MV 009858F 009858F 009858F 009858F 11-M Control Bezel (Includes Switch Decal) Units manufactured prior to 5/2011 009491F 009491F 009491F 009491F Units manufactured From 5/2011 013491F 013491F 013491F 013491F 12-M Switch/Decal-Membrane Units manufactured prior to 5/2011 009492F 009492F 009492F 009492F Units manufactured From 5/2011 013492F 013492F 013492F 013492F 13-M Control Bezel Cover 009487F 009487F 009487F 009487F 14-M Gasket Insulation (Swaybrace & Jacket Top) 010350F 010350F 010350F 010350F 15-M Touch-up Paint Green 750125 750125 750125 750125 Dark Gray 750126 750126 750126 750126 Cool Dark Gray 750256 750256 750256 750256 Warm Dark Gray 750258 750258 750258 750258 16-M Tie Down Bracket (Optional) 011636 011636 011636 011636 17-M ITexas Code Add/On ASME Only) 012011 012011 012011 1 012011 iL , 1-P Pilot Nat. MV 600525B 600525B 600525B 600525B Pilot Pro. MV 600575B 600575B 6005758 600575B 2-P Pilot Nat & Pro IID 002003F 002003F 002003F 002003F 3-P Pilot Orifice Nat. MV 003901F 003901F 003901F 003901F Pilot Orifice Pro. MV 003902F 003902F 003902F 003902F 4-P Pilot Orifice Nat. IID .020 003903F 003903F 003903F 003903F Pilot Orifice Pro. IID .012 004308F 004308F 004308F 004308F 5-P Pilot Generator MV 600019B 600019B 600019B 6000196 6-P Pilot MTG Bracket MV 010352F 010352E 010352F 010352F 7-P Pilot Mounting Bracket IID 306692 306692 306692 306692 8-P Lighter Tube (MV Units Only) 062996 062996 062996 062996 9-P Pilot Tube 004078F 004078F 004078F 004078F 10-P Hi Tension Wire IID with Pilot Electrode 007864F 007864F 007864F 007864F 11-13 Pilot Shield 010351F I 010351F I 010351F I 010351F 1-R Refractory Common Lt & Rt 010088F 010088F 010088F 010088F 2-R Refractory Uncommon (Front & Rear) 010089F 010090E 010091 F 010092F 3-R Refractory Retainer Kit 010387F 010388F 010389F 01039OF `WARNING: The Hydraulic conditions or water chemistry that caused the tube bundle to fail have very likely also damaged the bypass valve and Unitherm Governor. We recommend you replace the Unitherm Governor and inspect the bypass assembly. Failure to do so could cause premature failure of this replacement part. 52 ATMOSPHERIC HEATERS dAi _ OUT _ DESCRIPTION 206A 266A 336A 406A 8 0HEVIVIE7AL Nat. to Pro. MV Pilot 0046908 1-S Jacket Top (Louvered) 010047F 010048E 010049F 010050F 2-S Flue Collector (Units with Polymer Header) 010071 F 010072F 010073F 010074F •• Flue Collector (Units with Metal Header) 010075F 010076F 010077F 010078F 3-S DoorAssy Raypak Green 010378F 010379F 01038OF 010381F Cool Dark & Warm Dark Gray 013859F 013860F 013861F 013862E Rheem Green 010382F 010383F 010384F 010385F Cool Dark & Warm Dark Gray 013863F 013864F 013865F 013866F Ruud Green 010382F 010383F 010384F 010385F Warm Dark Gray 013867F 013868F 013869F 01387OF 4-S Access Panel Set (3 Pcs Units with Polymer Header) 010311F 010311F 010311F 010311F Access Panel Set (3 Pcs. Units with Metal Header) 010312F 010312F 010312F 010312F 5-S Jacket Side Panel Right 010376F 010376F 010376F 010376F 6-S Jacket Side Panel Left 010377F 010377F 010377F 010377F 7-S Jacket Rear Panel (2 Pcs.) 010372F 010373F 010374F 010375F 8-S Poolstat Cover/Lock 009505 009505 009505 009505 9-S High Limit Cover 010319F 010319F 010319F 010319F 10-S Base Heat Shield 010320F 010320F 010320F 010320F 11-S Up Front Control Panel Green 010321F 010322F 010323F 010324F Cool Dark Gray 013887F 013888F 013889F 013890F Warm Dark Gray 013891F 013892F 013893F 013894F 12-S High Limit Shield 010342F 010342F 010342F 010342F 13-S Weather Shield 010325F 010326F 010327F 010328F V W 1-V Indoor Stack Kit (Includes inner adapter panel) 009838 009839 009840 009841. Outdoor Stack Kit (Includes inner adapter panel) 009834 009835 009836 009837 2-V Stack Adapter 010330F 010331F 010332F 010333F 4-V Outer Stack Adapter 011461F 011462E 011463F 011464F 3-V 'Pagoda" Top Green 010334 010335 010336 010337 Cool Dark Gray 013883F 013884F 013885F 013886F was conversions are Io oe none onry oy a quannea agency. ** Conversion must be made with complete burner tray and gas valve (see item 1-13). 53 Gas Conversions Nat. to Pro. MV Pilot 0046908 004690B 004692B 004692B Pro. to Nat. MV Pilot 010419F 010419F 010420F 010420F Nat. to Pro. IID Pilot ** *• •• Pro. to Nat. IID Pilot *• ** was conversions are Io oe none onry oy a quannea agency. ** Conversion must be made with complete burner tray and gas valve (see item 1-13). 53 LO NOx HEATERS CALL DESC IPPON 2U A 267A 337A 407A ER AWME ft 'i#t y 1-B Burner Tray w/Burners(0-5000) 010343F 010344F 010345F 010346F Burner Tray w/o Burner (0-5000) 010084F 010085F 010086F 010087F 2-B Burner Hold Down Kit 010254F 010255F 010256F 010257F 3-B Burner 310732/3 310732/4 310732/5 310732/6 4-B Burner Orifice Nat. #26 (0-5000)' 351632/3 351632/4 351632/5 351632/6 Burner Orifice Nat. #31 (above 5000 ft.)* 351523/3 351523/4 351523/5 351523/6 5-13 Blower 010042F 010042F 010042F 010042F 7-B Cooling Fan 010871F 010871F 010871F 010871F 6-B Combustion Air Orifice Plate 010338F 010339F 010340F 010341 F 1-C Thermostat Auto Reset 135 Deg Surface Mount 006725F 006725F 006725F 006725F 2-C AGS 135' (Auto Gas Shut -Off) - Red Epoxy 600892B 600892B 6008928 600892B 3-C High Limit 140' - Black Epoxy 600893B 600893B 600893B 6008938 4-C P. C. Board/Control 013464F 013464F 013464F 013464F 5-C LCD Display Units manufactured prior to 1/2011 N/A N/A N/A N/A Units manufactured From 1/2011 013640F 013640F 013640F 013640F 8-C Fuse 5 AMP 013733F 013733F 013733F 013733F 6-C Temperature Sensor 009577F 009577F 009577F 009577F 7-C Blower Pressure Switch 008062F 008135F 010354F 010355F 00 VALve 1-G Combination Valve - Gas On/Off -Nat 010329F 010329F 010329F 010329F .s,....Y -:i. M pt-...., umot 1 -HP Heat Exchange Assy Copper 010043F 010044F 010045F 010046F Heat Exchange Assy Cupro Nickel 010356F 010357F 010358F 010359F 2 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Complete 006827F 006827F 006827F 006827F Inlet/Outlet Header (Includes 6 -HP) 006706F 006706F 006706F 006706F 3 -HP Return Header (Includes 6 -HP) 006707F 006707F 006707F 006707F 4 -HP Tube Bundle Copper** 010059F 010060F 010061F 010062F Tube Bundle Cupro Nickel '* 010364F 010365F 010366F 010367F 5 -HP Baffle 010038F 005261F 010040F 010041F 6 -HP Flange Nut Kit 008259F 008259F 008259F 008259F 7 -HP O Ring Gasket (2) 006713F 006713F 006713F 006713F 8 -HP Sensor Adapter Digital Electronic 006714F 006714F 006714F 006714F Sensor Well Millivolt 006805F 006805F 006805F 006805F 9 -HP Bypass Kit 006715F 006715F 006715F 006715F 10 -HP Bypass Valve 006716F 006716F 006716F 006716F 11 -HP Bypass Dam/Shaft 006717F 006717F 006717F 006717F 12 -HP Bypass Spring (All Sizes Included) 006718F 006718F 006718F 006718F 13 -HP Unitherm Governor 006719F 006719F 006719F 006719F 14 -HP Unitherm Governor Plug 006720F 006720F 006720F 006720F 15 -HP Drain Plug 006721F 006721F 006721F 006721F 16 -HP 17 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Dam 2" PVC Connector & Nut (2) N/A Use 19 -HP 006723F N/A Use 19 -HP 006723F N/A Use 19 -HP 006723F N/A Use 19 -HP 006723F 18 -HP O Ring (2) 006724F 006724F 006724F 006724F 19 -HP Inlet/Outlet Header Baffle w/Header Dam 006826F 006826F 006826F 006826F 1 -HM Heat Exchange Assy.CopperASME CI 010051F 006727F 010053F 010054F Heat Exchange Assy.Cupro Nickel ASME CI 010360F 010361F 010362F 010363F 2 -HM Inlet/Outlet Header ASME Cl (Complete) 006730F 006730F 006730F 006730F Inlet/Outlet Header ASME CI 012319F 012319F 012319F 012319F 15 -HM Inlet & Outlet Flange 003766F 003766F 003766F 003766F 16 -HM Flange Gasket 1 1/2" Connections 062236B 062236B 062236B 0622368 Flange Gasket 2" Connections 800080B 8000808 8000808 8000806 3 -HM Return Header ASME CI 006731F 006731F 006731F 006731F 4 -HM Tube Bundle Copper ASME ** 010055F 006733F 010057F 010058F Tube Bundle Cupro Nickel ASME *' 010368F 010369F 010370F 010371F 5 -HM Baffle 010038F 005261F 010040F 010041F 6 -HM Stud Bolt Kit 00787OF 007870F 007870F 007870F 7 -HM Header Gasket (9) 800014B 800014B 800014B 8000148 8 -HM Unitherm Governor 0622348 0622348 0622348 062234B 9 -HM U.G. Retainer Spring 013792F 013792F 013792F 013792F 18 -HM U.G. Plug 013738F 013738F 013738F 013738F 10 -HM Bypass Valve 062235B 062235B 0622356 062235B 11 -HM Bypass Spring 850252 013794F 013794F 013794F 12 -HM Drain Valve 013793F 013793F 013793E 013793F 13 -HM Sensor Well 003765F 003765F 003765F 003765F 14 -HM Well Retaining Clip 300203 300203 300203 300203 17 -HM Rear Drain Plug & Cover 005264E I 005264E I 005264E I 005264E FOR iNSTALLAT IONS AT OVER 5,000 FEET ABOVE SEA LEVEL, CONSULT THE FACTORY *WARNING: The Hydraulic conditions or water chemistry that caused the tube bundle to fail have very likely also damaged the bypass valve and Unitherm Governor. We recommend you replace the Unitherm Governor and inspect the bypass assembly. Failure to do so could cause premature failure of this replacement part. —Replacement burner trays are built for sea level, natural gas applications unless otherwise specified at the time the order is placed. 54 LO NOx HEATERS CALL TtiESCR[PT N 07 26714 337A ' 1-J Transformer 120/240/24V 006736F 006736F 006736F 006736F 2-J Rocker Switch 009493F 009493F 009493F 009493F 3-J Rela Low Nox 008784F 008784F 008784F 008784F Ci11fiIPiE 1-M Pressure Switch 1.75 PSI 006737F 006737F 006737F 006737F Pressure Switch 11 PSI Special -See Water Pressure Switch Adj. 009133F 009133F 009133F 009133F 2-M Roll -Out Switch 300°F 006035F 006035F 006035F 006035F 3-M PRV 125 PSI (Optional) 008091E 007224F 007224F 007224F 4-M Deliming Kit 052871F 052871F 052871F 052871F 5-M Wire/Harness 010347F 010347F 010347F 010347F 6-M Control Bezel (Includes Switch Decal) Units manufactured prior to 1/2011 009491F 009491F 009491F 009491F Units manufactured From 1/2011 013491F 013491F 013491F 013491F 7-M Switch/Decal-Membrane Units manufactured prior to 1/2011 009492F 009492F 009492E 009492F Units manufactured From 1/2011 013492F 013492F 013492F 013492F 8-M Control Bezel Cover 009487F 009487F 009487F 009487F 9-M Gasket Insulation (Swaybrace & Jacket Top) 010350F 01035OF 010350F 010350F 10-M Blower /Air Pressure Switch Sample Tube 010348F 010348F 010348F 010348F 11-M Touch-up Paint Green 750125 750125 750125 750125 Dark Gray 750126 750126 750126 750126 Cool Dark Gray 750256 750256 750256 750256 Warm Dark Gray 750258 750258 750258 750258 12-M Tie Down Bracket (Optional) 011636 011636 011636 011636 13-M Roll -Out Switch 250°F (Optional) 011745F 011745F 011745F 011745F Roll -Out Switch 250°F (Upgrade) 011733F 011733F 011733F 011733F 14-M I Texas Code Add/On ASME Only) 012011 012011 012011 012011 P PILE 1-P Pilot Nat. IID Low Nox 010232F 010232F 010232F 010232F 2-P Pilot Electrode N/A N/A N/A N/A 3-P Pilot Mounting Bracket 010233F 010234F 010235F 010236F 4-P Pilot Tube 011926F 011926F 011926F 011926F 5-P Hi Tension Wire IID 010349F 010349F 010349F 010349F 6-P 1 Ada ter Nut Metric 011927F 011927F 011927F 011927F 1-R FtEIlIkVTORY Refractory Common (Left & Right) 010079F 010079F 010079F 010079F 2-R Refractory Uncommon (Front and Rear) 010080E 010081F 010082F 010083E 3-R Refractory Retainer Kit 010262F 010263F 010264F 010265F 1-S Jacket Top (Louvered) 010047F 010048F 010049F 010050FtV 2-S Flue Collector (Units with Polymer Header) 010063F 010064F 010065F 010066F Flue Collector (Units with Metal Header) 010067F 010068F 010069F 010070F 3-S Door Assy. Raypak Green 010267F 010268F 010269F 010270F Cool Dark & Warm Dark Gray 013871F 013872F 013873F 013874F Rheem Green 010271F 010272F 010273F 010274F Cool Dark & Warm Dark Gray 013875F 013876E 013877F 013878F Ruud Green 010271F 010272F 010273F 010274F Warm Dark Gray 013879F 01388OF 013881F 013882F 4-S Access Panel Set (3 Pcs. Units with Polymer Header) 010311F 010311F 010311F 010311F Access Panel Set (3 Pcs. Units with Metal Header) 010312F 010312F 010312F 010312F 5-S Jacket Side Panel Right 010313F 010313F 010313F 010313F 6-S Jacket Side Panel Left 010314F 010314F 010314F 010314F 7-S Jacket Rear Panel (2 Pcs.) 010315F 010316F 010317E 010318F 8-S Poolstat Cover/Lock 009505 009505 009505 009505 9-S High Limit Cover 010319F 010319F 010319F 010319F 10-S Base Heat Shield 010320F 010320F 010320F 010320F 11-S Up Front Control Panel Green 010321F 010322F 010323E 010324F Cool Dark Gray 013887F 013888F 013889F 01389OF Warm Dark Gray 013891F 013892F 013893F 013894F 12-S High Limit Shield 010342F 010342F 010342F 010342F 13-S I Weather Shield 010325F 010326F 010327F 010328F V VEF#TINl3 1-V Indoor Stack Kit (Includes inner adapter panel) 009838 009839 009840 009841 Outdoor Stack Kit (Includes inner adapter panel) 009834 009835 009836 009837 2-V Stack Adapter 010330F 010331F 010332F 010333E 4-V Outer Stack Adapter 011461F 011462F 011463F 011464E 3-V "Pagoda" Top Green 010334 010335 010336 010337 Cool Dark Gray 013883F 013884F 013885E 013886F 55 11 r t Registered Quality Management System www.raypak.com Raypak, Inc., 2151 Eastman Avenue, Oxnard, CA 93030 (805) 278-5300 Fax (805) 278-5468 Litho in U.S.A. Super Pump@ V5 Owner's Manual IS2603VSP Rev -A Model SP2603VSP Super Pump VS Variable Speed Pump Hayward's Super Pump VS variable speed pump delivers incredible energy savings via its advanced hydraulic design combined with a totally enclosed, permanent magnet motor. Super Pump VS is easily installed either as a programmable stand-alone pump or with a Hayward or third party controller and features an easy-to-use digital control interface that can be mounted in four different positions on the pump or removed and mounted on the wall for total user convenience. Note: To prevent potential injury and to avoid unnecessary service calls, read this manual carefully and completely. Unless otherwise stated, instructions in this manual apply to both pump models. SAVE THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL Hayward Pool Products 62o Division St, Elizabeth, NJ 07201 Phone: (908) 351-5400 www.haywardpool.com 7 1 1 Table of Contents 1. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................................................4 2. General Information........................................................................................................................................7 2.1. Introduction 7 2.2. Primary Features 7 2.3. Product Dimensions 7 3. Energy Efficiency Overview..............................................................................................................................8 4. Installation and Wiring....................................................................................................................................8 4.1. Pump Location 8 4.2. Pump Mounting 4.3• Pipe Sizing Chart 4.4• Plumbing 4.5• Electrical 4.6. Electrical Specs 4.7. Voltage 4.8. Grounding and Bonding 4.9• Wiring 4.1o. Remote Control Wiring/Operation 4.11. Digital Control Interface Orientation 4.12. Interface Wall Mounting 4.13. Installation Procedure 5. Wiring Diagrams...................................................................................................................... 5.1. Input Power Wiring (Required) 5.2. Wall Mounted Digital Control Interface Wiring (Optional) 5.3• External Relay Speed Control Wiring (Optional, for remote selection of pump speed) 5.4• Hayward Automation Control Wiring (Optional, for remote control of pump speed) 5.5• Remote Stop Switch Wiring (Optional) 6_ Startup R nnPratinn_ 6.1. Prior to Start -Up 6.2. Starting/ Priming the Pump 6.3. User Interface Summary 6.4. Menu Outline 6.5. Initial startup 6.6. Configuration Menu 6.7. Timer Menu 6.8. Preset Speed Setup Menu 6.9. Diagnostic Menu 6.io. Stop/Resume 6.11. Quick Clean 6.12. Remote Stop 7. Maintenance........................................................................................................................... 8. Storage / Winterization............................................................................................................ 8.1. Storing Pump For Winterization Sh ft S l Ch 9 9 9 10 10 10 19 20 21 21 22 23 24 24 25 25 26 ..................... 26 ..................... 26 26 9. a ea ange Instructions.....................................................................................................................27 9.1. Removing the Motor Assembly �7 USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 2 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD 9.2. Removing the Impeller 27 9.3• Removing the Ceramic Seat 27 9.4• Seat Installation 27 9.5• Replacingthe Impeller and Diffuser 27 9.6. Replacing the Motor Assembly 28 10. Replacement Parts........................................................................................................................................28 io.i. Parts Diagram 28 10.2. Parts Listing �9 11. Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................................................30 11.1. General Problems 30 11.2. Check System Messages 32 12. Warranty.......................................................................................................................................................33 13. Product Registration.....................................................................................................................................33 USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 3 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A JW HAYWARD i. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Before installing or servicing this electrical equipment, turn power supply OFF. Basic safety precautions should always be followed, including the following: Failure to follow instructions may result in injury. AThis is the safety -alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your pump or in this manual, look for one of the following signal words, and be alert to the potential for personal injury. AWARNING warns about hazards that could cause serious personal injury, death or major property damage and if ignored presents a potential hazard. ACAUTION warns about hazards that will or can cause minor or moderate personal injury and/or property damage and if ignored presents a potential hazard. It can also make consumers aware of actions that are unpredictable and unsafe. The NOTICE label indicates special instructions that are important but not related to hazards. ng AWARNING-READAND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONSin this owner's manual and on the equipment. Failure to follow instructions can cause severe injury and/or death. AWARNING — This product should be installed and serviced only by a qualified professional. ACAUTION— All electrical wiring MUST be in conformance with all applicable local codes, regulations, and the National Electric Code (NEC). USE OF NON-HAYWARD REPLACEMENT PARTS VOIDS WARRANTY. ATTENTION INSTALLER - THIS MANUAL CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE INSTALLATION, OPERATION, AND SAFE USE OF THIS VARIABLE SPEED PUMP THAT MUST BE FURNISHED TO THE END USER OF THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY. AWARNING - To reduce risk of injury, do not permit children to use or climb on this product. Closely supervise children at all times. Components such as the filtration system, pumps, and heaters must be positioned to prevent children from using them as a means of access to the pool. ACAUTION — This pump is intended for use on permanently installed swimming pools and may also be used with hot tubs and spas if so marked. Do NOT use with storable pools. A permanently installed pool is constructed in or on the ground or in a building such that it cannot be readily disassembled for storage. A storable pool is constructed so that it is capable of being readily disassembled for storage and reassembled to its original integrity. Though this product is designed for outdoor use, it is strongly advised to protect the electrical components from the weather. Select a well -drained area, one that will not flood when it rains. It requires free circulation of air for cooling. Do not install in a damp or non -ventilated location. If installed within an outer enclosure or beneath the skirt of a hot tub or spa, adequate ventilation and free circulation of air must be provided to prevent overheating of the motor. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 4 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A AWARNING — Pool and spa components (seals, gaskets, etc.) have a finite life. All components should be inspected frequently and replaced at least every ten years, or if found to be damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or not securely attached. AWARNING — Risk of Electric Shock. All electrical wiring MUST be in conformance with applicable local codes, regulations, and the National Electric Code (NEC). Hazardous voltage can shock, burn, and cause death or serious property damage. To reduce the risk of electric shock, do NOT use an extension cord to connect unit to electric supply. Provide a properly located electrical receptacle. Before working on pump or motor, turn off power supply to the pump. AWARNING —To reduce the risk of electric shock replace damaged wiring immediately. Locate conduit to prevent abuse from lawn mowers, hedge trimmers and other equipment. AWARNING —Risk of Electric Shock. In accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC), connect only to a branch circuit protected by a ground -fault circuit -interrupter (GFCI). Contact a qualified electrician if you cannot verify that the circuit is protected by a GFCI. The unit must be connected only to a supply circuit that is protected by a ground -fault circuit -interrupter (GFCI). Such a GFCI should be provided by the installer and should be tested on a routine basis. To test the GFCI, push the test circuit button. The GFCI should interrupt power. Push the reset button. Power should be restored. If the GFCI fails to operate in this manner, the GFCI is defective. If the GFCI interrupts power to the pump without the test button being pushed, a ground current is flowing, indicating the possibility of an electric shock. Do not use this pump. Disconnect the pump and have the problem corrected by a qualified service representative before using. AWARNING — Failure to bond pump to pool structure will increase risk for electrocution and could result in injury or death. To reduce the risk of electric shock, see installation instructions and consult a professional electrician on how to bond pump. Also, contact a licensed electrician for information on local electrical codes for bonding requirements. Notes to electrician: Use a solid copper conductor, size 8 or larger. Run a continuous wire from external bonding lug to reinforcing rod or mesh. Connect a No. 8 AWG (8.4 mm2) [No. 6 AWG (13.3 mm2) for Canada] solid copper bonding wire to the pressure wire connector provided on the pump housing and to all metal parts of swimming pool, spa, or hot tub, and to all electrical equipment, metal piping (except gas piping), and conduit within 5 ft. (1.5 m) of inside walls of swimming pool, spa, or hot tub. IMPORTANT- Reference NEC codes for all wiring standards including, but not limited to, grounding, bonding and other general wiring procedures. AWARNING — Suction Entrapment Hazard. Suction in suction outlets and/or suction outlet covers, which are damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or unsecured cause severe injury and/or death due to the following entrapment hazards (symbols complements of APSP): Hair Entrapment - Hair can become entangled in suction outlet cover. Limb Entrapment - A limb inserted into an opening of a suction outlet sump or suction outlet cover that is damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or not securely attached can result in a mechanical bind or swelling of the limb. Body Suction Entrapment - A differential pressure applied to a large portion of the body or limbs can result in an entrapment. Evisceration/ Disembowelment - A negative pressure applied directly to the intestines through an unprotected suction outlet sump or suction outlet cover which is damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or unsecured can result in evisceration/disembowelment. Mechanical Entrapment - There is potential for jewelry, swimsuits, hair decorations, fingers, toes, or knuckles to be caught in an opening of a suction outlet cover resulting in mechanical entrapment. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 5 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A AWARNING — To Reduce the risk of Entrapment Hazards: .i — When outlets are small enough to be blocked by a person, a minimum of two functioning suction outlets per pump must be installed. Suction outlets in the same plane (i.e. floor or wall), must be installed a minimum of PMW three feet (31 [o.91 meter] apart, as measured from near point to near point. — Dual suction fittings shall be placed in such locations and distances to avoid "dual blockage" by a user. — Dual suction fittings shall not be located on seating areas or on the backrest for such seating areas. — The maximum system flow rate shall not exceed the values shown in the "Pipe Sizing Chart" found in section 4.3 below. — Never use pool or spa if any suction outlet component is damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or not securely attached. — Replace damaged, broken, cracked, missing, or not securely attached suction outlet components immediately. — In addition to two or more suction outlets per pump installed in accordance with latest APSP standards and CPSC guidelines, follow all national, state, and local codes applicable. — Installation of a vacuum release or vent system, which relieves entrapping suction, is recommended. WARNING — Hazardous Pressure. Pool and spa water circulation systems operate under hazardous pressure during start-up, normal operation, and after pump shut-off. Stand clear of circulation system equipment during pump start-up. Failure to follow safety and operation instructions could result in violent separation of the pump housing and cover due to pressure in the system, which could cause property damage, severe personal injury, or death. Before servicing pool and spa water circulation system, all system and pump controls must be in off position and filter manual air relief valve must be in open position. Before starting pump, all system valves must be set in a position to allow system water to return back to the pool. Do not change filter control valve position while pump is running. Before starting pump, fully open filter manual air relief valve. Do not close filter manual air relief valve until a steady stream of water (not air or air and water mix) is discharged from the valve. All suction and discharge valves MUST be OPEN when starting the circulation system. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury and/or property damage. AWARNING — Separation Hazard. Failure to follow safety and operation instructions could result in violent separation of pump components. Strainer cover must be properly secured to pump housing with strainer cover lock ring. Before servicing pool and spa circulation system, all system and pump controls must be in off position and filter manual air relief valve must be in open position. Do not operate pool and spa circulation system if a system component is not assembled properly, damaged, or missing. Do not operate pool and spa circulation system unless filter manual air relief valve body is in locked position in filter upper body. All suction and discharge valves MUST be OPEN when starting the circulation system. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury and/or property damage. AWARNING — Never operate the circulation system at more than 50 PSI maximum. AWARNING — Fire and burn hazard. Motors operate at high temperatures and if they are not properly isolated from any flammable structures or foreign debris they can cause fires, which may cause severe personal injury or death. It is also necessary to allow the motor to cool for at least 20 minutes prior to maintenance to minimize the risk for burns. AWARNING — Failure to install according to defined instructions may result in severe personal injury or death. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 6 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A NAYWARD z. General Information 2.1. Introduction This manual contains information forth proper installation and operation of the Hayward Super Pump VS Variable Speed Pump. The instructions in this manual MUST be followed precisely. 2.2. Primary Features • Totally enclosed, permanent magnet motor • Advanced hydraulic design • Fully programmable with a self-contained 24-hour clock and up to 8 custom speed and timer functions • For enhanced pool management, can be controlled by Hayward or third party pool and spa control platforms, without the need for additional accessories • Digital control interface that can be mounted in four different positions on the pump or removed and mounted on the wall • Motor drive includes built-in protection for high temperatures and voltage fluctuations. Drive is also designed to withstand temperatures below freezing without issue 2.3. Product Dimensions —0 8.13 -- 9.87 15.20 t 7,62 -- ,,... 8,63 12.07 '5 1 9,49 CE USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 7 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD 3. Energy Efficiency Overview The energy consumed by a pool pump is measured in terms of Watts (W) or Kilowatts (M). The Super Pump VS Variable Speed Pump displays power consumption in Watts. Given this information, you can determine the cost of operating the pump: Power consumption of pump X Cost of electricity = Cost of Pump Operation per Hour Example: Super Pump VS Variable Speed Pump operating at 300 W. Cost of electricity = $o.10 per kWh Convert Watts to Kilowatts: 300 W = 0.3 kW 0.3 kW X $o.10/kWh = $0.03 per hour Note the power consumption is greatly affected by the speed of the pump. Lowering the speed of the pump can drastically reduce the power that is consumed. Below are some of the major benefits of running the pump at lower speeds. Benefits of runnin¢ at low speeds • Save electricity and money • Improved filtration — the filter can often remove smaller particles when the water moves slower • Quiet operation • Reduced Total Dynamic Head — less stress on equipment (e.g. filter) which can lengthen equipment life When determining the speed(s) to operate your pump, you must also take into account the minimum requirements for proper sanitation and equipment/water feature functionality. It is recommended you filter ("turnover") all the water in the pool at least once every 24 hours. Check with local requirements for the minimum turnover rate. Running the pump at a lower speed may require running the pump for a longer period of time in order to meet the turnover requirements for proper sanitation. Equipment such as heaters, skimmers, and chlorinators require minimum flows to operate correctly. Refer to individual equipment manuals for specific flow requirements. After setting the pump speed(s), it is recommended you check that all other equipment/water features are functioning as intended. For example, when running at a low speed for daily filtration, verify water is adequately flowing over the skimmer weirs. Operate the pump at higher speeds for the shorter periods of time needed to operate a heater, water feature, etc. Onstallation and Wiring AWARNING — This product should be installed and serviced only by a qualified professional. 4.1. Pump Location Locate pump as close to pool as practical and run suction lines as direct as possible to reduce friction loss. Suction lines should have continuous slope upward from lowest point in line. Joints must be tight (but not over -tightened). Suction line diameter must equal or be larger than the discharge line diameter. Though the pump is designed for outdoor use, it is advised to place pump and fitter in ��=71_ll the shade to shield them from continuous direct heat. Select a well -drained area that will not flood when it rains. Do NOT install pump and filter in a damp or non -ventilated location. Keep motor clean. Pump motors require free circulation of air for cooling. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 8 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 4.2. Pump Mounting Install pump on a level concrete slab or other rigid base to meet all local and national codes. Secure pump to base with screws or bolts to further reduce vibration and stress on pipe or hose joints. The base must be level, rigid, and vibration free. Pump mount must: • Allow pump inlet height to be as close to water level as possible. • Allow use of short, direct suction pipe (to reduce friction losses). • Allow for valves in suction and discharge piping. • Be protected from excess moisture and flooding. • Allow adequate access for servicing pump and piping. 4.3• Pipe Sizing Chart MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED SYSTEM FLOW RATE BY PIPE SIZE Pipe Size in. [mm] Maximum Flow Rate GPM [LPM] Minimum Straight Pipe Length "L" in. [mm] 11/Z" 15 01 45 11701 71/2" 119 01 2" [631 8o [300] 10" [2541 21/z„ 17 51 110 14151 12/2„ 13171 3" 1901 16o [600] 15" [381] Note: It is recommended that a minimum length of straight piping (shown as "L" in above diagram), equivalent to 5 pipe size diameters, be used between the pump suction inlet and any plumbing fittings (elbows, valves, etc.). When installing the Super Pump VS, care should be taken to ensure proper pipe and equipment sizing to handle the maximum flow required. It is recommended to set the maximum speed in order to not exceed the maximum flow rate. See section 6.6 item #7. AWARNING —Hazardous Pressure. Pumps, filters, and other equipment/ components of a swimming pool filtration system operate under pressure. Incorrectly installed and/or improperly tested filtration equipment and/or components may fail resulting in severe personal injury or death. 4.4• Plumbing 1. Use PTFE tape to seal threaded connections on molded plastic components. All plastic fittings must be new or thoroughly cleaned before use. NOTE - Do NOT use Plumber's Pipe Dope as it may cause cracking of the plastic components. When applying PTFE tape to plastic threads, wrap the entire threaded portion of the male fitting with one to two layers of tape. Wind the tape clockwise as you face the open end of the fitting, beginning at the end of the fitting. The pump suction and outlet ports have molded -in thread stops. Do NOT attempt to force hose connector fitting past this stop. It is only necessary to tighten fittings enough to prevent leakage. Tighten fitting by hand and then use a tool to engage fitting an additional 11/z turns. Use care when using PTFE tape as friction is reduced considerably; do NOT over -tighten fitting or you may cause damage. If leaks occur, remove connector, clean off old PTFE tape, re -wrap with one to two additional layers of PTFE tape, and re -install connector. 2. Fittings (elbows, tees, valves, etc.) restrict flow. For better efficiency, use the fewest possible fittings. Avoid fittings that could cause an air trap. Pool and spa fittings MUST conform to the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO) standards. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 9 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A MHAYWARKY 4.5• Electrical AWARNING — All electrical wiring MUST conform to local codes, regulations, and the National Electric Code (N EC). AWARNING— Ground and bond pump before connecting to electrical power supply. Failure to ground and bond pump can cause serious or fatal electrical shock hazard. Do NOT ground to a gas supply line. To avoid dangerous or fatal electrical shock, turn OFF power to pump before working on electrical connections. Fire Hazard - match supply voltage to pump nameplate voltage. Insure that the electrical supply available agrees with the pump's voltage, phase, and cycle, and that the wire size is adequate for the amps rating and distance from the power source. Use copper conductors only. 4.6. Electrical Specs 1. Voltage: 23oVAC, 6oHz, Single Phase 2. Amps: 0.4-10.0 3. Speed Range: 600-345o rpm Use copper conductors only. For indoor & outdoor use. Connect pump to a 15 amp branch circuit in accordance with local codes, regulations, and the National Electric Code (NEC). A disconnecting means located at least 5 ft. from the inside wall of the pool, spa, or hot tub must be provided. 4.7. Voltage Voltage at pump MUST NOT be more than 10% above or below nameplate rated voltage, or components may overheat, causing overload tripping and reduced component life. If voltage is less than 90% (207 VAC) or more than 110% (253 VAC) of rated voltage (230 VAC) when pump is running at full load, consult the power company. 4.8. Grounding and Bonding 1. Install, ground, bond, and wire pump in accordance with local or national electrical code requirements. 2. Permanently ground pump. Use green ground terminal provided under access plate; use size and type wire required by code. Connect ground terminal to electrical service ground. 3. Bond pump to pool structure. Bonding will connect all metal parts within and around the pool with a continuous wire. Bonding reduces the risk of a current passing between bonded metal objects, which could potentially cause electrical shock if grounded or shorted. Reference NEC codes for all wiring standards including, but not limited to, grounding, bonding and general wiring procedures. 4. Use a solid copper conductor, size 8 or larger. Run wire from external bonding lug to reinforcing rod or mesh. Connect a No. 8 AWG (8.4 mm2) [No. 6 AWG (13.3 mm2) for Canada] solid copper bonding wire to the pressure wire connector provided on the motor housing and to all metal parts of swimming pool, spa, or hot tub, and to all electrical equipment, metal piping (except gas piping), and conduit within 5 ft. (1.5 m) of inside walls of swimming pool, spa, or hot tub. 4.9• Wiring AWARNING — All electrical wiring MUST conform to local codes, regulations, and National Electric Code (NEC) 1. Pump MUST be permanently connected to circuit. If other lights or appliances are also on the same circuit, be sure to add their amp loads before calculating wire and circuit breaker sizes. Use the circuit breaker as the master On -Off switch. z. If the Super Pump VS pump is being used to replace an existing pump that was controlled by a separate mechanical time clock, the Super Pump VS pump should be connected directly to the line power supply, bypassing the time clock. The time clock can then be used to power other equipment (such as a heater, heat pump, or booster pump) that requires the filter pump to be operating when used. If the time clock is used in this manner, it should be set to power the equipment during a time cycle when the Super Pump VS pump is operating at an appropriate flow rate to operate the other equipment, as defined by the timers set in the Timer Menu. See section 6.7 USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 10 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 4.10. Remote Control Wiring/Operation Super pump VS can be controlled in a wide variety of ways as described below: i. Super Pump VS can operate by itself in Stand -Alone Mode using its built-in programmable timers. 2. Super Pump VS can also be controlled from third party controls (i.e. another manufacturer's control) and Hayward controls that are not software compatible using relay contacts. See section 5.3 for more information regarding connecting Super Pump VS and third party/non-software compatible Hayward controls. 3. Super Pump VS can communicate with and be controlled by Hayward pool and spa controls. See section 5.4 for more information regarding connecting Super Pump VS and Hayward pool and spa controls. 4.11. Digital Control Interface Orientation The Digital Control Interface can be rotated to any of four desired positions after installation by loosening the two screws securing the user interface to the motor drive, lifting the user interface and rotating it to the desired position, and tightening the two screws in the new position. (Figure 4.11-1) Figure 4.11-1 V1 P11,14 7 USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page it of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A - It 4.12. Interface Wall Mounting The interface can also be wall mounted using the parts supplied in the optional wall mount kit using the following procedure. 1. TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 2. Loosen the two screws securing the user interface to the motor drive and remove the user interface. (Figure 4.12-1) 3. Disconnect the short cable that extends out from the motor drive to the user interface. (Figure 4.12-1) 4. Loosen the three screws securing the interface mounting plate to the motor drive and remove the interface mounting plate to gain access to the drive wiring compartment. (Figure 4.12-2) 5. Disconnect the short cable on the interface mounting plate from the RS485 terminal block on the drive PCB. Apply electrical tape to the exposed conductors. (Figure 4.12-2) 6. Mount the wall mount plate, SP32ooDR1o, in the desired location. (Figure 4.12-4) 7. Connect the interface cable as shown in the Wall Mounted Digital Control Interface Wiring diagram shown in section 5.2 to the motor drive RS485 terminal block and user interface PCB. Use multi -conductor, jacketed cable suitable for the installation location. The cable must be routed through the left side conduit opening on the motor drive and through the slot provided on the backside of the wall mount plate, SP32ooDR1o. Use a liquid tight cordgrip, appropriately sized for the cable being used, to seal the left side conduit opening. Cable used may be up to 500 feet in length. (Figure 4.12-4) 8. Mount the user interface to the wall mount plate, SP32ooDR1o, using the two screws. (Figure 4.12-4) 9. Reinstall the interface mounting plate, taking care to make sure it is properly aligned with the motor drive, and tighten the three screws to secure. 1o. Install the blank cover, SP32ooDR9, on the motor drive in the desired orientation. This cover is important to protect internal electronics. (Figure 4.12-3) 11. Apply power to the system and resume normal operation. The following diagrams illustrate the interface wall mounting procedure. Figure 4.12-1: Removing the Digital Control Interface for Wall Mounting USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 12 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD Figure 4.12-2: Removing the Interface Mounting Plate to access the Drive wiring compartment Figure 4.12-3: Adding the Blank Cover USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 13 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Figure 4.12-4: Wall Mounting the Interface 0 LIQUID TIGHT CORDGRIP 4.13. Installation Procedure Please review sections 4.1 through 4.12 before continuing with this section. 1. TURNOFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER AND REMOVE THE USER INTERFACE. z. Loosen the two screws securing the user interface to the motor drive and remove the user interface. • Disconnect the short cable that extends out from the motor drive to the user interface. • Loosen the three screws securing the interface mounting plate to the motor drive and remove the interface mounting plate to gain access to the drive wiring compartment. • Disconnect the short cable on the interface mounting plate from the RS485 terminal block on the drive PCB. 3. Connect 23oVAC line power supply wiring to the terminals and ground screw as shown in the Input Power Wiring diagram. Wiring must be routed through the right side conduit opening. See section 5.1 for diagram. 4. If the pump will be controlled using a Hayward pool control, connect a two -conductor cable as shown in the Hayward Automation Control Wiring diagram. See section 5.4• 5. If the pump will be controlled using relay contacts from an external control, connect the digital input terminals to the relay contacts as shown in the External Relay Speed Control Wiring diagram. See section 5.3• 6. If the installation will use the remote stop feature of the drive, connect the digital input terminals to the remote stop switch as shown in the Remote Stop Wiring diagram. See section 5.5• 7. Wiring for remote control and/or remote stop functions must be routed through the left side conduit opening. Use a multi -conductor, jacketed cable suitable for the installation location. Use a liquid tight cordgrip, appropriately sized for the cable being used, to seal the left side conduit opening. 8. Connect the pump to the pool bonding system using 8AWG (6AWG for Canada) wire. A lug for bonding is provided on the outside of the drive enclosure. 9. After all electrical connections have been made, replace the interface mounting plate, taking care to make sure it is properly aligned with the motor drive, and tighten the three screws to secure. Reconnect the short cable on the interface mounting plate to the RS485 terminal block on the drive PCB. • Reconnect the short cable that extends out from the motor drive to the user interface. • Mount the user interface to the interface mounting plate in the desired orientation. Note: The interface mounting plate/wiring compartment cover must be installed properly to provide environmental protection for the wiring compartment. so. Apply power to the system, and proceed to "Configuration Menu", section 6.6, or see section 5.4 for details regarding Hayward automation control. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 14 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD S. Wiring Diagrams 5.1. Input Power Wiring (Required) Fi¢ure 5.1-1 DRIVE HIGH VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS L2 > FIELD WILING z -CONDUIT ATTENTION: ROUTE WIRING DIRECTLY FROM FIELD CONDUrr TO TERMINAL BLOCK AS SHOWN, DO NOT BUNDLE EXCESS WIRING INSIDE DRIVE ENCLOSURE, - USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY - ACCEPTABLE FOR FIELD WIRING NOT SUITABLE FOR USE WITH RIGID METAL CONDUIT - REMOVE TEST LEADS PRIOR TO INSTALL 5.2. Wall Mounted Digital Control Interface Wiring (Optional) BACK SIDE OF DISPLAY BOARD kvldslcj IsmiC3 I Z£ tr S 91Z 8 Fieure 5.2-1 CONNECTIONS INTERFACE RS485 1 COM --- - ---- 2 A 3 B 4 +12V Connection wire must be rated for a minimum of 30oV, and may be up to 500 feet in length. Use removable 4 -position terminal block connectors for wiring connection to interface and motor drive PCB's taking care to note the wire colors and corresponding numbers next to the connectors. Terminal block must be installed with screws facing up to ensure proper connection. SW2oo DIP switch #1 must be "ON". USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 15 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A DRIVE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS SW200 -CM o RS485 WIND A110 .. O O O O �60 & +I2v A B COM CONNECTIONS INTERFACE RS485 1 COM --- - ---- 2 A 3 B 4 +12V Connection wire must be rated for a minimum of 30oV, and may be up to 500 feet in length. Use removable 4 -position terminal block connectors for wiring connection to interface and motor drive PCB's taking care to note the wire colors and corresponding numbers next to the connectors. Terminal block must be installed with screws facing up to ensure proper connection. SW2oo DIP switch #1 must be "ON". USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 15 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 5.3• External Relay Speed Control Wiring (Optional, for remote selection of pump speed) Note: For third party controls and Hayward controls that are NOT software compatible. CONTROL SYSTEM RELAY CONTACTS STEP l STEP 2 , STEP 3 LOW + VOLTAGE _ SUPPLY F Figure 5,3-1 DRIVE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS DIGITAL INPUT N co n wLUw>O L.,inV>OU Connection wire must be rated for a minimum of 30oV. Inputs are rated to accept a low voltage supply of 18-3oVAC (24VAC+/-20%) or 9-3oVDC (12/24VDC +/-20%). The "+12V" and "COM" terminals may be used as a low voltage supply, however, these terminals also supply power to the user interface, so care must be taken when connecting to these terminals to ensure proper operation of the user interface. SW2oo DIP switch #1 must be "ON". The Super Pump VS pump can be controlled from third party pool controls as well as Hayward controls that are not software compatible using relay contacts to select the speeds set in the Timer Menu (see section 6.7). In addition to this section you may also consult the applicable pool control installation manual for electrical connection details. Once installed, Remote Control Mode must be set to Relay Control in the pump Configuration Menu (see section 6.6). Preset Speeds 1-4 and Quick Clean are disabled when the pump is remotely controlled. When inputs STEP 1-3 are activated via the pool control relay contacts, timer speeds 1-8 are selected according to the following table (see section 6.7): Timer Speed STEP s Status STEP 2 Status STEP 3 Status 1 OFF OFF OFF 2 ON OFF OFF 3 OFF ON OFF 4 ON ON OFF 5 OFF OFF ON 6 ON OFF ON 7 OFF ON ON 8 ON ON ON The number of speeds available depends on the number of auxiliary relays used as noted below: 1. Filter pump relay plus 1 auxiliary relays allows control of 2 speeds 2. Filter pump relay plus 2 auxiliary relays allows control of 4 speeds 3. Filter pump relay plus 3 auxiliary relays allows control of 8 speeds USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 16 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 5.4• Hayward Automation Control Wiring (Optional, for remote control of pump speed) Note: For software compatible Hayward controls only. Existing user interface wiring connections must be removed from 4 -position terminal block connector and must be covered/secured inside wiring compartments prior to making wiring connections shown below. HAYWARD CONTROL MAIN PCB Figure 5.41 DRIVE LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS Sw200 : r a 00 00j w� L RSaBs ' ;000001 +72y A S COM CONNECTIONS HAYWARD RW5 CONTROL 2 A 3 B The Super Pump VS pump can communicate with and be controlled by Hayward pool controls such as OmniLogicTM, ProLogic®, E -Command® 4, and OnCommand®. Minimum software revision requirements: OmniLogic Ri.o.o, Pro Logic 3.00, OnCommand 1.00, E -Command 2.65, E -Command 4 2.8o, Aqua Logic 2.65, and AquaPlus 2.65. To determine Hayward control software revision, consult the appropriate Hayward pool control installation manual or visit our website at www.haywardpool.com. Connection wire must be rated for a minimum of 3ooV, and may be up to 500 feet in length. Use removable 4 -position terminal block connector for wiring connection to motor drive PCB, taking care to note the wire colors and corresponding numbers next to the connectors. Terminal block must be installed with screws facing up to ensure proper connection. When communicating with OmniLogic, the HUA (Hayward Unique Address) is used for communication. For all Hayward controls other than OmniLogic, the pump address must be set using the SW2oo DIP switch on the drive PCB. To determine which address should be used, consult the appropriate Hayward Pro Logic pool control installation manual, or visit our website at www.haywardpool.com. Pump addresses are set according to the table below. Note: If communication issues are encountered, a third wire may be connected between terminal "4" at the pool control and terminal "COM" at the motor drive to help improve signal quality. SW200 DIP SWITCH STATUS PUMP ADDRESS #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 Pool Filter OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Aux 1 / Spa Filter OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Aux 2 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF Aux 3 OFF ON ON OFF OFF Aux 4 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Aux 5 OFF ON OFF ON OFF Aux 6 OFF OFF ON ON OFF Aux 7 OFF ON ON ON OFF Aux 8 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Aux 9 OFF ON OFF OFF ON Aux 10 OFF OFF ON OFF ON Aux 11 OFF ON ON OFF ON Aux 12 OFF OFF OFF ON ON Aux 13 OFF ON OFF ON ON Aux 14 OFF OFF ON ON ON Lights Button OFF ON ON ON ON USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 17 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A NAYWARD 5.5• Remote Stop Switch Wiring (Optional) Figure s.S-i REMOTE DRIVE LOW VOLTAGE STOP SWITCH CONNECTIONS DIGITAL INPUT 00000 0000 00000 I Low <; Q r'" r� " N CO p SUPPLY VOLTAGE _ ? D_ QS o_ a- n.. wi.uuu>0 CIO Ln Cn O Connection wire must be rated for a minimum of 30oV. Switch must be latching type; pump is stopped when circuit is closed. Inputs are rated to accept a low voltage supply of 18-3oVAC (24VAC +/-20%) or 9-3oVDC (12/24VDC +/-20%). The "+12V" and "COM" terminals may be used as a low voltage supply. These terminals also supply to the user interface , so care must be taken when connecting to these terminals to ensure proper operation of user interface. If Remote Stop is used when communicating with a Hayward pool control, if the "+12V" and "COM" terminals are used, the SW2oo DIP switch #1 must be "ON". 6.Startup & Operation 6.1. Prior to Start -Up If it is necessary to perform a water pressure test prior to initial use to ensure plumbing system is functioning properly, then the following criteria should be maintained for this test: 1. Have a professional perform this test. 2. Ensure all Hayward pump and system components are removed from system prior to performing test. AWARNING - If circulation equipment must remain in the plumbing system during water pressure test, do not apply more than io psi pressure to the system. Be sure water pressure has been released, using the filter manual air relief valve, before removing pump strainer cover. AWARNING — All suction and discharge valves MUST be OPEN, as well as filter air relief valve (if available) on filter, when starting the circulating pump system. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury. USE ONLY NAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 18 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A �LH:)J 0 FNvY1.J . ■ 'n 6.2. Starting/Priming the Pump Refer to item #9 in section 6.6 for priming time selection. Fill strainer housing with water to suction pipe level. If water leakage occurs from anywhere on the pump or filter, DO NOT start the pump. If no leakage occurs, stand at least so feet from pump and/or filter and proceed with starting the pump. AWARNING — Return to filter to close filter manual air relief valve when a steady stream of water (not air or air and water) is discharged from valve. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury. AATTENTION — NEVER OPERATE THE PUMP WITHOUT WATER. Water acts as a coolant and lubricant for the mechanical shaft seal. NEVER run pump dry. Running pump dry may damage seals, causing leakage, flooding, and voids warranty. Fill strainer housing with water before starting motor. AATTENTION — Do NOT add chemicals to pool/spa system directly in front of pump suction. Adding undiluted chemicals may damage pump and voids warranty. AATTENTION — Before removing strainer cover: 1. STOP PUMP before proceeding. z. CLOSE VALVES in suction and outlet pipes. 3. RELEASE ALL PRESSURE from pump and piping system using filter manual air relief valve. See filter owner's manual for more details. 4. Remove strainer cover and fill strainer housing with water. 5. Clean and lubricate strainer cover 0 -ring with "Jack's 327" if necessary. 6. Replace strainer cover on strainer housing; flip up the two hand knobs and turn clockwise to tighten cover. NOTE - Tighten strainer cover hand knobs by hand only (no wrenches). 7. OPEN VALVES in suction and outlet pipes. Turn on power and wait for pump to prime, which can take up to ten (so) minutes. Priming time will depend on vertical length of suction lift and horizontal length of suction pipe. If pump does NOT prime within so minutes, stop motor and determine cause. Be sure all suction and discharge valves are open when pump is running. See Troubleshooting Guide. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 19 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 6.3. User Interface Summary Figure 6.3-1 L ( I 1* i. Preset Speeds: Buttons labeled SPEED 1 thru SPEED 4 can be used to run the pump at a predetermined speed for a certain length of time. Preset Speed settings can be quickly updated using the + and - arrow buttons to change the speed and then pressing the > button to save the new speed setting. When a speed is selected, the LED beside the button will illuminate to indicate operation. a. Default Speeds: • Speed 1: l000 rpm • Speed 2: 175o rpm • Speed 3: 25oo rpm • Speed 4: 325o rpm 2. Menu/navigation buttons: The MENU button will scroll through the setup menus when pressed. The < and > arrow buttons are used to move between displays and to select parameters to edit, and the + and - arrow buttons are used to change parameters. 3. Status LEDs: The CHECK SYSTEM LED will illuminate when the pump is experiencing an error condition. The TIMERS ACTIVE LED will illuminate once timers have been programmed to run the pump, even if the pump is not presently running. 4. Stop/Resume: This button is used to stop the pump to allow strainer basket cleaning, etc. When this button is pressed, the pump will remain stopped until the button is pressed a second time to resume normal operation. When the pump is stopped, the red LED beside the button will illuminate to indicate that the pump has been stopped. 5. Quick Clean: QUICK CLEAN is a mode intended for use when the pool will be cleaned with a suction side vacuum. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 20 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 6.4. Menu Outline i. Configuration Menu (see section 6.6 for basic product configuration) a. Set Day and Time b. Speed Selection c. MAX Allowed Speed d. MIN Allowed Speed e. Prime Duration f. Remote Control Mode g. Low Temp Operation h. Low Temp Setting 2. Timer Menu (see section 6.7 to program the 8 speeds with timer functions) a. Rename Timer "X" (where "X" equals 1 through 8) b. Pump Speed for Timer "X" (where "X" equals 1 through 8) c. Start/Stop Time for Timer "X" (where "X" equals 1 through 8) d. Choose Days for Timer "X" (where "X" equals 1 through 8) 3. Preset Speed Setup Menu (see section 6.8 to program the 4 preset speeds) a. Speed "X" Name (where "X" equals 1 through 4) b. Speed "X" Duration (where "X" equals i through 4) c. Speed "X" Speed (where "X" equals 1 through 4) 4. Diagnostics Menu (see section 6.9 to view product diagnostic information) a. Display Firmware Revision b. Drive Serial Number c. Motor Drive Firmware Revisions d. DC Bus Voltage Status e. Motor Current f. Power Usage g. Driver Temperature h. Event Log (if applicable) 6.5. Initial startup After plumbing and wiring are complete, the variable speed drive must be configured prior to use. When power is applied to the drive for the first time, the following informational screens are displayed. Screen Comments 1. Hayward Variable Speed Pump 2. Thursday 1:27p 1725rpm 380 Watts 3. Timer 1 timer will end at 11:45p Note: Speeds can be selected at this time to temporarily run the pump, however, it is recommended that the drive configuration and timers be set according to individual installation site requirements (see section 6.7 for more details). At this point, pressing the MENU button will select the Configuration Menu. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 21 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 6.6. Configuration Menu Note: When the pump is stopped and the ambient temperature drops below the operation temperature set point, the pump will prime and then run at the MAX allowed speed setting for 8 hours. Low temperature operation is not active when the pump is being remotely controlled. Low temperature operation is NOT intended to Protect the USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 22 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Buttons Screen Used Comments 1. Press & hold < and > buttons for several seconds to Configuration Menu Locked unlock Configuration Menu 2. > Use > to enter Configuration Menu Configuration Menu press > to enter 3. Use + / — to adjust, > go to next item 4. + - Use + to change clock setting Time • Th 1 •27PM + change or > skip < > Use > if clock is correct 5. + - Adjust day/time setting Set Day and Time Thursday 1:27p < > Move to next selection, then to next menu item 6. + - Select whether to display speed in rpm (Revolutions Speed Selection per Minute) or % of full speed rpm < > Move to next menu item 7. + - Set maximum running speed of pump MAX allowed speed 3450 (600-3450rpm) ( > Move to next menu item 8. + - Set minimum running speed of pump MIN allowed speed 600 (600-3450rpm) < > Move to next menu item 9. + - Select pump prime duration Prime Duration < > Move to next menu item 8:00 minutes Note: User may set the pump to prime at the maximum allowed speed for 0-15 minutes in 30 second increments. 10. Remote Control Mode + - Select Stand Alone or Relay Control Stand Alone < > Move to next menu item Note: See section 5.3 for more detail. 11. + - Enable or Disable Low Temp Operation Low Temp Operation Disabled < > Move to next menu item 12. + - Set temperature to activate Low Temp Operation Low Temp Setting 4-C (39.2-F) < > Move to next menu item Note: When the pump is stopped and the ambient temperature drops below the operation temperature set point, the pump will prime and then run at the MAX allowed speed setting for 8 hours. Low temperature operation is not active when the pump is being remotely controlled. Low temperature operation is NOT intended to Protect the USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 22 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A pump. system plumbing, or pool from freezing. If Low Temp Operation is disabled, the temperature setting screen is not shown. Buttons Note: When start/stop times are set to be the same, the timer is deactivated. Each timer can be set to run on specific days of the week. Options are to run 7 days per week, 5 days per week (Monday thru Friday), or on a single day (Monday thru Sunday). Each timer is setup in this same manner. When the pump is powered and the timers are set up, the Timers Active LED will illuminate. If the timers are set up such that their run times overlap, the timers will run in priority from Timer 1 to Timer 8. In other words, if Timer 1 is set to run from 8:oo am to 12:00 pm, and Timer 2 is set to run from 1o:oo am to 2:00 pm, the pump will run Timer 1 from 8:oo am to 12:00 pm, and will then switch to run Timer 2 until 2:00 pm. Default setting for Timer 1 is to start at 12:oo am, and end at 11:45 pm. When Remote Control Mode is set to Relay Control, the speed for Timer 1 may be set to o rpm to allow the pump to be stopped without having to remove power. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 23 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Screen Used Comments �3• Reset all parameters + ' Use + to reset to factory default settings + for yes; > to skip Use > to skip reset �4• + ' Confirm reset of all parameters Are you sure? + for yes; — for no Move to next menu item �5• Use Timers Menu to set timeclocks. 6.7. Timer Menu Buttons Screen Used Comments 1. Use > to enter Timer Menu Timer Menu Press > to enter 2. Timer 1 1725rpm 12:00a to 11:45p 3• + - Use +to change displayed timer Press + to change; Press > next timer < > Use > to skip to next timer 4. + - Use + to rename timer T1: Timer 1 +/— rename; speed > < > Use > to set motor speed for timer 5. + - Use to set speed for timer Timer 1 1725rpm +/— adjust; times > < > Use > to set start/stop time 6. + - Use to set start/stop time for timer Timer 1 1725rpm 8:00a to 6:00p < > Use > to choose days of operation for timer 7. + ' Use to choose days of operation for timer Choose Days 7D 7 days a week > < > Move to next menu item Note: When start/stop times are set to be the same, the timer is deactivated. Each timer can be set to run on specific days of the week. Options are to run 7 days per week, 5 days per week (Monday thru Friday), or on a single day (Monday thru Sunday). Each timer is setup in this same manner. When the pump is powered and the timers are set up, the Timers Active LED will illuminate. If the timers are set up such that their run times overlap, the timers will run in priority from Timer 1 to Timer 8. In other words, if Timer 1 is set to run from 8:oo am to 12:00 pm, and Timer 2 is set to run from 1o:oo am to 2:00 pm, the pump will run Timer 1 from 8:oo am to 12:00 pm, and will then switch to run Timer 2 until 2:00 pm. Default setting for Timer 1 is to start at 12:oo am, and end at 11:45 pm. When Remote Control Mode is set to Relay Control, the speed for Timer 1 may be set to o rpm to allow the pump to be stopped without having to remove power. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 23 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 6.8. Preset Speed Setup Menu Note: Each time a preset speed is selected, it will run for the programmed duration. Multiple presses of the speed button will add more time according to the set duration up to a maximum of 12 hours. 4. Speed 1 Speed + 1725 (600-3450rpm) <� Use to set motor speed for displayed speed Move to next menu item Note: Preset Speed settings can also be quickly updated without entering the Speeds Menu using the + and - arrow buttons to change the speed and then pressing the > button to save the new speed setting. 6.9. Diagnostic Menu Screen 1. Diagnostic Menu Press > to enter 2. Display Revision 1.03 3. Drive Serial Number DET -3581200032 Comm Rev: 2.15 4 Dry Rev: 2.00.oz DC Bus Voltage 5 Within Range 6 Motor Current 1.1A (8.5A Max) Buttons Used Comments <) Use > to enter Diagnostic Menu and toggle between displays Displays firmware version of the display PCB. Displays motor drive serial number. Displays firmware revisions of the motor drive and drive interface PCB's. Displays status of internal DC bus voltage. Real-time display of motor input current. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 24 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Buttons Screen Used Comments 1. Speeds Menu < % Use > to enter Speeds Menu Press > to enter 2. Speed 1 Name + " Use to rename displayed speed Speed 1 <) Move to next menu item 3. Speed 1 Duration + " Use to set duration of speed 0:30 hours < % Move to next menu item Note: Each time a preset speed is selected, it will run for the programmed duration. Multiple presses of the speed button will add more time according to the set duration up to a maximum of 12 hours. 4. Speed 1 Speed + 1725 (600-3450rpm) <� Use to set motor speed for displayed speed Move to next menu item Note: Preset Speed settings can also be quickly updated without entering the Speeds Menu using the + and - arrow buttons to change the speed and then pressing the > button to save the new speed setting. 6.9. Diagnostic Menu Screen 1. Diagnostic Menu Press > to enter 2. Display Revision 1.03 3. Drive Serial Number DET -3581200032 Comm Rev: 2.15 4 Dry Rev: 2.00.oz DC Bus Voltage 5 Within Range 6 Motor Current 1.1A (8.5A Max) Buttons Used Comments <) Use > to enter Diagnostic Menu and toggle between displays Displays firmware version of the display PCB. Displays motor drive serial number. Displays firmware revisions of the motor drive and drive interface PCB's. Displays status of internal DC bus voltage. Real-time display of motor input current. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 24 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Buttons Screen Used Comments 7• Power Usage Real-time display of pump power usage. 225W (1700W Max) 8. Drive Temperature Real-time display of motor driver temperature. 67°C (110'C Max) 9 Event log + - Use + to view event log Press + to view Note: For troubleshooting purposes, the Event Log will record the last twenty error/trip conditions and/or status messages, as well as the amount of time that has elapsed since the condition occurred. See section 11.2 for more detail. 6.1o. Stop/Resume Screen 1. Pump is stopped; press STOP/RESUME 2. again to resume normal operation. Note: When Stop/Resume is pressed at any time during normal operation, the above message will be displayed. The pump will stop within several seconds, and will remain stopped until Stop/Resume is pressed a second time, at which point the pump will resume normal operation. 6.11. Quick Clean Screen 1• Quick Clean Quick Clean running 2. Quick Clean 3450 rpm for 60 min; 3. Quick Clean press resume to end. Note: The above message will be displayed while Quick Clean is running. Quick Clean mode runs at the MAX allowed speed and expires after 6o min, and it may be cancelled early by pressing the Stop/Resume button, at which time the pump would return to normal operation. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 25 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 6.12. Remote Stop Screen 1' Remote Stop is engaged Note: The above message will be displayed when an installed remote stop switch is activated. For either model, the pump will remain stopped until the remote stop switch is deactivated. See section 5.5 for more detail. 7. Maintenance • Clean strainer basket regularly. Do NOT strike basket to clean. Inspect strainer cover gasket regularly and replace as necessary. • Hayward pumps have self-lubricating motor bearings and shaft seals. No lubrication is necessary. • Keep motor clean. Insure motor air vents are free from obstruction to avoid damage. Do NOT use water to hose off motor. • Occasionally, shaft seals must be replaced, due to wear or damage. Replace with genuine Hayward seal assembly kit. See "Shaft Seal Change Instructions" in this manual. 8.Storage / Winterization AWARNING - Separation Hazard. Do not purge the system with compressed air. Purging the system with compressed air can cause components to explode, with risk of severe injury or death to anyone nearby. Use only a low pressure (below 5 PSI), high volume blower when air purging the pump, filter, or piping. AATTENTION — Allowing the pump to freeze with water in it will void the warranty. AATTENTION - Use ONLY propylene glycol as antifreeze in your pool/spa system. Propylene glycol is non- toxic and will not damage plastic system components; other anti -freezes are highly toxic and may damage plastic components in the system. Drain all water from pump and piping when expecting freezing temperatures or when storing pump for a long time (see instructions below). Gravity drain system as far as possible. Keep motor dry and covered during storage. To avoid condensation/corrosion problems, do NOT cover or wrap pump with plastic film or bags. 8.1. Storing Pump For Winterization AWARNING - To avoid dangerous or fatal electrical shock hazard, turn OFF power to motor before draining pump. Failure to disconnect power may result in serious personal injury or death. 1. Drain water level below all inlets to the pool. 2. Remove drain plugs and strainer cover from strainer housing. (See "Parts Diagram" in section lo.1 of this manual for pump component locations.) 3. Disconnect pump from mounting pad, wiring (after power has been turned OFF), and piping. 4. Once the pump is fully drained of water, re -install the strainer cover and drain plugs. Store pump in a dry area. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 26 Of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Laftj HAYWARD 9. Shaft Seal Change Instructions IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS PLEASE READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS When servicing electrical equipment, basic safety precautions should always be observed including the following. Failure to follow instructions may result in injury. • A WARNING — To reduce risk of injury, do not permit children to use this product. • Disconnect all electrical power service to pump before beginning shaft seal replacement. • Only qualified personnel should attempt rotary seal replacement. Contact your local authorized Hayward Dealer or service center if you have any questions. • Refer to Figure so.1-1 for pump component locations. Exercise extreme care in handling both the rotating and the stationary sections of the two-part replacement seal. Foreign matter or improper handling will easily scratch the graphite and ceramic sealing surfaces. 9.1. Removing the Motor Assembly 1. Remove the four (4) 3/8" x 2" hex head bolts, which hold the motor assembly to the pump/strainer housing, using a 9/16" wrench or socket. 2. Slide the motor assembly out of the pump/strainer housing, exposing the diffuser. Pull the diffuser off of the seal plate to expose the impeller. 9.2. Removing the Impeller 3. To prevent the motor shaft from turning, secure using a 5/16" hex wrench on the motor shaft through the fan shroud on the back of the pump. 4. Remove the impeller by rotating counterclockwise. 9.3• Removing the Ceramic Seat 5. Remove the spring seal assembly from the impeller and remove the seal plate from the motor. 6. Press the ceramic seat with rubber cup out of the seal plate. If tight, use a small screwdriver to tap seal out. STOP - Clean all recesses & parts to be reassembled. Inspect gaskets & replace if necessary. 9.4• Seat Installation 7. Clean and lightly lubricate the motor shaft and seal recesses in the seal plate with a dilute solution of non - granulated liquid -type soap. Gently wipe the polished face of the ceramic seal with a soft cotton cloth. Lubricate the rubber cup on the ceramic seat and press it firmly into the recess of the seal plate, with the polished ceramic surface facing out. 8. Reassemble the motor to the seal plate. 9. Gently wipe the black, polished surface of the spring seal assembly with a soft cotton cloth. 1o. Press the spring seal assembly onto the impeller shaft, with the black polished surface facing the ceramic seat. 9.5• Replacing the Impeller and Diffuser 11. Screw the impeller onto the motor shaft in a clockwise direction. Tighten snugly by holding motor shaft with wrench as noted in step #3. 12. Place the diffuser over the impeller and onto the seal plate. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 27 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD° 9.6. Replacing the Motor Assembly 13. Slide the motor assembly, with the diffuser in place, into pump/strainer housing, being careful not to disturb the diffuser gasket. 14. Fasten assembly to pump/strainer housing using the four (4) 3/8" x 2" bolts. (Be sure housing gasket is in place, and lubricated. Replace if damaged). Tighten bolts alternately and evenly to 8o inch -pounds. Looking at the back of the pump, start with the top right, move diagonal to the bottom left, then up to the top left and last across to the bottom right. so. Replacement Parts so.s. Parts Diagram 0 fi. Figure io.3-1 ] RI n USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 28 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A f ,. 10.2. Parts Listing Ref. No. Part No. Description Qty, 1 SPX1600PI Swivel Nut & Hand Knob 2 2 SPX1600D Strainer Cover 1 3 SPX1600S Strainer Cover Gasket 1 4 SPX1600M Basket 1 5 SPX170oFG Drain Plug with Gasket 2 6 SPX1600AA Pump / Strainer Housing With Gasket 1 7 SPX1600R Diffuser Gasket 1 8 SPX2600B Diffuser 1 9 SPX26loC Impeller 1 to SPX1600Z2 Shaft Seal Assembly 1 11 SPX1600T Housing Gasket 1 12 SPX2600E5 Seal Plate 1 13 SPX1600F5 Motor Mounting Plate 1 14 SPX0125z44 Motor Cap Screws (Set of 4) 1 15 SPX1600Z4 Housing Cap Screw 4 16 SPX2600G1 Mounting Foot (Includes Screws) 1 17 SPX160OZ52 Mounting Foot Screws (Set of 2) 1 18 SPX340oDR4 Motor Drive Display Cover (Cover only) 1 SPX32ooLCD Digital Control Interface Assembly 1 SPX340oDRKIT Wall Mount Kit 1 SPXHKIT3 Quick Fix Kit (Includes #3, 7, lo, 11 & Jack's Lube) 1 POWER END SPX2603Z1VSPE Power End Assembly (Includes #7-14, motor and drive) 1 * WHISPERFLO is a registered trademark of Pentair Aquatic Systems, which is used herein for identification purposes only. This is a retrofit base for existing WHISPERFLO pump installations. Pentair Aquatic Systems is not affiliated with Hayward Pool Products. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 29 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD ii. Troubleshooting 11.1. General Problems • Motor Will NOT Start: 1. Make sure the terminal board connections agree with the wiring diagram on the pump data plate label. 2. Be sure the pump is wired for the available field supply voltage (23oVAC). 3. Check for and correct any improper or loose wiring connections; open switches or relays; tripped circuit breakers, or blown fuses. 4. Manually check the rotation of the motor shaft for free movement and lack of obstruction. Correct if necessary. • Motor Shuts OFF: i. Check for low voltage or power drop at the motor (frequently caused by undersized wiring). Contact a qualified professional to verify the electrical connections. • Motor Hums, But Does NOT Start: 1. Impeller jammed with debris. Have a qualified repair professional open the pump and remove the debris. • Pump Won't Prime: i. Empty pump/strainer housing. Make sure the pump/strainer housing is filled with water and the cover o - ring is clean. Ensure the o -ring is properly seated in the cover o -ring groove. Ensure the o -ring sealing surface is lubricated with "lack's 327" and that the strainer cover is locked firmly in position. Lubricant will help to create a tighter seal. 2. Loose connections on the suction side. Tighten the pipe/union connections. Note: Any self -priming pump will not prime if there are suction air leaks. Leaks will result in bubbles emanating from the return fittings on the pool wall. 3. Leaking 0 -ring or packing glands on valves. Tighten, repair, or replace the valves. 4. Strainer basket or skimmer basket loaded with debris. Remove the strainer housing cover or the skimmer cover. Clean the basket, and refill the strainer housing with water. Tighten the cover. 5. Suction side clogged. Contact a qualified repair professional. You should have 5" - 6" of vacuum at the strainer cover (your pool dealer can confirm this with a vacuum gauge). You may be able to check by removing the skimmer basket and holding an object over the bottom port with the skimmer full and the pump running. If no suction is felt, check for line blockage. a. If the pump develops a vacuum, check for a blocked suction line or a dirty strainer basket. An air leak in the suction piping may be the cause. b. If the pump does not develop a vacuum and the pump has sufficient "priming water": i. Re -check the strainer housing cover and all threaded connections for suction leaks. Check if all system hose clamps are tight. ii. Check voltage to ensure that the motor is rotating at full rpm's. iii. Open the housing cover and check for clogging or obstruction in suction. Check the impeller for debris. iv. Remove and replace the shaft seal only if it is leaking. Low Flow — Generally: 1. Clogged or restricted strainer or suction line. Contact a qualified repair professional. 2. Undersized pool piping. Correct the piping size. 3. Plugged or restricted discharge line of filter, valve partially closed (high gauge reading). Sand filters — backwash as per manufacturer's instructions; D.E. filters — backwash as per manufacturer's instructions; Cartridge filters — clean or replace the cartridge. 4. Air leak in suction (bubbles issuing from return fittings). Re -tighten the suction and discharge connections using PTFE tape. Inspect other plumbing connections, and tighten as required. 5. Plugged, restricted, or damaged impeller. Replace the impeller including a new seal assembly. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 30 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Noisy Pump: 1. Air leak in suction piping, cavitations caused by restricted or undersized suction line or leak at any joint, low water level in pool, and unrestricted discharge return lines. Correct the suction condition or throttle return lines, if practical. Holding your hand over the return fitting will sometimes prove this, or by putting in a smaller eyeball fitting. 2. Vibration due to improper mounting, etc. Mount the pump on a level surface and secure the pump to the equipment pad. 3. Foreign matter in the pump housing. Loose stones/debris hitting the impeller could be the cause. Clean the pump housing. q. Motor bearings noisy from normal wear, rust, overheating, or concentration of chemicals causing seal damage, which will allow chlorinated water to seep into bearings wiping out the grease causing bearing to whine. All seal leaks should be replaced at once. Interference With Home Automation/ Power Line Communication Equipment: 1. Make sure the terminal board connections agree with the wiring diagram on the pump data plate label. 2. Check for and correct any improper or loose wiring connections. 3. Install noise filter (from home automation/power line communication equipment vendor) to prevent equipment interference. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 31 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 11.2. Check System Messages Code Troubleshooting Check System Indicates that the DC bus voltage has risen above 400 VDC. Verify that line voltage is DC voltage too high within 10% (207-253 VAC) of pump rated voltage at the terminal block. Indicates that the DC bus voltage has dropped below 230 VDC. Verify that line Check System voltage is within 10% (207-253 VAC) of pump rated voltage at the terminal block. DC voltage too low Also, verify that power supply connections are properly made at the circuit breaker as well as at the terminal block. Check System Indicates that the internal components of the drive have become overheated. Motor Drive is overheated airflow path should be checked for obstructions and cleared if present. Check ambient temperature and verify against motor nameplate (50°C/1220F). Check System Indicates that motor current is too high. Check impeller, diffuser, shaft seal, and Drive overload motor for any issues or binding. Check System Indicates that the drive was not able to start the motor. Check impeller, diffuser, Pump failed to start shaft seal, and motor for any issues or binding. Check System Indicates that one of the motor phases is open and that the motor/drive may need to Motor phase lost be replaced. Contact Hayward Technical Service for additional assistance. Check System Indicates that there is a problem with the processor in the motor/drive, and that the motor/drive may need to be replaced. Contact Hayward Technical Service for Processor failed additional assistance. Check System Indicates that there are communication problems between the user interface and Communication failed motor/drive. Connections between the user interface and motor/drive should be verified. Check System Indicates that the drive memory has been damaged or corrupted, and that the Memory failed motor/drive may need to be replaced. Contact Hayward Technical Service for additional assistance. Check System Indicates that there are communication problems inside the motor/drive, and that Drive comm failed the motor/drive may need to be replaced. Contact Hayward Technical Service for additional assistance. Check System Indicates that the user interface is receiving an error from the motor/drive that it Error code XX does not understand. Contact Hayward Technical Service for additional assistance. Note: All errors can be manually reset by pressing Stop/Resume when the error message is shown, or by cycling power applied to the pump after the error has occurred. Under certain circumstances, the "Drive overload" error can only be reset by cycling power applied to the pump. If the troubleshooting steps listed above do not help to resolve the error condition, then the problem may be internal to the motor/drive. Contact Hayward Technical Service at (908) 355-7995 for additional assistance. USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 32 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A 7 - so I1 12. Warranty HAYWARD0 LIMITED WARRANTY To Buyer, as original purchaser of this equipment, Hayward Pool Products, 62o Division Street, Elizabeth, New Jersey, warrants its products free from defects in materials and workmanship fora period of ONE (i) yearfrom the date of purchase. Parts which fail or become defective during the warranty period, except as a result of freezing, negligence, improper installation, use, or care, shall be repaired or replaced, at our option, without charge, within go days of the receipt of defective product, barring unforeseen delays. To obtain warranty replacements or repair, defective components or parts should be returned, transportation paid, to the place of purchase, or to the nearest authorized Hayward service center. For further Hayward dealer or service center information, contact Hayward customer service department. No returns may be made directly to the factory without the express written authorization of Hayward Pool Products, To original purchasers of this equipment, Hayward Pool Products warrants its products to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of ONE (i) year from the date of purchase. Filters which become defective during the warranty period, except as a result of freezing, negligence, improper installation, use or care, shalt be repaired or replaced, at our option, without charge. All other conditions and terms of the standard warranty apply, Hayward shall not be responsible for cartage, removal and/or reinstallation labor or any other such costs incurred in obtaining warranty replacements. The Hayward Pool Products warranty does not apply to components manufactured by others, For such products, the warranty established by the respective manufacturer wit( apply. Some states do not allow a limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above (imitation or exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights, which vary from state to state. * Supersedes all previous publications. 13. Product Registration DATE OF INSTALLATION INITIAL PRESSURE GAUGE READING (CLEAN FILTER) PUMP MODEL *Retain this Warranty Certificate in a safe and convenient location for your records Hayward Pool Products 62o Division Street Elizabeth, NJ 07207 USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 33 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A Ail I A: II THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 34 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK USE ONLY HAYWARD GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS Page 35 of 36 Super Pump VS Pump IS2603VSP Rev -A HAYWARD® FCC Compliance Statement: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subjected to the following two conditions: (i) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in residential installations. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause interference to radio or television equipment reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of more of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Move the equipment away from the receiver. Plug the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. - DETACH HERE: Fill out bottom portion completely and mail within so days of purchase/installation or register online. - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Super Pump® VS Pump Please Print Clearly: First Name Last Name Street Address City, Phone Number. E -Mail Address Serial Number (10-17 digit number) Model Numbe Pool Capacity. State Zip Purchase Date .S. Gallons) 'Please include me on all e-mail communications regarding Hayward Equipment or promotions. Mail to: Hayward Pool Products, 62o Division Street, Elizabeth, NJ 07207 Attn: Warranty Dept Or REGISTER YOUR WARRANTY ON-LINE AT WWW.HAYWARDPOOL.COM Warranty Card Registration Years Pool has been in service ❑ < i year ❑ 1-3 114-5 ❑ 6-io 011-15 ❑ x5 Purchased from []Builder ❑Retailer ❑Pool Service ❑Internet/Catalog Company Name Address City State Zip Phone Type of Pool: ❑ Concrete/Gunite ❑ Vinyl ❑ Fiberglass ❑ Other ❑ New Installation ❑ Replacement Installation for: ❑ In Ground ❑ Spa HAYWARand Super Pump VS are registered trademarks of Hayward Industries, Inc. ©2oi6 Hayward Industries. All rights reserved. i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE _:�9�Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: M �,,5 Job Address: ® .- Permit Number: 1,0 1'1 Q 5 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time -.J 6A M Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call fe-inspeOn.. ctionat 303-234-5933 Date:1 l4_1 1-7 Inspector: US.4. DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of Wheat Midge Single Family - New PERMIT - 201700345 PERMIT NO: 201700345 ISSUED: 05/31/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 05/31/2018 JOB DESCRIPTION: New single family home - 4,137 sq ft *** CONTACTS *** OWNER (303)345-8191 MORRELL MARTHA AND STEVE GC (720)495-7085 Franco Santini 170014 Cypress Builders, LLC SUB (720)272-1288 Diego Tellez 120187 L&D Electric LLC SUB Kevin Denny 130231 Mostly Plumbing SUB (303)472-4754 Ubaldo Arreola 170221 Special Forces HVAC Install *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: UA / Unassigned SUBDIVISION CODE: 2406 / BEL AIRE,HILLCREST HEIGHTS, ME BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** Total Valuation Plan Review Fee Use Tax Permit Fee Engin. Review Fee ** TOTAL ** *** COMMENTS *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: FEES 0.00 , 1,993.58 7,200.00 3,067.05 150.00 12,410.63 N 11 111 11 *** CONDITIONS *** All landscaping shall be in conformance with Section 26-502 of the Zoning and Development Code. All landscaping shall be installed in accordance with the approved landscape plan prior to C.O., a landscape escrow agreement with financial guarantee in the amount of 125% of the cost of the installation shall be required. All roughs to be done at Framing Inspection. Approved per plans and red -line notes on plans. Must comply with 2012 IRC, 2014 NEC and all applicable City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Codes. Work is subject to field inspections. As part of the foundation inspection and PRIOR to the placement of concrete and before proceeding with any further construction, a completed, signed and sealed, Foundation Setback and Elevation Certification shall be submitted to the City for review. The certification form shall be fully completed by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the state of Colorado, stating that the foundation was constructed in compliance with all applicable minimum setback and elevation requirements of the City. Prior to project completion or granting of a Certificate of Occupancy, an As -Built Survey or Improvement Survey Plat shall be submitted to the City. For one- or two-family dwellings, the first twenty-five feet (25&#39;) of driveway area from the existing edge of pavement into the site shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, brick pavers or similar materials. A right-of-way permit may be required; contact Public Works Department at 303-235-2861. a. One street tree per seventy (70) feet (or portion thereof) of street frontage to be placed within the front setback prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy. b. No less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the gross lot area and no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the front yard shall be landscaped. Contact the Planning Dept. for permitted species and sizes of trees. Two street trees required. The property owner is also responsible for landscaping and maintenance of excess right-of-way. Okay for encroachment with pool 5&#39; into rear setback. Future pool shade structure must meet 15&#39; setback. Pool fence requires separate permit. I, by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, applicable building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with thispermrt. I further attest that I am legally uthorized to include all entities named within this document as parties to the work to be performed and that all work to be performed is disclosed in this document and/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. e Signature of OWNBI or CONTRACTOR (Circle one) Date I. This permit was issued based on the information provided in the permit application and accompanying plans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This. permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and may be subject to a fee equal to one-half of the original permit fee. 3. If this permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees andprocedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4. No work of an manner shall be performed that shall results in a changeof the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The pen-nitholdershall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division. 6. The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be,,construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any provision of any applicable code' ori ordinance ftr e 1 ��, this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to field inspection. Signature of Chief Building Official Date REQUESTS MUST BE MADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. Inspection time requests will be accepted by email only. Please email requests to insptimerequest@ci.wheatridge.co.us between 7:30am and 8:00am, the morning of the inspection. Please put the address of the inspection in the subject line. City of Wheatl�Ac COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division r 7500 W. 29"' Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Q JQ Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 + Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: perm its(a)ci.wheatridge.co.us FOR OFFICE USE O LY Date: �) 10/ A -7 Plan/Permit # o j I � 00 311c, Plan Review Fee:' Building Permit Application *** Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *** Property Address: Lj o-�-a � T t S ST- wke /2 R" d q e Co � a c 3 3 Property Owner (please print): Al a v T 11-6 , S-T'kV-t A'q Y 7A2� Phone: 3° 3. 3 4 5 8 1 9 Property Owner Email: m vvnvY% o r -f -ej j & vv z, C -o,**" Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address:�.- City, State, Zip: G0 0 a 'yAv K 'Fi 11, L,i ll I a► w, Architect/Engineer: F ► -r z Lv t I ', w, i' c ► -re c -T S Architect/Engineer E-mail: � vYi grc� ► I -e eT s Phone: 9 row C. - r -f , �'I-e-T S Contractor: C I p rQ s S g�'I I Lz-✓e s_ 1— L G Contractors City License #: V-1° o 1 i Phone: • 4 9 S, "1 v g S Contractor E-mail Address: h C d rt , S a h -i, h �' +vt -A Sub Contractors: Electrical: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Plumbing: W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: City License # Mechanical: W.R. City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form ❑ COMMERCIAL KRESIDENTIAL Description of work: (Check all that apply) ❑ NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ❑ ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE KNEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE ❑ COMMERCIAL ROOFING ❑ COMMERCIAL ADDITION ❑ RESIDENTIAL ROOFING ❑ RESDENTIAL ADDITION ❑ WINDOW REPLACEMENT ❑ COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ❑ ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ OTHER (Describe) (For ALL projects, please provide a detailed description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) ( q ��e i) .S-rn-.r�� l' - i .r" �� o "1. �"T v ✓ � -t 't�'� w S 6 ti � 1 � �/' r+'1 � � �l Sq. FULF Btu's Amps Squares Gallons Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that 1 have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. CIRCLE ONE: (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) or (AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) PRINT NAME: Fr`�+'y S�►1, �� �1 t DEPARTISAENT USE ONLY ZONING COMMMENTS. Reviewer: BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS. Reviewer. DATE: OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION- TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SPRINKLERED OCCUPANTLOAD: PUBLIC WORKS COMMENTS. Reviewer: ti�UN 1) C'1F0C7r �:= L FPAJ I Lx�Vt�� c�fc AS 500104 C 'N Rao- LInIED pt.AN To PRAT av�QGENT pR�,n��7-i el2d r-7 c.)' . � ,—o v1/�-ice PONOFF PROOF OF SUBMISSION FORMS 2' .4 GRAD1N6- GEQ?t�lG,d?/qW L, Ti �2. AND AIJ /41f, ��/ fi�LL P✓C pr5a D, pr�DR T� o G.o. �b �UR� FR -p SITE Fire Department ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Water District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Sanitation District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Building Division Valuation: $ cty of SINGLE FAMILY/DUPLEX W he at I�idJge BUILDING PERMIT APPLICA TION REVIEW PuEiLlc WORKS EW Date: 6' Location: 4cao ATTENTION: BUILDING DIVISION I have reviewed the submitted application documents to construct a NEW-� r located at the above referenced address. Please note the comments checked below. 1. Drainage: a. Drainage Letter & Plan required: Yes No b. Site drainage/grading plan have been reviewed and are: :Z�OK refer to 2. Public Improvements required & to be completed with project: stipulations. a. street paving/patching: Yes --V/ No Completed b. curb & gutter: Yes No Completed c. sidewalk: Yes No Completed d. Other (specify): Yes No Completed For items not constructed, the amount of funds taken in lieu of construction: $ 4176,2-D 3. - Does all existing roadway/alley R.O.W. meet the standards of the City: / Yes If not, what is required? If R.O.W. is required, has the deed been received: No Yes No (see Note below) NOTE: All deeds must be reviewed and approved prior to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. 4. APPROVED: The Public Works Department has reviewed the submitted material and hereby approves this Permit Application, subject to the stated requirements and/or attached stipulations. MiA-, . LGCI- � Signature Mark Van Nattan Dale 5. W, A NOT APPROVED: The Public Works Department has reviewed the submitted material and does not approve this Permit Application for the stated reason(s): Signature Mark Van Nattan Date Stipulations:'ice C2"W moi, Vi r. i REPE-9 7b RAM 60AAAAEAITS 4q /� 1 Wa 7. A Grading Certification Letter from the Engineer -of -Record accompanied by an Improvement Location Certificate (ILC) shall be required prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. 8. NOTE: ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS AS A RESULT OF PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED PER ROW CONSTRUCTION PERMIT PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. Rev 04/2016 City of ,1',',or-Wh6at"]_ ge PUBLIC NV0RK.S City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Building 7500 W. 29`h Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-8001 P: 303.235.2861 F: 303.235.2857 PUBLIC WORKS DEVELOPMENT REVIEW FEES Date: Location of Construction: 402r:> _QTc c- ST Purpose of Construction: 5LW.21 _ E re til 1Z„y by1r__i L /aii Single Family _z Commercial Multi -Family Development Review Processing Fee: ................................................ $100.00 $ �� CIO of all projects for document processing) Single Family Residence/Duplex Review Fee:...... I .............................. $50.00 $ Commercial/Multi-Familv Review Fees: • Review of existing or minimal technical documents: ........................ $200.00 $ • Initial review' of technical civil engineering documents (Fee includes reviews of the 1 S' and 2nd submittals): .......................... $600.00 $ • Traffic Impact Study Review Fee: (Fee includes reviews of the 1" and 2nd submittals): .......................... $500.00 $ • Trip Generation Study Review Fee: .................................................. $200.00 $ s O & M Manual Review & SMA Recording Fee ................................ $100.00 $ ' Each Application will be reviewed by staff once and returned for changes. If after review of the second submittal changes have not been made to the civil documents or the Traffic Study as requested by staff, further reviews of the Application will be subject to the following Resubmittal Fees: a Resubmittal Fees: 3rd submittal (% initial review fee) :.................................................... $300.00 $ 0 submittal (full initial review fee) :................................................. $600.00 $ All subsequent submittals: ................................................................. $600.00 $ (Full initial review fee) TOTAL REVIEW FEES (due at time of Building Permit issuance): D� PLEASE NOTE THAT IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE FEES, THERE WILL BE ADDITIONAL LICENSING AND PERMITTING FEES REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. www.ci.w heatridge.co.us Rev 12/12 Oily (-)l, hcat idoc PUBLIC WORKS City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Building 7500 W. 29h Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-8001 P: 303.235.2861 F: 303.235.2857 NOTIFICATION FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS RESTORATION DATED: ADDRESS: 4p7e-r �- Dear Contractor: In conjunction with the approval of the building permit application for the above referenced address, this letter is to inform you that all existing public improvements located along the frontage of said address shall be restored, (if damaged from related construction) to an acceptable condition, as determined by City of Wheat Ridge Public Works Department, and prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. Prior to any construction commencing, the City's representative will conduct an onsite inspection to determine the existing condition(s) of the public improvements at this address. If you have any questions, please contact me at 303.235.2864. Sincerely, David F. Brossman, P.L.S. Development Review Engineer CC: File 1—w-ci.wheatridge.co. us Rev 2108 FEE CALCULATION WORKSHEET Project: MORTELL RESIDENCE Date: 3/16/17 Address: 4020 Estes Street By: MVN Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Item Cost 1 Excavation & Embankment Earthwork — rough grade — 7.5' wide 0.83 SY $ 5.98 $ 4.98 Earthwork — fine grade — 7.5' wide 0.83 SY $ 1.23 $ 1.03 2 Reconditioning Reconditioning & proofrolling — 7.5' wide 0.83 SY $ 1.97 $ 1.64 3 Sidewalk Concrete sidewalk — 6" thick and 5' wide 0.56 SY $ 43.02 $ 23.90 4 Curb & Gutter Vertical curb & gutter 1 LF $ 20.64 $ 20.64 Total cost per linear foot $ 52.19 ENTER LENGTH OF FRONTAGE1 80 LF Cost of sidewalk only $2,320.00 Cost of curb, gutter only $1,855.20 Cost of curb, gutter, and sidewalk $4,175.20 Notify applicant, include as a condition of approval, and let Melissa know City Ot Woeat Ridge I:\Building Permit Review\2017\4020 Estes St_Mortell\Fee Calculation Worksheet - 4020 Estes St.xlsx March 21, 2017 4020 Estes Street. Single Family Home What is the depth of the window wells, will they require ladders? Please provide details on sheet. Please provide stair case hand rail and guard details (1 Do the grid covers over the egress window wells meet the requirements of R310.4 Please provide attic hatch details for fire 1 hour fire rating in the garage. pv Please provide combustion air details Please provide penetration details for combustion air (thru the roof?) Please show backflow preventer on plans for lawn sprinkler for future use Please show water heater details. What will the slope of the garage floor be? Please show 6" tall letters on the street side of the home on the plans How will you achieve R-49 ceiling insulation over the exterior walls? Four pitch roof systems are too close to allow for R49.? —IW12-,Please provide missing sheets for mechanical IS -Please provide missing sheets for plumbing Please show gas line tree with pipe sizing to all appliances. Please provide grading/drainage sheets 16. Please show where downspouts will drain to daylight. The majority of the yard is concrete. Please provide truss detail packet On sheet, A8 all TJI floor joist will need to covered with '/z drywall or treated with fire retardant coating. 9. Please show isometrics on the sheets. 2 . Please have manual J and Manual D signed by the designer. 1. On Sheet A8 detail C How, will you achieve R-20 in a 2 x 4 wall? On sheet A8 please show details and location for all LVL structural beams Please verify if the window located over the master bathroom tub will be safety glazing. A"eview is limited to the contents of the plans submitted and any errors or omissions contained herein shall not be construed as permission to allow any condition to exist in violation of the codes of the City of Wheat Ridge. Prior to CO or final, the GC shall provide as built in PDF. V(Sheets resubmitted are your responsibility to reinsert into plans, please leave the old ones you take out in the office. 2Y Please address comments under each numbered one along with where I can,,---� find on sheets. /'° City of Wheat Ridge 3ui(ding Divisor,, March 21, 2017 4020 Estes Street. Single Family Home 4! What is the depth of the window wells, will they require ladders? Please provide details on sheet. Window well depth is 74'; ladders required, note added tc. drawings (section B/A7, AIA 8) -this is usually a design/build item; Franco - do you have a specific off the shelf modular window well/ladder and hinged cover you use that you can review with Martha? If so, I can call out that reference on the drawing VI/ Please provide stair case hand rail and guard details 2'10" ht. handrail called out on plans; detail E/A8 added ,P' Do the grid covers over the egress window wells meet the requirements of R310.4 (see item #1 above) 0!Please provide attic hatch details for fire 1 hour fire rating in the garage. Hatch is a manufactured product installed by contractor - see added detail H/A9 i�Please provide combustion air details (by HVAC) Ca- Please provide penetration details for combustion air (thru the roof?) (by HVAC) .7! Please show backflow preventer on plans for lawn sprinkler for future use (by @Please show water heater details. (by HVAC) "What will the slope of the garage floor be? 1/8" per foot; noted added to main floor plan A2 lease show 6" tall letters on the street side of the home on the plans- note added to main floor plan A2 V -9 -Ow will you achieve R-49 ceiling insulation over the exterior walls? Four pitch roof systems are too close to allow for R49.? per 2012 IRC section N 1102.2. 1. ceilings with attic spaces ... "R38 shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of R49 whenever the full height of uncompressed R38 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves" notes and dims. added to C/A8 Please provide missing sheets for mechanical (by HVAC) .Please provide missing sheets for plumbing 'by HVAC) 14'Please show gas line tree with pipe sizing to all appliances. (by HVAC) 1f,)P-lease provide grading/drainage sheets (by Civil) 1' -Please show where downspouts will drain to daylight. The majority of the yard is concrete. (by Civil - downspouts are shown on arch. site plan as surface draining ,,++��''��''ith splash blocks) Q/lPlease provide truss detail packet (by truss supplier) U'On sheet, A8 all TJI floor joist will need to covered with '/z drywall or treated with fire retardant coating. 1/2 drywall note added to sections AIB C8 lease show isometrics on the sheets. (by HVAC on separate drawing sheet) O.Please have manual J and Manual D signed by the designer. (by H �d City of PfN�• Wheat Ridge iy1 Building Divison �L r t n Sheet A8 detail C How, will you achieve R-20 in a 2 x4 wall? note corrected indicate R19 insulation n sheet A8 please show details and location for all LVL structural beams LVL beams are currently shown on sheet A8 for coordination - layout and details for LVL beams are shown on the structural drawings, sheet S1.1 Please verify ifthe window located over the master bathroom tub will be safety glazing. note added for safety glazing on sheet A2 Review is limited to the contents of the plans submitted and any errors or omissions contained herein shall not be construed as permission to allow any condition to exist in violation of the codes of the City of Wheat Ridge. Prior to CO or final, the GC shall provide as built in PDF. 5'Sheets resubmitted are your responsibility to reinsert into plans, please leave the old ones you take out in the office. Please address comments under each numbered one along with where I can find on sheets. Meredith Reckert From: Mark Fitzwilliam <fitzwilliamarchitects@comcast.net> Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 2017 11:40 AM To: Meredith Reckert Cc: Martha Mortell Subject: Re: 4020 Estes Attachments: 2017-04-24 rev A1.pdf, 2017-04-24 rev A3.pdf Hi Meredith, I've reviewed your comments and noted in,i responses below. Martha Mortell (the owner) will be stopping by the Wheat Ridge offices today and dropping off the revised drawings. Thanks, Mark FitzWilliam Architects 4125 Carr Street Wheat Ridge, Colorado 80033 303-809-8398 www.fitzwilliamarchitects.com On Apr 21, 2017, at 3:47 PM, Meredith Reckert <mreckertgci.wheatridge.co.us> wrote: Hi, Mark I have performed an initial review of the building permit for 4020 Ammons and have the following concerns: 1. Per the City landscape regulations, at least 25% of the lot must be landscaped with the front yard 100% landscaped exclusive of driveways and sidewalks. Of the 25% requirement, only 50% can be comprised of turf. %, S.F. Table added to drawing Al (see attached rev Al) 2. The R-1 zone district has a 40% building coverage maximum. This would include the "future" swimming pool and any other accessory structures, now and in the future. In order to perform a more detailed review, please provide the following information: total lot size, coverage by building (including accessory structures), coverage by landscaping (both living and non -living including patios), and hard surfaced coverage. Provide each category in square and percentage of total site. %, S.F. Table added to drawing Al (see attached rev Al) - note: R-1 district lot coverage requirement noted is 25% from WR Zoning requirements table. 3. The swimming pool must meet the required 15' rear yard setback. Pursuant to our numerous conversations with Lauren Mikulok beginning last September, the code does not specifically address pools and since it is at grade with no cover of any kind, is considered an open accessory structure and allowed to encroach 1/3 into the setback. If this is incorrect, please clarify. 4. The driveway on the north side of the house is too close to the neighbors and may create drainage problems for them. The civil/site info was reviewed with WR staff, the owner and Civil engineer - the Civil drawings recently completed show a small retaining wall adjacent to the north property. 5. IN the basement, the label "kitchenette" should be modified to "wet bar", as it cannot be construed to be another full kitchen. see revised plan A3 - text changed to "Wet Bar" (see attached rev A3) If you have any questions, please let me know. Meredith Reckert, AICP Senior Planner 7500 W. 291h Avenue Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office Phone: 303-235-2848 FAX: 303-235-2857 www.ci.wheatridge.co.us <image001.jpg> CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE: This e-mail contains business -confidential information. It is intended only for the use of the individual or entity named above. If you are not the intended recipient, you are notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, electronic storage or use of this communication is prohibited. If you received this communication in error, please notify us immediately by e-mail, attaching the original message, and delete the original message from your computer, and any network to which your computer is connected. Thank you. eT?u_ r Rev. 03/2017 RESIDENTIAL Building Permit— Plan Review Worksheet Address: 402-0 Lz 5A -e S Zoning: <1 V V Lot Size: 14 , 5 sq. ft. Lot Width: Property in the flood plain? K-0 If yes, add surveying condition FLD. `l C)(3" Type of project (applicable survey conditions in parenthesis): At permit, we need: Survey at foundation: Survey prior to 1 CO: ❑ Accessory ISP, ILC or site plan none if in floodplain (FLD) ❑ Addition ILC and site plan if w/in 2' of setback or in floodplain (FND) if in floodplain (FLD) New ILC and site plan yes (FND) if w/in 2' of setback (NRS) if in floodplain (FLD) Maximum Lot Coverage. 5 % 4 1 q t . sq. ft. Existing Improvements: Proposed Improvements: House: sq. ft. Houseiadditicm: +i 3_ sq. ft. Z`A !� Shed: sq. ft. - -_cv�dsc .A e_ _ SoS'' sq. ft ' Detached garage: sq ft. Detached Garage. sq. ft. Other: sq. ft. ADther., sq. ft. Total Existing sq. ft Proposed+Existing h sq. ft Lot Coverage % Lot Coverage % Required Setbacks: FR O r S S` S I R Provided Setbacks: FR 50 ` S (� �� SIS `- I R For additions or new construction, is the structure within 2 feet of minimum setbacks? If yes, add surveying condition FND. r Maximum Height: ft. Maximum Size: sq. ft. Proposed Height: j (, ft. Proposed Size: sq. ft. Does the bulk plane apply? (Y/N) N_�n If yes, does it meet on all sides (Y/N): FR S S R (See 26-642 and 26-120.C.1 - applies to all single-family structures (new, addition, accessory) in R -IC and R-3) Parkland Conditions Does the permit result in a new dwelling unit (new structure or conversion from non -res use)? If yes, have parkland dedication fees already been paid (eg with a previous land use approval)? If fees are owed, add condition PFEE, notify owner, notify building division, enter fee amount in ADG. Streetscape Conditions Does the permit result in any of the following conditions? ❑ Construction of new roads ❑ Platting of new lots ❑ New development ❑ Additions that increase floor area by 60% or more — use formula: (proposed floor area - existing floor area ) / existing floor area - % inc. If any box above is checked ... (see next page) Rev. 03/2017 For SF/DUPLEX—Is there existing ❑ Curb ❑ Gutter L15 -ft+ sidewalk adjacent to the property? ,X If curb, gutter or sidewalk is missing, streetscape construction or fees -in -lieu will be required. MULTIFAMILY—Does the frontage meet current city standards? If not, streetscape construction or fees -in -lieu will be required. Fees -in -lieu of dedication or construction are due at the time the permit is issued. Other Conditions Access (applies to all new driveways, garages, additions, or new homes/units) ,9 For one and two-family dwellings, the first 25' of driveway area from the existing edge of pavement into the site shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, brick pavers or similar materials. ❑ For all uses other than one and two family dwellings, no vehicle entrances or exits may be closer than 25' to any property line, except when used as joint access for two or more lots. ❑ In residential zone districts, curb cuts shall be at least 10 feet and not more than 24 feet in width. ZJ One and two-family dwellings may have horseshoe driveways, provided that the street accesses are at least 30 feet apart, measured from the interior edges. ❑ For all uses, one access point per property is permitted. Landscaping (applies to additions and new dwelling units) l For one -and two-family dwellings, one tree for every 70 feet of street frontage is required. Street trees required: Street trees provided: 100% of the front yard and 25% of the entire lot must be landscaped prior to issuance of C.O. In the event that landscaping cannot be installed due to inclement weather prior to the issuance of a C.O., an escrow agreement with financial guarantees may be allowed to ensure future installation. 125% of the cost of the proposed improvements will be required with the agreement. These funds will be reimbursed back to the property owner or contractor once the improvements are in place. City Of Wheat j�Ogc COMMIT UNY DEVELOPMENT City of Wheat Ridge Municipal Building 7500 W. 29°i Ave Sec. 26-205. Residential -One District (R-1). Wheat Ridge. CO 80033-8001 P: 303.235.2846 F: 303.235.2857 A. Intent and purpose: This district is established to provide high quality, safe, quiet and stable low-density residential neighborhoods, and to prohibit activities of any nature which are incompatible with the low-density residential character. B. Development standards: Notes: (a) Front setback reductions may be allowed in accordance with Section 26-611. (b) Any side or rear yard which abuts a public street shall have a minimum setback of thirty (30) feet for all structures, with the following exception: For corner lots that are over sixty (60) feet or narrower in width, this requirement shall be reduced by half. (c) Front setbacks for structures on lots or portions of lots which abut cul-de-sacs may be reduced to ten (10) feet for those portions of lots which abut a cul-de-sac bulb. (See Figure 26-123.3 at the end of section 26-123) (d) See Section 26-625 for additional regulations pertaining to accessory buildings. (e) Fifteen -foot setback for the first story and five (5) feet for each additional story. (Ord. No. 2001-1215, § 1, 2-26-01; Ord. No. 1313, § 1, 10-27-03; Ord. No. 1448, § 2, 8-24-09; Ord. No. 1575, § 1, 7-13-15) Maximum BuildingMaximum Lot Minimum Front Minimum .- Minimum Rear Height Coverage Area Width Yard SetbackLot 30' (c) Setback Setback Principal Buildings One-famil y 35' 25% 12,500 sf 100' 15' 15' dwelling Group home 35, 25% 12,500 sf 100' 30' (c) 15' 15' Churches, schools, government and quasi - government buildings, golf courses, small day 35' 25% 1 acre 200' 30' (c) 15' (e) 20' care center, and nursing, elderly and congregate care homes Accessory Major 15' 1,000 sf N/A N/A 30' (c) 15' 15' Buildings d Minor 10' 400 sf N/A N/A 30' (c) 15' 15' All Other Uses 12,500 sf 35, 25% 100' 30' (c) 5' (e) 15' Notes: (a) Front setback reductions may be allowed in accordance with Section 26-611. (b) Any side or rear yard which abuts a public street shall have a minimum setback of thirty (30) feet for all structures, with the following exception: For corner lots that are over sixty (60) feet or narrower in width, this requirement shall be reduced by half. (c) Front setbacks for structures on lots or portions of lots which abut cul-de-sacs may be reduced to ten (10) feet for those portions of lots which abut a cul-de-sac bulb. (See Figure 26-123.3 at the end of section 26-123) (d) See Section 26-625 for additional regulations pertaining to accessory buildings. (e) Fifteen -foot setback for the first story and five (5) feet for each additional story. (Ord. No. 2001-1215, § 1, 2-26-01; Ord. No. 1313, § 1, 10-27-03; Ord. No. 1448, § 2, 8-24-09; Ord. No. 1575, § 1, 7-13-15) Meredith Reckert From: Mark Fitzwilliam<fitzwilliamarchitects@comcast.net> Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 2017 11:40 AM To: Meredith Reckert Cc: Martha Mortell Subject: Re: 4020 Estes Attachments: 2017-04-24 rev A1.pdf, 2017-04-24 rev A3.pdf Hi Meredith, I've reviewed your comments and noted my responses below. Martha Mortell (the owner) will be stopping by the Wheat Ridge offices today and dropping off the revised drawings. Thanks, Mark FitzWilliam Architects 4125 Carr Street Wheat Ridge, Colorado 80033 303-809-8398 www.fitzwilliamarchitects.com On Apr 21, 2017, at 3:47 PM, Meredith Reckert <mreckertgci.wheatrid e.co.us> wrote: Hi, Mark I have performed an initial review of the building permit for 4020 Ammons and have the following concerns: 1. Per the City landscape regulations, at least 25% of the lot must be landscaped with the front yard 100% landscaped exclusive of driveways and sidewalks. Of the 25% requirement, only 50% can be comprised of turf. % S.F. Table added to drawing Al (see attached rev A1) 2. The R-1 zone district has a 40% building coverage maximum. This would include the "future" swimming pool and any other accessory structures, now and in the future. In order to perform a more detailed review, please provide the following information: total lot size, coverage by building (including accessory structures), coverage by landscaping (both living and non -living including patios), and hard surfaced coverage. Provide each category in square and percentage of total site. %, S.F. Table added to drawing Al (see attached rev Al) - note: R-1 district lot coverage requirement noted is 25% from WR Zoning requirements table. The swimming pool must meet the required 15' rear yard setback. Pursuant to our numerous conversations with Lauren Mikulak beginning last September, the code does not specifically address pools and since it is at grade with no cover of any kind, is considered an open accessory structure and allowed to encroach 1/.3 into the setback. if this is incorrect, please clarify. 4. The driveway on the north side of the house is too close to the neighbors and may create drainage problems for them. ; lie Cis i!/slte Info wos reviewed with KIR staff the o„vner and Civil engineer - the Civil drawings rccently completed show a srnali retaining wall adjacent to the north prof;)eri y. IN the basement, the label "kitchenette” should be modified to "wet bar", as it cannot be construed to be another full kitchen. see revised plan A3 - text changed to "Wet Bar" (see attached rev A3) If you have any questions, please let me know. Meredith Reckert, AICP Senior Planner 7500 W. 29`h Avenue Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office Phone: 303-235-2848 FAX: 303-235-2857 www.ci.wheatridge.co.us <image001.jpg> CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE: This e-mail contains business -confidential information. It is intended only for the use of the individual or entity named above. If you are not the intended recipient, you are notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, electronic storage or use of this communication is prohibited. If you received this communication in error, please notify us immediately by e-mail, attaching the original message, and delete the original message from your computer, and any network to which your computer is connected. Thank you. Meredith Reckert From: Meredith Reckert Sent: Friday, April 21, 2017 3:47 PM To: 'fitzwilliamarchitects@comcast.net' Cc: Brian Tardif; Kimberly Cook Subject: 4020 Estes Hi, Mark k-5 I have performed an initial review of the building permit for 4020 S and have the following concerns: 1. Per the City landscape regulations, at least 25% of the lot must be landscaped with the front yard 100% landscaped exclusive of driveways and sidewalks. Of the 25% requirement, only 50% can be comprised of turf. 2. The R-1 zone district has a 40% building coverage maximum. This would include the "future" swimming pool and any other accessory structures, now and in the future. In order to perform a more detailed review, please provide the following information: total lot size, coverage by building (including accessory structures), coverage by landscaping (both living and non -living including patios), and hard surfaced coverage. Provide each category in square and percentage of total site. e�����-- 3. The swimming pool must meet the required 15' rear yard setback. ��`" A-0 - � 4. The driveway on the north side of the house is too close to the neighbors and may create drainage problems for them. IN the basement, the label "kitchenette" should be modified to "wet bar", as it cannot be construed to be another full kitchen. If you have any questions, please let me know. Meredith Reckert, AICP Senior Planner 7500 W. 291h Avenue Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office Phone: 303-235-2848 FAX: 303-235-2857 www.ci.wheatridge.co.us 1t ilk' of CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE: This e-mail contains business -confidential information. It is intended only for the use of the individual or entity named above. If you are not the intended recipient, you are notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, electronic storage or use of this communication is prohibited. If you received this communication in error, please notify us immediately by e-mail, attaching the original message, and delete the original message from your computer, and any network to which your computer is connected. Thank you. City ty ,of Wheat f 7ic:]( 50 'N 29th rive ti''3 eaf itidi:,�.. CO 80 033-8001 n 3fl,,a � ;55. J ,ri.y.�+? X929 *roo'i of Submission for Permitting/Plan Review A copy of this form must be, completed by each agency indicated on the Permit Submittal Checklist for the proJect type and be attached to the Building Permit Application at the, time of scrbmission. Applications presented for submission without a completed Proof of Submission farm from a required agency will not be accepted or processed. 01/31/2017 Cate: Project Address: 4020 Estes Street Name of Firm/individual submitting documents: Cyprus Builders Project Type/Description: Single-family home Signature of Firm Representative or Individual, i, Bill Willis am a duly authorized representative of the agency €ncficated below and do, by my signature below, hereby acknowledge receipt of doCUrnernts necessary for review and approval of the project indicated above, Wheat Ridge Fire Protection Arvada Fire Protection Wheat Ridge Water District Consolidated Mutual eater, District Malley Water District Denver Water X Wheat Ridge Sanitation District Clear Creep Sanitation District Fruitdale Sanitation District c. We st.ridge Sanitation Dstrict Other~ Agency Notes: Please see attached availability letter regarding general Signature _"; E.r--.� Gate: m 01.31.2017 (Agency Representative) City of Wheat Kiidgc CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE BUILDING AND INSPECTION SERVICES DIVISION 7500 W 29th Ave Wheat Ridge, CO 80033-8001 p. 303.235.2855.f 303.237.8929 Proof of Submission for Permitting/Plan Review A copy of this form must be completed by each agency indicated on the Permit Submittal Checklist for the project type and be attached to the Building Permit Application at the time of submission. Applications presented for submission without a completed Proof of Submission form from a required agency will not be accepted or processed. Date: Project Address: ® ST Z S T RV ALAGo ' Name of Firm/Individual submitting documents: C �Q S S u► L L A Project Type/Description: Signature of Firm Representative or Indivi . 11.J as �'� ��� ► i it Y k S d -� h DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS POINT - FOR AGENCY USE ONLY 14 f , am a duly authorized representative of the agency indicated Flow a`nd do, by my signature below, hereby acknowledge receipt of documents necessary for review and approval of the project indicated above. Agency represented: (Please check one) o West Metro Fire Protection o Arvada Fire Protection ,0- Wheat Ridge Water District o Consolidated Mutual Water District o Valley Water District o Denver Water Agency Notes: o Wheat Ridge Sanitation District o Clear Creek Sanitation District o Fruitdale Sanitation District o Westridge Sanitation District o Other Signature: Date: (Agenpq Representative) f 2016085260 81261201611:23 AM PGS 1 $11.00 DF $44.30 Electronically Recorded Jefferson County, Co Faye Griffin. Clerk and Recorder TD1000 Y Warranty Deed irate: August. 23, 2016 (Pursuant to 38-30.113 C.R.S.) $ 44.30 THIS DEED, made on August 23, 2016 by JUSTIN BUNKER Grarril , of the County of JEFFERSON and State of COLORADO for the consideration of ($443,000.00) *** Four Hundred Forty Thi ve Thousand and 00/100 *°** dollars in hand paid, hereby sells and conveys to MARTHA hL MORTELL AND STEVE MORTEL.L. Grantee(s), as Joint Tenants, whose street address is 4020 ESTES STREET WHI�,AT RIDGE, CO 80033, County of JEFFERSON, and State of COLORADO, the fallowing nal property in the County of Jeffenon, and State of Colorado, to win LOTS, SCHIFFERDECKER SUBDN7SION, COUN'T'Y OF JEFFERSON, STATE OF COLORADO. also known by street and number as: 4020 ESI'FS STREET WHEAT RIDGE CO 60033 with all its appurtenamrs and warrants the title to the same, subject to general taxes for the year 2016 and those specific Exceptions described by reference to nxvn ed documents as reflected in the Title Documents accepted by Grantee(s) in accordance with Record Title Matters (Section 8.2) of the Contract to Buy and Sell Real .Estate relating to the above described teat property; distribution utility easements, (including cable Tl); those specifically described rights of third parties not shown by the public records of which Grvntee(s) has actual lmowiec age and which were accepted by Grantee(s) in accordance with Off -Record 21tle Matters (Section 8.3) and C 47rerrt Survey Review (Section 9) of the Contract to Buy and Sell Real Estate relating to the above described real property; inchcsfoins of the Property within arty special tax district; Ally special assessment if the imprewen eats were not installed as of the date of Buyer's signatwv the t..ontraet to Buffy and Sell Real Estate, whether assesseld prior to or offer Closing; and other NONE t JUSTIN BVNKPIR State of COLORADO ) County of JEFFERSON ) The foregoing urstnrment was acknowledged before me on this day of August 23, 2016 by JUS11N BUNKER Notary Public t My commission expires ` When Recorded Return to: MARTHA K MORTELL AND SIEVE M01 4020 F,S M STREET WTIPAT RIDGE, CO e3tr�LAtAi�1�3'i'� $t;Yic7t_xnr✓ STATI C7F GpLt?I2Ai� J NOTARY l[3 989'140i73t37 my co Fonar 13050 1212015 wd.16.oBt 1-16 Warranty Beed (joint Tenant) K70505931 126002928) Latitude a oo T10 t cordwm o 2150 West 29th Ave-. Buhr #334 • Denver, CO 80211 May 19, 2017 Mr. Mark Van Nattan City of Wheat Ridge Public Works Department 7500 W. 29h Ave. Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Re: 4020 Estes SL Dear Mark: Project No: 17-01 The purpose of this drainage letter is to address and compare existing drainage with the proposed 4020 Estes St. residential project. This letter will also describe the characteristics of the current site's runoff and address how the redeveloped site will manage the site's future runoff. The overall area of the site is approximately 0.38 acres. As the current site exists, the runoff drains to the north property line and to a roadside ditch located along the west property line. The existing site had a house with a detached garage and a breezeway connecting them. The front and back yards consisted of grass and concrete walks. There was a concrete driveway from the street to the garage. Three quarters of the lot drains to the north and the remaining quarter drains to the existing roadside ditch in Estes St Refer to the attached Existing Drainage Map for drainage basins and flow directions. The proposed development project includes a building, construction of curb, gutter, concrete pavement, a pool and turf landscape throughout the lot. Refer to the attached Proposed Drainage Map for drainage basins and flow directions. The proposed, site will maintain the existing flow patterns, allowing the majority of flows to move from the south to the north but will be captured in a curb along the north boundary and drained to the west where it will release to the Estes St roadside ditch. The proposed site south and west of the house will flow to the west to the roadside ditch. A portion of the lot in the south east, more specifically south and east of the pool will drain east to a swale that flows to the northeast lot comer. There will also be a small strip of the north lot that will drain to the north. Based on the existing site conditions, the calculated runoff (Q) (based on a 100 -year storm/2-hour event) for Basin H1 is 0.39 cfs and Basin H2 is 1.74 cfs; Refer to attached storm runoff calculations for 2 year and 100 year events. City oR Wheat Ridge Latitude: Engineering d Devebpmre C—.k-t, 2150 West 290 Ave.. Suim #335 • D--,. CO 80211 4020 Estes Site Stone Water Runoff Calculations Entire Lot Area = 0.38 acres Calculations were performed using the Rational Method Rational Method Equation: Q= CciA Q = Peak discharge, cfs Cc = Rational method runoff coefficient (composite) Cc = 0.96 (for impervious areas, pavement) Cc =1.00 (for impervious areas, pool) Cc = 0.83 (for roof areas) Cc = 0.75 (for turf areas) Cc = 0.52 (for landscape areas) i = Rainfall intensity, inch/hour 2 year i = 3.48 and 100 year I = 9.28 (Based on - Urban Drainage and Flood Control District 100-year/2-hour storm event) The time of concentration is assumed to be 5 minutes (min.) for basins H1, H2, A and B. A = Drainage area, acre Existing Site Basin HI (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 2 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1= 3.48 Q = 0.00 cfs Pavement A = 0.0013 acres, c = 0.96, 1= 3.48 Q = 0.004 cfs Native Grass A = 0.079 acres, c = 0.52, 1= 3.48 Q = 0.14 cfs Total Existing Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qex = 0.14 cfs Basin H1 (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 100 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1= 9.28 Q = 0.00 cfs Pavement A = 0.0013 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.012 cfs Native Grass A = 0.079 acres, c = 0.52, 1= 9.28 Q = 0.38 cfs Total Existing Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qex = 0.39 cfs City of Wheat Ridge ng Latitude .�.g& DCrd'.f t�.Of6llk]Mf 2150 West 29th Ave., Suite #335 • Oem Based on the proposed site conditions, the calculated runoff (Q) (based on a 100 -year storm/2-hour event) for Basin A is 1.00 cfs and Basin B is 0.37; Refer to attached storm runoff calculations for 2 year and 100 year events In summary, the proposed 4020 Estes St. Residential Project will be consistent with the intent of the area. The proposed storm water runoff will be managed and conveyed in an improved fashion to release considerably less flows to the property north of this project in comparison to the existing conditions. Overall, the proposed site development will maintain the intent of this area for runoff and flow direction. If you have any comments, concerns, or questions regarding the information contained in this letter and/or any of the attached documentation, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Sincerely, Latitude 39 Engineering & Development Consultants. CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER I hereby certify that this report for the final drainage design of the 4020 Estes Street Residence Project was prepared by me (or under my direct supervision) in accordance with the provisions of the City of Wheat Ridge Storm Drainage Criteria for the owners thereof. o REQ/�,l tJ 2 23377 a -61A Connie L. Ellefson, P.E. Registered Professional Engineer State of Colorado No. 23371 City Of Wheat Ridge uiiding A CO 80211 Latitude .�.g& DCrd'.f t�.Of6llk]Mf 2150 West 29th Ave., Suite #335 • Oem Based on the proposed site conditions, the calculated runoff (Q) (based on a 100 -year storm/2-hour event) for Basin A is 1.00 cfs and Basin B is 0.37; Refer to attached storm runoff calculations for 2 year and 100 year events In summary, the proposed 4020 Estes St. Residential Project will be consistent with the intent of the area. The proposed storm water runoff will be managed and conveyed in an improved fashion to release considerably less flows to the property north of this project in comparison to the existing conditions. Overall, the proposed site development will maintain the intent of this area for runoff and flow direction. If you have any comments, concerns, or questions regarding the information contained in this letter and/or any of the attached documentation, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Sincerely, Latitude 39 Engineering & Development Consultants. CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER I hereby certify that this report for the final drainage design of the 4020 Estes Street Residence Project was prepared by me (or under my direct supervision) in accordance with the provisions of the City of Wheat Ridge Storm Drainage Criteria for the owners thereof. o REQ/�,l tJ 2 23377 a -61A Connie L. Ellefson, P.E. Registered Professional Engineer State of Colorado No. 23371 City Of Wheat Ridge uiiding Latitude t Y. - Enry rkj 8 D-+ opm Consultants ;. 2150 West 29th Ave.. Suite #335 • De-, CO 80211 Basin H2 (Flows to the north property) 2 year Roof A = 0.05 acres, c = 0.83, 1= 3.48 Q = 0.144 cfs Pavement A = 0.039 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.130 cfs Native Grass A = 0.21 acres, c = 0.52, 1= 3.48 Q = 0.400 cfs Total Existing Runoff to north property, Qex = 0.67 cfs Basin H2 (Flows to the north property) 100 year Roof A = 0.05 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.385 cfs Pavement A = 0.039 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.347 cfs Native Grass A = 0.21 acres, c = 0.52, 1 = 9.28 Q =1.010 cfs Total Existing Runoff to north property, Qex =1.74 cfs Proposed Site Basin A (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 2 year Roof A = 0.090 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.260 cfs Pavement A = 0.148 acres, c = 0.96, I = 3.48 Q = 0.494 cfs Turf A = 0.070 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.183 cfs Pool A = 0.017 acres, c = 1.00, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.059 cfs Total Proposed Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qpr =1.00 cfs Basin A (Flows to the west roadside ditch) 100 year Roof A = 0.090 acres, c = 0.83, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.693 cfs Pavement A = 0.148 acres, c = 0.96,1 = 9.28 Q = 1.390 cfs Turf A = 0.070 acres, c = 0.75, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.487 cfs Pool A = 0.017 acres, c = 1.00, 1 = 9.28 Q = 0.158 cfs Total Proposed Runoff to west roadside ditch, Qpr = 2.73 cfs Basin B (Flows to the north property) 2 year Roof A = 0.000 acres, c = 0.83,1 = 3.48 Q = 0.000 cfs Pavement A = 0.018 acres, c = 0.96, 1 = 3.48 Q = 0.060 cfs Native Grass A = 0.021 acres, c = 0.52,1= 3.48 Q = 0.038 cfs Turf A = 0.016 acres, c = 0.75,1 = 3.48 Q = 0.042 cfs Total Proposed Runoff to north property, Qpr = 0.14 cfs Basin B (Flows to the north property) 100 year Roof A = 0.00 acres, c = 0.83, 1= 9.28 Q = 0.000 cfs Pavement A = 0.018 acres, c = 0.96,1 = 9.28 Q = 0.160 cfs Native Grass A = 0.021 acres, c = 0.52,1 = 9.28 Q =0.101 cfs Turf A = 0.016 acres, c = 0.75,1 = 9.28 Q = 0.111 cfs city of Total Proposed Runoff to north property, QPR = 0.37 cfs Wheat Ridye Project Summary arrraoe DESIGNS AM -- Entire House HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com • ra a a I • R. For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: 720) 495-7085 Notes: Email: ranco.A.Santini@GMail.com Design Information Weather: Winter Design Conditions Outside db 0 °F Inside db 70 °F Design TD 70 °F Heating Summary Heating Equipment Summary Structure 41680 Btuh Ducts 0 Btuh Central vent (105 cfm) 6655 Btuh Outside air Btuh Heating output 67320 Humidification 7676 Btuh Piping 0 Btuh Equipment load 56011 Btuh Infiltration Method Construction quality Fireplaces City of Wheat Ridge, CO Simplified Tight 1 (Tight) Heating Area Cooling (ft2) 5083 5083 Volume (ft') 32141 32141 Air changes/hour 0.10 0.05 Equiv. AVF (cfm) 54 27 Heating Equipment Summary Make Armstrong Relative humidity Trade Pro 96 - Two -Stage % Model A96US2V090C20S -3 AHRI ref 7364850 (0.792 Derate) Rate/swing multiplier Equipment sensible load Efficiency 96 AFU E Heating input 88000 Btuh Heating output 67320 Btuh Temperature rise 53 °F Actual air flow 1400 cfm Air flow factor 0.034 cfm/Btuh Static pressure 1.00 in H2O Space thermostat Central vent (105 cfm) Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence Summer Design Conditions Outside db 91 °F Inside db 75 °F Design TD 16 °F Daily range H Relative humidity 30 % Moisture difference -3 gr/Ib Sensible Cooling Equipment Load Sizing Structure 24401 Btuh Ducts 0 Btuh Central vent (105 cfm) 1540 Btuh Outside air Blower 0 Btuh Use manufacturer's data n Sensible cooling Rate/swing multiplier Equipment sensible load 0.96 Latent cooling 5010 24956 Btuh Latent Cooling Equipment Load Sizing Structure 960 Btuh Ducts 0 Btuh Central vent (105 cfm) -156 Btuh Outside air Equipment latent load 804 Btuh Equipment total load 25760 Btuh Req. total capacity at 0.85 SHR 2.4 ton Cooling Equipment Summary Make Armstrong Trade Pro 16 -Two-Stage Cond 4SCU16LS136P Coil EC4T48CL-1 AHRI ref 7488506 Efficiency 11.3 EER, 15.5 SEER Sensible cooling 28390 Btuh Latent cooling 5010 Btuh Total cooling 33400 Btuh Actual air flow 1400 cfm Air flow factor 0.057 cfm/Btuh Static pressure 1.00 in H2O Load sensible heat ratio 0.97 City of Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed.[ Wheat Ridge WriightSClft" Right-SuiteOO Universal 2017 120.17 RSU18198 ACCO+ ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2:28:57 Page 1 AED Assessment OHVAOC* Entire House Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence Hourly Glazing Load no�� or oay Maximum hourly glazing load exceeds average by 15.4%. House has adequate exposure diversity (AED), based on AED limit of 30%. AED excursion: 0 Btuh 01-101 A Ridge 2017 -Feb -24 Wrlght:SOft: Right -Suite@) Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 �jtV ACCK ... Estes StlCypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W gvlldtt�9 Design C• • • Location: Indoor: Heating Cooling City of Wheat Ridge, CO Indoor temperature (°F) 70 75 Elevation: 5289 ft Design TD (°F) 70 16 Latitude: 40°N Relative humidity (%) 50 30 Outdoor: Heating Cooling Moisture difference (gr/Ib) 61.4 -2.7 Dry bulb (°F) 0 91 Infiltration: Daily range (°F) - 28 ( H ) Wet bulb (°F) - 60 Wind speed (mph) 15.0 7.5 Test forAdequate Exposure Hourly Glazing Load no�� or oay Maximum hourly glazing load exceeds average by 15.4%. House has adequate exposure diversity (AED), based on AED limit of 30%. AED excursion: 0 Btuh 01-101 A Ridge 2017 -Feb -24 Wrlght:SOft: Right -Suite@) Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 �jtV ACCK ... Estes StlCypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W gvlldtt�9 Heating Component Btuh/ft2 Building Analysis Job: 4020 Estes St. 16597 Project Information Date: Feb 06, 2017 a Arx Entire House By: Joe Colburn DESIGNS DESIGNS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. Plan: New Residence 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Phone: (720) 495-7085 Infiltration 1.1 Heating Component Btuh/ft2 Btuh % of load Walls 3.8 16597 Project Information Glazing 22.4 11432 For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 1120 2.0 Ceilings 1.4 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 6.6 Floors 2.1 5460 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Infiltration 1.1 3395 6.1 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com 0 0 Piping Design C• • 0 Humidification Location: Indoor: Heating Cooling City of Wheat Ridge, CO Indoor temperature (°F) 70 75 Elevation: 5289 ft Design TD (°F) 70 16 Latitude: 40°N Relative humidity (%) 50 30 Outdoor: Heating Cooling Moisture difference (gr/Ib) 61.4 -2.7 Dry bulb (°F) 0 91 Infiltration: 25942 100.0 Daily range (°F) - 28 ( H ) Method Simplified Wet bulb (°F) - 60 Construction quality Tight Wind speed (mph) 15.0 7.5 Fireplaces 1 (Tight) Heating Component Btuh/ft2 Btuh % of load Walls 3.8 16597 29.6 Glazing 22.4 11432 20.4 Doors 14.0 1120 2.0 Ceilings 1.4 3676 6.6 Floors 2.1 5460 9.7 Infiltration 1.1 3395 6.1 Ducts 0 0 Piping 0 0 Humidification 7676 13.7 Ventilation 6655 11.9 Adjustments 0 5.9 Total 56011 100.0 Cooling Component Btuh/ft' Btuh % of load Walls 0.6 2829 10.9 Glazing 30.3 15468 59.6 Doors 4.7 380 1.5 Ceilings 1.0 2481 9.6 Floors 0 0 0 Infiltration 0.1 393 1.5 Ducts 0 0 Ventilation 1540 5.9 Internal gains 2850 11.0 Blower 0 0 Adjustments 0 Total 1 25942 100.0 Latent Cooling Load = 804 Btuh Overall U -value = 0.053 Btuh/ft'-°F Humidification Walls Ventilation Infiltration Glazing Floors Ceilings Other Glaz .y Walls Ventilation Internal Gains Ceilings Other Data entries checked. C'ty of ppl F id ' 2017 -Feb -24 22:28:57 wrightsoft Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 gk3lldtn9 Page 1 CCA ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAircom For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com 3esion Condifir Location: Component Constructions Job: 4020 Estes St. OHVAVC)I' Entire House Authority Air Designs, LLC. Date: By: Plan: Feb 06, 2017 Joe Colburn New Residence 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAircom For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com 3esion Condifir Location: 117 Indoor: Heating Cooling City of Wheat Ridge, CO 0.08 Indoor temperature (°F) 70 75 Elevation: 5289 ft 19.0 Design TD (°F) 70 16 Latitude: 40°N s Relative humidity (%) 50 30 Outdoor: Heating Cooling Moisture difference (gr/Ib) 61.4 -2.7 Dry bulb (°F) 0 91 Infiltration: 2.69 810 Daily range (°F) - 28 ( H ) Method Simplified 0.045 Wet bulb (°F) - 60 Construction quality Tight 105 Wind speed (mph) 15.0 7.5 Fireplaces 1 (Tight) 3.42 Construction descriptions Or Area U -value Insul R Htg HTM Loss Clg HTM Gain ft2 Btuh/ft'-'F ft'-'F/Btuh Btu h/ft' Btu Btuh/ft' Btu Walls STD - Basement Wall - R-19 - Draped: 8" Below Grade Concrete Wall,R-19 Draped Insulation,Vinyl STD - Basement Wall - R-19 - Framed: 8" Below Grade Concrete Wall, 2"x6" Walls,R-19 Cavity Insulation, 1/2" Gypsum Board Finish STD - Frame - R -20W: Wood Ext, 1/2" Wood Shth, 2"x 6" Frm Wall R-20 Cavity Insulation, 1/2" Gypsum Board Partitions (none) Windows U-32 SHGC-32: U-32 SHGC-32 - Windows; NFRC rated (SHGC=0.32); 9 ft head ht U-32 SHGC-32 GD: U-32 SHGC-32 - Glass Door; NFRC rated (SHGC=0.32); 9 ft head ht Doors Exterior Door: Exterior Wood Door n 117 0.036 19.0 2.63 306 0.08 10 e 165 0.036 19.0 2.72 450 0.18 30 s 20 0.036 19.0 2.72 54 0.18 4 all 302 0.036 19.0 2.69 810 0.14 44 n 426 0.045 19.0 3.45 1472 0.25 105 e 487 0.045 19.0 3.42 1669 0.22 108 S 507 0.045 19.0 3.38 1713 0.18 93 w 652 0.045 19.0 3.43 2238 0.23 149 all 2073 0.045 19.0 3.42 7091 0.22 456 n 520 0.061 20.0 4.26 2215 1.14 593 e 448 0.061 20.0 4.26 1909 1.14 511 S 536 0.061 20.0 4.26 2282 1.14 611 w 538 0.061 20.0 4.26 2290 1.14 613 all 2042 0.061 20.0 4.26 8696 1.14 2329 n 16 0.320 0 22.4 358 11.4 182 n 15 0.320 0 22.4 329 11.4 167 e 12 0.320 0 22.4 269 35.4 425 e 216 0.320 0 22.4 4838 35.4 7645 s 32 0.320 0 22.4 717 18.2 583 s 43 0.320 0 22.4 956 18.2 779 w 12 0.320 0 22.4 269 35.4 425 W 141 0.320 0 22.4 3158 35.4 4990 all 486 0.320 0 22.4 10895 31.2 15195 n 24 0.320 0 22.4 538 11.4 273 W 80 0.200 5.0 14.0 120 Cit�7& 0 ,� , WrightSOft' Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 :Cid.... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2017 -Feb -24 22:28: ,,ildina Divil3W( Ceilings STD -Attic CLG - R-49: Attic Ceiling, Asphalt Shingles, R-49 Ceiling 2542 0.021 Insulation, 1/2" Gypsum Board Floors STD - Basement Floor: 4" Concrete Below Grade Basement Floor 2542 0.031 49.0 1.45 3676 0.98 2481 2.15 5460 Wheat Ric wilding D\M! or WCI jI7tS0ft Right -Suiten Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 22:28 57 2 /CCK ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Right -JO Worksheet 4°'$°JG14S " Entire House DHSIONS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Entire House Dn Media -Kitchen 2 Exposed wall 489.3 ft 71.1 ft 3 Room height 10.2 ft d 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 5 Room dimensions Room area 5083.3 ft' 1.0 x 972.5 ft 972.5 ft' Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft2) Load Area (ft2) Load number (Btuh/ft2 °F) (Btu ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Bt h) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 VL STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 133 117 306 10 0 0 0 0 -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 16 0 358 182 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 426 426 1472 105 264 264 911 65 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 559 520 2215 593 0 0 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 15 0 329 167 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 24 0 538 273 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 165 165 450 30 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 a 3.42 0.22 499 487 1669 108 0 0 0 0 � G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 12 0 269 425 0 0 0 0 WI STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 664 448 1909 511 0 0 0 0 L -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 216 0 4838 7645 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 20 20 54 4 0 0 0 0 WI STD- Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 539 507 1713 93 66 66 229 16 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 32 0 717 583 0 0 0 0 W STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 579 536 2282 611 0 0 0 0 I -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 43 0 956 779 0 0 0 0 V�/ STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 664 652 2238 149 381 381 1316 94 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 12 0 269 425 0 0 0 0 1+/ STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 759 538 2290 613 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 141 0 3158 4990 0 0 0 0 Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 80 80 1120 380 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 2542 2542 3676 2481 0 0 0 0 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 2542 2542 5460 0 973 973 2089 0 6 c) AED excursion 0 -26 Envelope loss/gain 38285 21159 4545 149 12 a) Infiltration 3395 393 158 18 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Intemal gains: Occupants @ 230 5 1150 0 0 Appliances/other 1700 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 41680 24401 4703 167 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 41680 24401 4703 167 15 1 Duct loads 1 0% 0%1 0 0 -0%1 0Y,'� 0 0 Total room load 41680 24401 4703 167 Air required (cfm) 1400 1400 158 10 Calculations approved by ACCA WrightsSOftRight-Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ACA. ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W J 8th Ed. - /i((fge Right -J® Worksheet �" Entire House DHS16N3 HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 B.Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Dn Bedroom 4 Dn Bedroom 2 2 Exposed wall 31.8 ft 12.1 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 210.9 ft 1.0 x 231.7 ft 5 Room area 210.9 ft2 231.7 ftp Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft2) Load Area (ft2) Load number (Btuh/ft2-°F) (Btuh/ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 V�/ STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 133 117 306 10 0 0 0 0 �-G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 16 0 358 182 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 165 165 450 30 0 0 0 0 WI STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 121 109 361 15 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 12 0 269 425 W STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 20 20 54 4 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 VV STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 0 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 211 211 4531 0 232 232 498 0 6 c) AED excursion -63 -37 Envelope loss/gain 1621 163 1128 403 12 a) Infiltration 71 8 27 3 b) Room ventilation 0 0 01 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 1 230 1 230 Appliances/other 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 1692 401 1155 636 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 1692 401 11 636 15 Duct loads -0% 0% 0 0 0% 0% 0 0 Total room load 1692 401 if59Y Of 636 Air required (cfm) 57 23 39 36 r ACCA to meet all rec 'T- wrightSOftRight-Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ACCK ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W J 8th Ed Wheat Ridge Right -JO Worksheet WAV Entire House DESI6N3 WAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Dn Bedroom 3 Dn Bath 2 2 Exposed wall 25.8 ft 10.3 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 269.6 ft 6.3 x 10.3 ft 5 Room area 269.6 ft' 64.1 ft2 Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft') Load Area (ft') Load number (BtuNft2- °F) (Btu h ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Bt h) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 V+1 STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �-C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 78 78 268 19 0 0 0 0 VL STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 I _G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 103 103 354 25 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IW STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V)✓ STD- Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 181 169 568 30 0 0 0 0 t -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 12 0 269 425 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD- Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F STD- Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 270 270 579 0 64 64 138 0 6 c) AED excursion 96 -4 Envelope loss/gain 1684 569 491 21 12 a) Infiltration 57 7 23 3 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 1 230 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 1741 806 514 24 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 1741 806 514 24 15 Duct loads -0% 0%1 0 0 -0% 0% 0 Total room load 1741 806 001 514 24 Air required (cfm) 58 46 City? f 1 ACCA to meet all requirements of Manl- 44 wrightsOft" Right-Suite(D Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Wheat Ridge Right -JO Worksheet ASH°IGN Entire House DESIGNS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAircom Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Dn Storage Dn Bath 3 2 Exposed wall 42.3 ft 0 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 245.3 ft 5.6 x 10.6 ft 5 Room area 245.3 ft' 59.4 ft' Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft') Load Area (ft' Load number (Btuh/ft� °F) h/ft (Btu') or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 V+/ STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD- Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 VV STD - Basement Wall 0.066 a 3.42 0.22 60 60 207 15 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WI L STD- Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 260 244 824 44 0 0 0 0 -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 16 0 358 292 0 0 0 0 W STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V+1 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 103 103 354 25 0 0 0 0 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -_.-G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 245 245 527 0 59 59 128 0 6 c) AED excursion 19 0 Envelope loss/gain 2270 396 128 0 12 a) Infiltration 94 11 0 0 J) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 2364 407 128 0 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 2364 407 128 0 15 Duct loads -0% 0% 0 0 -0% 0%1 0 0 Total room load 2364 407 V8 0 Air required (cfm) 79 P3 4 0 Wheat Ridge Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed wrightsoft' g 2017 -Feb -24 22:28:57 Ri ht -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 "`°` ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Page 4 Right -J® Worksheet ASH°IGNS Entire House DESIGNS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Dn Exercise Dn Bath 4 2 Exposed wall 46.8 ft 4.6 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 428.5 ft 11.3 x 5.3 ft 5 Room area 428.5 ft2 59.8 ft2 Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft') Load Area (ft') Load number (Btuh/ft2_ °F) (Btuh ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Grass N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 VI! STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 85 85 293 21 0 0 0 0 STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 170 170 587 42 46 46 160 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WI STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 213 197 660 33 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 16 0 358 292 0 0 0 0 U+! STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L-� U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0L 0 0 0 STD -Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 429 429 921 0 60 60 128 0 6 c) AE D excursion 18 -2 Envelope loss/gain 2819 405 288 10 12 a) Infiltration 104 12 10 1 b) Room ventilation 0 0 10 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 2923 417 298 11 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 2923 417 11 15 Duct loads -0% 0% 0 0 -0% 0% 0 0 Total room load 2923 417 of 11 Air required (cfm) 981 24 10 1 Wheat Ridge r ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed. 4++- wrights4nftRight-Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 '` ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Right -J® Worksheet Entire House OHS/ONS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 B Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Laundry Pant ry 2 Exposed wall 19.2 ft 4.3 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 11.1 x 8.1 ft 4.3 x 8.1 ft 5 Room area 89.7 ft' 34.8 ft' Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft') Load Area (ft) Load number (Btuh ft2--F) (Btu h ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 V+/ STD- Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 111 111 474 127 43 43 184 49 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WI STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W T STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 yJ STD- Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t --G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 81 81 343 92 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22,40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 90 90 130 88 35 35 50 34 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion -113 -12 Envelope loss/gain 947 194 234 71 12 a) Infiltration 214 25 48 6 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 0 Appliances/other 500 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 1160 718 282 77 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal 1160 718 282 15 Duct loads _0% 0% 0 0 _0% 0% 0 Total room load 1160 718 2g2 fry7Q Air required (cfm) 39 41 4 Ridge Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed.``"`.., 11Cft44+ Wri9htSOft` Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 k . Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2017 -Feb -24 Page 6 Right -J® Worksheet DESIGNS 'H01� Entire House HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Kitchen Mud 2 Exposed wall 42.7 ft 8 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool .4 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 386.4 ft 1.0 x 109.4 ft 5 Room area 386.4 ft2 109.4 ft2 Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft2) Load Area (ft2) Load number (Btu[Vft2_ °F) (Btuh/ft') or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 VLGSTD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 242 227 967 259 0 0 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 15 0 329 167 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 165 120 511 137 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 45 0 1008 1593 0 0 0 0 W STD- Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IW STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 20 20 85 23 0 0 0 0 ---G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V)/ STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �.-G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 84 52 223 60 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 3232 448 152 C STD- Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 386 386 559 377 109 109 158 107 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion -392 -45 Envelope loss/gain 3459 2163 829 274 12 a) Infiltration 475 55 94 11 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 0 Appliances/other 1200 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 3934 3418 923 285 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 _ 0 14 Subtotal 3934 3418 923 285 15 Duct loads -0% 0% 0 0 -0% 0% . 0 0 Total room load 3934 3418 i 923, 285 Air required (cfm) 132 196 31 `@ 16 ations wrightsOft Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 'p`` ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W uirements of Manual 201 919 Right -J® Worksheet Awe°GN DESIGNS Entire House MVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAircc Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed 4 44- wrightsoftRight-Suite@ Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 2228:57 ffz�k ... Estes St1C ypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Page 8 m name osed wall Powder Piano m height 10.0 ft 0 ft heat/cool 13.0 ft 22.1 ft m dimensions m area T 7.6 x 4.4 ft heat/cool 12.1 x 15.5 ft 33.6 ft' 187.9 ft2 Construction U -value 'F Or HTM Area ft ( ) Load Area (ft') number ( Btuh/ft ) (Btuh ft') or perimeter (ft) (Btuh Load or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 Vj/ STD- Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 �-G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.38 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0 0 0 0 0 0.25 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.14 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 0 11.38 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 11.38 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0 0 0 D 0 0.18 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 a 3.42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.22 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 0 35.39 0 0 0 W STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 0 0 0 0 0 1.14 0 01 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 35.39 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0 0 0 0 0 0.18 0 0 0 1-G STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0 0 0 0 0 0.18 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 0 18.23 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 0 0 0 0 0 1,14 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 0 86 70 298 80 18.23 0 0 0 V+! STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0 16 0 363 295 0.23 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 0 0 0 0 0 0 35.39 0 0 0 0 - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 0 0 0 0 1.14 0 0 tjSTD U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 0 0 202 151 641 172 35.39 0 0 0 Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 0 51 0 1142 1805 4.75 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0 0 0 0 0 0.98 34 34 49 33 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 188 188 272 183 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion 62903 Envelope loss/gain 49 28 2716 12 a) Infiltration b) Room ventilation 0 0 320 37 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 Appliances/other 0 0 0 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 49 28 3036 2940 Less external load Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 0 0 14 Subtotal Duct loads 49 28 3036 2940 -0% 0% 0 0 -0% 0% 0 0 Ejr tal room load J_ required (cfm) 42 22 3036 2940 102 169 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed 4 44- wrightsoftRight-Suite@ Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 2228:57 ffz�k ... Estes St1C ypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Page 8 Right -J® Worksheet atrra31GN m Entire House OE3IGNS NOMAVIVor, Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name Spa Nook 2 Exposed wall 14.5 ft 0 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 83.6 ft 6.3 x 9.9 ft 5 Room area 83.6 ft' 62.3 ft' Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft2) Load Area (ft') Load number (BtutVft' °F) (Btuh ftp) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 VL.G STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHG C-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 48 48 202 54 0 0 0 0 1 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WI STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 98 65 275 74 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 33 0 739 1168 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 84 84 121 82 62 62 90 61 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion 339 -8 Envelope loss/gain 1337 1717 90 53 12 a) Infiltration 161 19 0 0 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 1498 1735 90 53 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 20 12 -90 -53 14 Subtotal 1518 1747 0 0 15 Duct loads -0% 01 0 0 -0% 0%1 0 0 Total room load 1518 1747 0 0 Air required (cfm) 51 100 i' 0 0 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed. �urfd/ng D; . wrightsoft' 201 eb-24 22:28;5? �C Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Page 10 Right -J® Worksheet A`�HO Entire House 0831GN3 HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence 1 Room name M Bedroom M Bath 2 Exposed wall 46.8 ft 13.6 ft 3 Room height 10.0 ft heat/cool 10.0 ft heat/cool 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 373.6 ft 1.0 x 191.1 ft 5 Room area 373.6 ft2 191.1 ft' Ty Construction U -value Or HTM Area (ft2) Load Area (ft2) Load number (Btuh/ft 'F) (Btuh ft') or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 VLG STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.261.14 85 61 260 70 0 0 0 0 11 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 24 0 538 273 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WI STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 170 125 532 143 0 0 0 0 0 0 L -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 45 0 1008 1593 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 fW STD- Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 213 200 852 228 136 122 518 139 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18,23 13 0 280 228 14 0 314 255 V+/ STD- Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 �-G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 374 374 540 365 191 191 276 0 187 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion 464 18 Envelope loss/gain 4010 2434 1108 562 12 a) Infiltration 520 60 151 17 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 2 460 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 4530 2954 1259 580 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 0 0 I 14 8 14 Subtotal 4530 2954 1273 588 15 Duct loads 0% 0% 0 0 -0% 0%1 0 0 Total room load 4530 2954 1273 588 Air required (cfm) 152 170 43 34 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed wrightsoft" Right-SuiteO Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 22:28:57 Aftk ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Page 11 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed.''''�+inn wrightsclft Right -Suite@ Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ' f''` . Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2017 -Feb -24 22:28�Z Pagd 12 Right -J® Worksheet Job: 4020 Estes St. r1T I Entire House Date: Feb 06, 2017 AC Authority By: Joe Colburn number Air Designs, LLC. Plan: New Residence 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAir.com Web: www.AuthorityAir.com (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) 1 Room name M WIC 9.W C 2 Exposed wall N/P/S 28.4 ft Cool Gross 9 8 ft 3 Room height 6 10.0 ft heat/cool STD - Basement Wall 10.0 ft heat/cool I 4 Room dimensions 1.0 x 170.5 ft 0 0 3.8 6.4 5 Room area 17n F r#2 G, U-32 SHGC-32 x ft Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed.''''�+inn wrightsclft Right -Suite@ Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ' f''` . Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2017 -Feb -24 22:28�Z Pagd 12 Ty Construction U -value Or HTV Area (ft2) Load Area (ft2) Load number (Btuh ft2--F) (Btuh/ft2) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) or perimeter (ft) (Btuh) Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool Gross N/P/S Heat Cool 6 V)/ STD - Basement Wall 0.049 n 2.63 0.08 0 0 0 0 0 0 G, U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 n 3.45 0.25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 n 4.26 1.14 30 30 128 34 0 0 0 0 11 G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 GD 0.320 n 22.40 11.38 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 e 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STD - Basement Wall 0.066 e 3.42 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 VV STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 e 4.26 1.14 0 0 0 0 60 0 60 0 255 0 C, U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 e 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 68 W STD - Basement Wall 0.049 s 2.72 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 s 3.38 0.18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 VV I STD- Frame - R -20W 0.061 s 4.26 1.14 87 87 370 99 38 38 0 160 0 43 -G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 s 22.40 18.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W STD - Basement Wall 0.066 w 3.43 0.23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L -_G U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Vf/ STD - Frame - R -20W 0.061 w 4.26 1.14 167 155 659 177 0 0 0 0 0 0 --G L U-32 SHGC-32 0.320 w 22.40 35.39 12 0 269 425 0 0 0 0 0 D Exterior Door 0.200 w 14.00 4.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C STD - Attic CLG - R- 0.021 1.45 0.98 170 170 247 166 24 24 35 24 F STD - Basement Floor 0.031 2.15 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 c) AED excursion 65 20 Envelope loss/gain 1672 966 450 115 12 a) Infiltration 316 37 109 13 b) Room ventilation 0 0 0 0 13 Internal gains: Occupants @ 230 0 0 0 Appliances/other 0 0 0 Subtotal (lines 6 to 13) 1988 1003 559 127 Less external load 0 0 0 0 Less transfer 0 0 0 0 Redistribution 11 6 0 0 14 Subtotal 1999 1009 559 127 15 Duct loads _0% 0% 0 0 _0% 0% 0 0 Total room load 19991009 e 559 127 Air required (cfm) 67 58 19 7 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed.''''�+inn wrightsclft Right -Suite@ Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ' f''` . Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 2017 -Feb -24 22:28�Z Pagd 12 Load Short Form -AVrsoxrrYS- Entire House DESIGNS HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAircom Project Information For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com Job: 4020 Estes St. Date: Feb 06, 2017 By: Joe Colburn Plan: New Residence Design Information Htg Clg Infiltration Outside db (°F) 0 91 Method Simplified Inside db (°F) 70 75 Construction quality Tight Design TD (°F) 70 16 Fireplaces 1 (Tight) Daily range - H Inside humidity (%) 50 30 Moisture difference (gr/Ib) 61 -3 HEATING EQUIPMENT Make Armstrong Area (ftz) Htg load (Btuh) Trade Pro 96 - Two -Stage Htg AVF (cfm) Clg AVF (cfm) Model A96US2V090C20S 973 4703 AHRI ref 7364850 (0.792 Derate) 158 10 Efficiency 96 AFU E 1692 Heating input 88000 Btuh Heating output 67320 Btuh Temperature rise 53 °F Actual air flow 1400 cfm Air flow factor 0.034 cfm/Btuh Static pressure 1.00 in H2O Space thermostat 1.00 in H2O COOLING EQUIPMENT Make Armstrong Area (ftz) Htg load (Btuh) Trade Pro 16 - Two -Stage Htg AVF (cfm) Clg AVF (cfm) Cond 4SCU16LS136P 973 4703 Coil EC4T48CL-1 158 10 AHRI ref 7488506 211 1692 Efficiency 11.3 EER, 15.5 SEER 23 Sensible cooling 28390 Btuh Latent cooling 5010 Btuh Total cooling 33400 Btuh Actual air flow 1400 cfm Air flow factor 0.057 cfm/Btuh Static pressure 1.00 in H2O Load sensible heat ratio 0.97 2364 ROOM NAME Area (ftz) Htg load (Btuh) Clg load (Btuh) Htg AVF (cfm) Clg AVF (cfm) Dn Media -Kitchen 973 4703 167 158 10 Dn Bedroom 4 211 1692 401 57 23 Dn Bedroom 2 232 1155 636 39 36 Dn Bedroom 3 270 1741 806 58 46 Dn Bath 2 64 514 24 17 1 Dn Storage 245 2364 407 79 23 Dn Bath 3 59 128 0 4 0 Dn Exercise 429 2923 417 98 24 Dn Bath 4 60 298 11 10 1 Laundry 90 1160 718 39 41 Pantry 35 282 77 9 4 Kitchen 386 3934 3418 132 19 Mud 109 923 285 31 C;ty1� Dnwrtar '2A AO 00 n All L heat Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed. VV Rid e WrlghtSO 1. Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 C ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MA Front Door faces: W Piano 188 3036 2940 102 169 Great 694 4764 5202 160 298 Foyer 100 2134 2439 72 140 Spa 84 1518 1747 51 100 Nook 62 0 0 0 0 M Bedroom 374 4530 2954 152 170 M Bath 191 1273 588 43 34 M WIC 170 1999 1009 67 58 M WC 24 559 127 19 7 Entire House d 5083 41680 24401 1400 1400 Other equip loads 14331 1540 Equip. @ 0.96 RSM 24956 Latent cooling 804 TOTALS 1 5083 1 56011 1 25760 1 1400 1 1400 Calculations approved by ACCA to meet all requirements of Manual J 8th Ed , + WrlghtSOftRight-Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W 22:28:59 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com r-uajeta inyormaxion For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com Duct System Summary Job: 4020 Estes St. 1.00 in H2O Date: Feb 06, 2017 AUTgoxzn¢- Entire House By: Joe Colburn DESIGNS Available static pressure 0.59 in H2O HVAC Authority Air Designs, LLC. Plan: New Residence 6608 W. 95th Place, Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 Email: Joe@AuthorityAircom Web: www.AuthorityAir.com r-uajeta inyormaxion For: Franco Santini, Cypress Builders, LLC 18 Penstemon, Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Email: Franco.A.Santini@GMail.com Supply Branch Detail Table Name Heating Cooling External static pressure 1.00 in H2O 1.00 in H2O Pressure losses 0.41 in H2O 0.41 in H2O Available static pressure 0.59 in H2O 0.59 in H2O Supply / return available pressure 0.291 / 0.299 in H2O 0.291 / 0.299 in H2O Lowest friction rate 0.084 in/100ft 0.084 in/100ft Actual air flow 1400 cfm 1400 cfm Total effective length (TEL) h 298 10 698 ft 0.113 Supply Branch Detail Table Name Design (Btuh) Htg (cfm) Clg (cfm) Design FR Diam (in) H x W (in) Duct Matl Actual Ln (ft) Ftg.Egv Ln (ft) Trunk Dn Bath 2 h 514 17 1 0.111 4.0 Ox 0 ShMt 18.4 245.0 st2 Do Bath 3 h 128 4 0 0.104 4.0 Ox 0 ShMt 35.4 245.0 st8 Dn Bath 4 h 298 10 1 0.113 4.0 OX 0 ShMt 13.5 245.0 st1 Dn Bedroom 2 h 1155 39 36 0.104 5.0 OX 0 ShMt 34.7 245.0 st7 Do Bedroom 3 h 1741 58 46 0.101 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 44.3 245.0 st8 Dn Bedroom 4 h 1692 57 23 0.107 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 31.3 240.0 st1 Dn Exercise h 2923 98 24 0.096 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 58.2 245.0 st8 Do Media -Kitchen h 4703 158 10 0.113 7.0 Ox 0 ShMt 28.5 230.0 st1 Dn storage h 2364 79 23 0.103 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 56.8 225.0 st8 Foyer c 2439 72 140 0.106 7.0 Ox 0 ShMt 30.0 245.0 st7 Great c 1734 53 99 0.107 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 26.0 245.0 st2 Great -A c 1734 53 99 0.095 6.0 Oxo ShMt 25.6 280.0 st1 Great -B c 1734 53 99 0.105 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 33.5 245.0 st7 Kitchen c 1709 66 98 0.113 6.0 Oxo ShMt 32.1 225.0 st1 Kitchen -A c 1709 66 98 0.108 6.0 Oxo ShMt 24.4 245.0 st1 Laundry c 718 39 41 0.113 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 23.8 235.0 st1 M Bath h 1273 43 34 0.110 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 49.6 215.0 st8 M Bedroom c 985 51 57 0.099 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 48.3 245.0 st7 M Bedroom -A c 985 51 57 0.097 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 63.9 235.0 st8 M Bedroom -B c 985 51 57 0.096 5.0 Ox 0 ShMt 58.8 245.0 st8 M We h 559 19 7 0.105 4.0 Ox 0 ShMt 47.1 230.0 st8 M Wic h 1999 67 58 0.098 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 58.4 240.0 st8 Mud h 923 31 16 0.110 4.0 Oxo ShMt 19.5 245.0 st1 Pantry h 282 9 4 0.123 4.0 Ox 0 ShMt 22.2 215.0 st1 Piano c 1470 51 84 0.096 6.0 Oxo ShMt 24.3 280.0 st1 Piano -A c 1470 51 84 0.084 6.0 OX 0 ShMt 29.6 315.0 st2 Powder c 49 2 2 0.112 4.0 Oxo ShMt 14.4 245.0 st1 Spa c 1747 51 100 0.101 6.0 Ox 0 ShMt 42.3 245.0 st7 wrightsoft Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 22:28:59QUI/Q'f� Page 1 ,CCA ... Estes St\Cypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W Cy Supply Trunk Detail Table Return Branch Detail Table Name Trunk Htg Clg Design Veloc Diam H x W Duct Stud/Joist Opening (in) Name Type (cfm) (cfm) FR (fpm) (in) (in) Material Trunk st1 Peak AVF 542 477 0.095 697 9.2 8 x 14 ShtMetl 0.152 st2 Peak AVF 858 923 0.084 755 13.8 8 x 22 ShtMetl 203 st7 Peak AVF 736 738 0.096 738 12.4 8 x 18 ShtMetl st2 st8 Peak AVF 470 305 0.096 605 10.5 8 x 14 ShtMetl st7 Return Branch Detail Table Name Grille Size (in) Htg (cfm) Clg (cfm) TEL (ft) Design FR Veloc (fpm) Diam (in) H x W (in) Stud/Joist Opening (in) Duct Matl Trunk rb6 14x 6 132 196 180.9 0.165 562 8.0 Ox 0 Peak AVF ShMt rt2 rb2 14x 5 80 149 196.8 0.152 427 8.0 Ox 0 585 ShMt rt6 rb3 14x 7 153 203 208.0 0.144 583 8.0 Ox 0 667 ShMt rt6 rb4 14x6 163 176 263.3 0.114 504 8.0 Ox 0 14 x 25 ShMt rt7 rb5 14x 6 169 193 353.8 0.084 552 8.0 Ox 0 rt6 ShMt rt7 rb7 14x 6 102 169 275.3 0.109 483 8.0 Ox 0 ShMt rt2 rb8 14x5 80 149 324.1 0.092 427 8.0 Ox 0 ShMt rt2 rb9 14x 9 281 71 124.4 0.240 515 10.0 Ox 0 ShMt rt5 rb1 12x9 240 94 139.0 0.215 689 8.0 Ox 0 ShMt I rt6 Return Trunk Detail Table City of -r�-J�}- 2017-Fe24 22 b-: p, p�+h- wrightSOft Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ACCK ... Estes StlCypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W uiiding ,Dlvrsge ono Trunk Htg Clg Design Veloc Diam H x W Duct Name Type (cfm) (cfm) FR (fpm) (in) (in) Material Trunk rt2 Peak AVF 314 514 0.092 661 10.9 8 x 14 ShtMetl rt5 rt5 Peak AVF 595 585 0.092 487 11.5 8 x 22 ShtMetl rt1 rt6 Peak AVF 805 815 0.084 667 13.2 8 x 22 ShtMetl rt1 rt1 Peak AVF 1400 1400 0.084 576 14.7 14 x 25 ShtMetl rt7 Peak AVF 332 369 0.084 474 9.8 8 x 14 ShtMetl rt6 City of -r�-J�}- 2017-Fe24 22 b-: p, p�+h- wrightSOft Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 ACCK ... Estes StlCypress - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup Calc = MJ8 Front Door faces: W uiiding ,Dlvrsge ono Basement Job M 4020 Estes St. Performed by Joe Colburn for: Franco Santini 18 Penstemon Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 www.AuthorityAir.com Joe@AuthorityAir.com Scale: 1/8" = 1'0" Page 1 Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 22:29:14 .ss - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup N Main Floor 0 C J I Job #: 4020 Estes St. Performed by Joe Colburn for: Franco Santini 18 Penstemon Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 495-7085 -Franco.A.Santini(a)GMail.com 99« M Bell— Authority Air Designs, LLC. 6608 W. 95th Place Westminster, CO 80021-6422 Phone: (720) 354-8105 www.AuthorityAir.com Joe@AuthorityAir.com MI (city of ,h,,t Ridge i'dincl DivisOl" Scale: 1/8" = 1'0" Page 2 Right -Suite® Universal 2017 17.0.17 RSU18198 2017 -Feb -24 22:29:14 ...ss - 4020 Estes St - Revised.rup IM s'14 e'a lJ I PNecn � �- 1ei I I L]I_ is m QC_ � pmn +'Vl �:e — •ei Gn ©etl000�n 1 A r1�.x s III L 0 Cn Bnt�� I Ln W,G [ L _ on IN Cify Wheat R, �uildi n9 Dive Basement �nee Gn Medp/Come I s'14 e'a lJ I PNecn � �- 1ei I I L]I_ is m QC_ � pmn +'Vl �:e — •ei Gn ©etl000�n 1 A r1�.x s III L 0 Cn Bnt�� I Ln W,G [ L _ on IN Cify Wheat R, �uildi n9 Dive to���a,y <i Poe 1�r Nuo -rte` I Pov:fer I I res arm I � Main Floor 0 M Betl room City f Wheat 'dge 3uilding Di rison. Job #: 4020 Estes St.Authority Air Designs, LLC. Scale: 3/16" = 1'0" Performed by Joe Colburn for: Page 2 Franco Santini 6608 W. 95th Place Right -Suite® Universal 2017 18 Penstemon Westminster, CO 80021-6422 17.0.17 RSU18198 Littleton, CO 80127 Phone: (720) 354-8105 2017 -Feb -24 22:28:27 Phone _(720) 495:7085 vavnv.AuthorityAiccom Joe@AuthorityAir.com ...ss - 4020 Estes St - Revised. rup Basement ar LZ fl. Mzav�/Gwna o. —4 L F� N kth L.J VE) I ii City City Of Wheat Riidg Building Divis, z Design z z E ° Engineering Uj F- U) 7 Inc. U) North Office South Office 9197 W. 611 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St, Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPERTY AT 4020 Estes St. City of Wheat Ridge Jefferson County, Colorado PREPARED FOR: Martha & Steve Mortell 16643 Turret Way Broomfield, CO 80023 PREPARED BY CRE PROJECT NUMBER 16-7029 October 10, 2016 Darin Denton, P.E. / City of Wheat Ridge ing CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 1.0 INTRODUCTION CRE Design Engineering has completed a site investigation for the subject property at the request of Martha Mortell. The purposes of our study were to evaluate the subsurface conditions and to provide design and construction recommendations regarding the geotechnical aspects of the proposed project. This report presents the findings of our site investigation, the results of our laboratory testing, and geotechnical recommendations to comply with local requirements and present an appropriate foundation for this site. 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION & PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION A single family residential structure exists on this site. It is our understanding that the existing structure will be demolished and that a new single family residential structure is planned for the proposed construction. The structure is to be constructed over a basement with a foundation depth of approximately 10 feet. CRE shall be notified if the foundation depths are different than stated above. 3.0 FIELD AND LABORATORY ANALYSIS Three test borings were drilled at the project site (see Appendix A, Site Map). The borings were drilled to depths of 19-24 feet below ground surface (bgs) utilizing a truck mounted drill rig equipped with solid -stem augers. Soil and rock were visually logged during drilling by CRE Design Engineering personnel. Logs include soil and rock classification, density/consistency or hardness, weathering, moisture conditions, color, and other observations that may impact the design or construction. Changes in soil/rock types and properties are noted along with groundwater conditions encountered during drilling. A 2 -inch O.D. brass liner inside of a solid barrel sampler is used to retrieve the samples. The sample barrel is driven into the ground by a 140 pound hammer free falling 30 inches. Drill cuttings and bulk samples may also be collected where liner samples are not retrieved. Samples are then delivered to the laboratory for testing and analysis. Laboratory testing generally consisted of in-place moisture content and density, swell/consolidation potential, and soil classification tests. A summary of laboratory analysis, boring logs, and laboratory test results are included in Appendices B and C, which present specific subsurface conditions and property information. City of Wheat Ridge JBuilding Divison, CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 4.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Our understanding of the subsurface conditions at the project site is based on our field exploration and laboratory testing, and our experience with the general geology of the area. The following sections provide a generalized description of the subsurface materials encountered and groundwater conditions. 4.9. SOIL AND BEDROCK PROFILE Subsurface conditions and select laboratory test results are presented below: B-1: (0 — 7 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY 0.8% swell (7 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 1.5% swell Depth of B-1 was approximately 24 feet. B-2: (0 — 6 ft) CL SANDY LEAN CLAY (6 — 19 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 3.3% swell Depth of B-2 was approximately 19 feet. B-3: (0 — 7 ft) SC CLAYEY SAND 0.4% swell (7 — 10 ft) SM SILTY SAND (10 — 24 ft) CL CLAYSTONE 2.6% swell Depth of B-3 was approximately 24 feet. 4.2. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. Fluctuations in groundwater levels will occur due to variation in precipitation, irrigation, groundwater withdrawal, and surface water run-off. We do not anticipate groundwater will adversely affect site development. 5.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS Foundation recommendations in this report are made based on information available to CRE at the time of this report. This information may include but is not limited to foundation elevations, the location of the structure, results from this investigation, experience with similar soils and bedrock formations, and structural loads. The results of this investigation indicate that the proposed building may be, supported on drilled piers. ,`` city of Wheat Ridge ' ""°in9 Dioso 2 i CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 5.1. DRILLED PIERS The foundation may consist of a grade beam and concrete pier foundation system. These drilled piers must be a minimum of 26 feet in length and must penetrate a minimum of 16 feet into bedrock. These piers must be a minimum of 10 inches in diameter. The maximum allowable end bearing pressure for these piers is 30,000 psf, and there is a corresponding 2,500 psf side shear value available for the bottom portion of the pier within bedrock neglecting the top 12 feet of the pier. The minimum dead load on these piers should be 7,000 psf when based upon the pier end area. If water is encountered during or after drilling the piers, measures must be taken to keep the holes clean and intact while placing concrete. Concrete should not be allowed to fall through standing water. Concrete should be placed by pumping it to the very bottom of the holes using tremie methods and forcing the water out. Casing may be required to eliminate collapsing sidewalls or to minimize water infiltration. Piers must be poured as soon as possible after drilling to ensure the integrity of the drilled holes. Ensure all loose material has been removed from the pier holes prior to placing concrete. Piers must be designed to resist a maximum uplift force of 50,000 lbs, or if larger diameter piers are desired, a pressure of 1,900 psf for a 10 foot active zone may be used. There must be a minimum 6 -inch void space under grade beams to separate the grade beam from the soil. Foundation walls and retaining walls should be designed in accordance with the following equivalent fluid densities: "Active" = 60 pcf, "At Rest" = 80 pcf and "Passive" = 265 pcf. These values assume compaction within approximately 5 feet of the walls will be accomplished with relatively light compaction equipment. 6.0 SLAB RECOMMENDATIONS The Slab Performance Risk at this site is judged to be `Moderate' (3-5% swell with a 500 psf surcharge). These soils may not be suitable for the construction of slabs. It must be understood that the risk of slab movement does exist. Changes in the water content of these soils may cause the soil to swell or shrink which may cause movement or cracking of slabs. If some movement of a concrete floor slab on grade is not acceptable, finished room areas should be constructed utilizing a structural floor system over a crawl space. city of Wheat Ridge Ming 3 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 Should the owner elect to accept the risks of expansive/consolidating soils and the effects they have on slabs, the following have been shown to be helpful when constructing concrete slab on grade: • Slabs should bear on undisturbed natural soils, or on properly conditioned and re -compacted materials, as opposed to gravel or other materials, which may allow the migration of water below the slabs. If the on-site soils are not acceptable, it is preferable to bear slabs on non -expansive imported materials that has low permeability. This will minimize the transfer and retention of water below the slab. Materials with a Liquid Limit below 30 and a Plasticity Index less than 15 are preferred. • Slabs shall be isolated from foundation components by slip joints constructed to allow the independent movement of the slab. Slabs shall also be separated from any utility components by isolation joints. Mechanical equipment resting on slabs must be fitted with expandable / collapsible sections in order to allow movement of the slab without damage to the equipment or to the structure. • Non-bearing partition walls should be constructed with a minimum of 3 inches of float to allow for movement of the slab without damaging any part of the structure. All doors shall be constructed with at least a 1 -inch gap at floor level. It is the owner's responsibility to monitor and maintain all floats and gaps as necessary. If additional information on float is needed, please contact this or any geotechnical office. • Slabs must be appropriately reinforced to resist the anticipated loads as well as the effects of the supporting soils. Floor slabs must also be scored in accordance with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) recommendations in order to control cracking of the slab due to shrinkage or other factors. These scores should be a maximum of 12 feet apart. 7.0 SITE GRADING The following sections provide recommendations for earthwork, including site preparation, excavations, engineered fill, and backfill. 7.1. SITE PREPARATION Prior to construction the ground surface in proposed structure and improvement areas should be stripped of existing vegetation, debris, topsoil, undocumented fill, soft, loose, or disturbed native soils, and other deleterious material. This includes areas below foundations and floor slabs. Materials generated during clearing operations should be removed from the project site for disposal. Onsite topsoil may be stockpiled and reused in landscap!',n-r� other non-structural areas. Clay soils should be kept from desiccati (drying\ and shrinking) by sprinkling the soils occasionally. 'tJ,Of e,�h�atR�Q'9e 4 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 operations to evaluate whether on-site soils meet the recommendations provided in this report for use as engineered fill. Engineered fill should be moisture -conditioned to moisture contents within 2 percent of optimum moisture content placed in uniform horizontal lifts and compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent, or more as evaluated by ASTM D 698. For sandy soils, less than 30% passing the #200 sieve, soils should be compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent or more as evaluated by ASTM D 1557, and within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. The thickness of each lift should be appropriate for the compaction equipment that is used. We recommend a maximum lift thickness of 6 inches for hand operated equipment, 8 inches for most "trench compactors", and 12 inches for larger rollers. Compaction areas should be kept separate, and no lift should be covered by another until relative compaction and moisture content within the recommended ranges are obtained. Earthwork operations should be observed and compaction of engineered fill and backfill materials should be tested by the project's geotechnical consultant. Early testing is recommended to demonstrate that placement and compaction methods are achieving the required compaction for the entire depth of fill. Without a strict quality assurance program, the fill may not be of sufficient quality to achieved required performance. 7.4. BACKFILL Backfill placed around foundation walls should be free of trash and fragments of rock over 3 inches in diameter, soil should be moistened and adequately compacted to help reduce settlement after completion of construction. The top one foot of the backfill material should be relatively impervious. All walls over 4 feet high should have floor systems in place or be well braced prior to backfill process to prevent damage from lateral pressure. The method of controlled puddling or flooding the backfill zone should not be used. 8.0 SURFACE DRAINAGE • The area surrounding the structure should be graded so as to provide adequate drainage away from the structure. This is typically accomplished by utilizing a 10 percent (12 inches in 10 feet) slope down and away from the foundation. Low spots should be filled in order to prevent accumulation and ponding of water near the structure. • Surface water running toward the structures from up slope areas should be diverted around and away from the structures by means of drainage swales other similar measures. City oP wheat Re I CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 • Decorative edging should be constructed to allow water to flow through, around or under the edging and not so as to cause damming of water behind the edging. • Sprinkler systems should be constructed so as to keep the area within 5 feet of the structure as dry as possible. Sprinkler heads or other irrigation components should not be placed in, nor should they release water into, the area that is within 5 feet of the structure. • Downspouts and sill cocks must terminate outside of the backfill area of the structure and a minimum of 6 feet from the structure. Downspouts and sill cocks should discharge into splash blocks that extend well beyond the limits of the backfill. The use of long downspout extensions in-place of splash blocks is advisable. • The owner is encouraged to read A Guide to Swelling Soils for Colorado Homebuyers and Homeowners, Special Publication No. 43, available from the Colorado Geological Survey. Recommendations contained in the report are also applicable for prevention of settlement due to wetting of support soils. Refer to Appendix D for representation of some of the above. 9.0 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE In order to minimize the chances of water damage to the structure, a perimeter drain is required for any habitable spaces below grade built on this site. This drain may daylight to an exterior outfall location or may flow into a sump pit fitted with a pump. If an exterior outfall location is selected, ensure that the drain opening is protected by screen. Refer to Appendix D for a typical perimeter drain cross section. The attached drain details are intended for use where below grade habitable spaces are constructed a minimum of 3 feet above the groundwater table. If below grade habitable spaces are constructed below or within 3 feet of the groundwater the attached perimeter drain details shall not be used and a drainage system should be designed by a qualified civil engineer. City or heat R;�9e 7 CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PROJECT NO: 16-7029 10.0 LIMITATIONS In any subsurface investigation, limited data is available from which to formulate soil descriptions and generate recommendations for foundations and related construction components. There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. The nature and extent of variations across the site may not become evident until construction commences. The construction process itself may also alter subsurface conditions. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. The samples taken are indicative of the subsurface materials at the time and at the location the samples were taken. Precipitation, seasonal changes, and excavating are just a few of the factors that may create changes in the composition of the site. If conditions are encountered which are significantly different from those described in this report, contact this office before proceeding. By acceptance of this report all parties agree that the purpose of this report is to provide geotechnical data and foundation recommendations only and does not address nor was intended to address any environmental issues, hazardous materials, mold issues, toxic waste issues or other subsurface situations or conditions other than those described within this report. This report is intended for the sole use of the above named client and their approved agents. It does not provide sufficient data to prepare an accurate bid by contractors. This office cannot be responsible for any conclusions or recommendations made by other parties based upon the data contained herein. Our conclusions, recommendations, and opinions are based on an analysis of the observed site conditions. If geotechnical conditions different from those described in this report are encountered, our office should be notified and additional recommendations, if warranted, will be provided upon request. In addition, changes to the applicable laws, regulations, codes, and standards of practice may occur due to government action or the broadening of knowledge. The findings of this report may, therefore, be invalidated over time, in part or in whole, by changes over which CRE Design Engineering has no control. City of Wheat Ridge I APPENDIX A: MAP City of whoa' Rfd9e m Design a LLI z C E Engineering G � F z nc. North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock. CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 23 Wet Density (pcf): 121.9 128.8 130.7 130.0 Dry Density (pcf): 111.6 108.0 109.5 109.7 Moisture (%): 9.2 19.3 19.4 18.5 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-1 B-1 B-1 Depth (ft): 3 8 13 Fines (%): 52.6 81.0 79.9 Sands (%): 47.1 18.3 19.6 Gravels (%): 0.3 0.7 0.4 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay With Sand cry of Wheat R'a9e Design J � = a UJ 0 CREc Engineering 0Z Inc. North Office South Office 9197 W. 61h Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Wet Density (pcf): 123.9 135.5 129.4 Dry Density (pcf): 111.3 115.7 106.6 Moisture (%): 11.4 17.0 21.4 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-2 B-2 B-2 Depth (ft): 3 8 18 Fines (%): 51.1 80.1 88.6 Sands (%): 48.0 19.8 11.4 Gravels (%): 0.8 0.1 0.0 Group Symbol CL CL CL USCS Classification Sandy Lean Clay Lean Clay With Sand Lean Clay city of Wheat Ridge Design z z = a cC E Engineering 0 LU Z) Inc. ° [nC�U North Office South Office 9197 W. 611 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Moisture Density ASTM D 2216 & ASTM D 2937 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Wet Density (pcf): 133.8 119.7 131.1 Dry Density (pcf): 116.9 108.2 110.9 Moisture (%): 14.5 10.6 18.2 Percent Passing #200 Sieve ASTM D 1140 Boring Number: B-3 B-3 B-3 Depth (ft): 3 8 23 Fines (%): 45.0 29.2 93.1 Sands (%): 54.8 70.8 6.8 Gravels (%): 0.1 0.0 0.1 Group Symbol SC SM CL USCS Classification Clayey Sand Silty Sand Lean Clay City of Wheat Ridge Building Divison, North Office South Office t a U) 9197 W. 6 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Design z Q Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 CRRE Engineering Inc. ° z 1— (D U Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5000 Percent Swell: 0.8 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0.2 Inundation 500 1 -0.6 Final Loading 500 -0.6 1000 -0.5 3000 -0.2 5000 0.2 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 cn 1 x 2 Q 3 4 5 Boring Number: B-1 Depth (ft): 3 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 122.1 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 111.8 Initial Moisture (%): 9.2 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 131.2 Final Dry Density (pcf): 119.3 Final Moisture (%): 10.0 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 10000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs)INtial L g —�Inu tion 9 ��— Fi�tal LoaRIgy ,n D1�50R Z z Design Q z Oi Engineering W CQ Inc.UJ 0 Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 5909 Percent Swell: 1.5 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.7 1000 1.1 Inundation 1000 1 -0.4 Final Loading 1000 -0.4 3000 0.1 5000 0.9 -5 -4 -3 -2 v _1 c L 0 y.d N 1 ca X 2 Q 3 4 5 North Office South Office 9197 W. 61" Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-1 Depth (ft): 13 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 129.7 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 108.7 Initial Moisture (%): 19.4 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 130.7 Final Dry Density (pcf): 109.3 Final Moisture (%): 19.6 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Inffia' - Inunc —6-- Finad iuuuu idge North Office South Office Design < Z 9197 W- 611, Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Z z Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 C E Engineering L �LU� 0z Inc. cD 0 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12273 Percent Swell: 3.3 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.1 500 0.2 Inundation 500 1 -3.1 Final Loading 500 -3.1 1000 -2.9 3000 -2.4 5000 -1.9 10000 -0.3 20000 1.9 -5 -4 -3 -2 0 1 c �M 0 N 1 M Q 2 3 4 5 Boring Number: B-2 Depth (ft): 8 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.7 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 113.4 Initial Moisture (%): 17.0 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 135.5 Final Dry Density (pcf): 115.8 Final Moisture (%): 17.1 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 10000 100000 �— i Axial Effective Stress (lbs) Initial Loadi ——Inund n —�— Fin Loa a�R�aA� Z z C®RE, DesignOEngineering W H Z Inc. Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psfl: 2333 Percent Swell: 0.4 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain N Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.7 Inundation 500 1 0.3 Final Loading 500 0.3 1000 0.5 3000 0.8 -5 -4 -3 North Office 9197 W. 611' Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Boring Number: B-3 Depth (ft): 3 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcfl: 132.3 Initial Dry Density (pcfl: 115.5 Initial Moisture (%): 14.5 After Test Final Wet Density (pcfl: 134.2 Final Dry Density (pcfl: 117.1 Final Moisture (%): 14.6 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) 10000 - Initial Lcaditlg -Inundafion u t Finaf Loading Ridge North Office South Office Design c �' 9197 W. 61" Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 J z a Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 �/ C E Engineering � 2 z Mo 4'X o z 'y Inc. 0 Phone: 303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Project Number: 16-7029 Location: 4020 Estes St. City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Denver Swell Method Swell Data Swell Pressure (psf): 12143 Percent Swell: 2.6 Stress Strain Data Axial Effective Stress (Ibs) Axial Strain (%) Initial Loading 100 0.0 200 0.3 500 0.6 1000 0.7 Inundation 1000 -1.9 Final Loading 1000 -1.9 3000 -1.4 5000 -0.6 10000 0.4 20000 1.8 -5 -4 -3 -2 r-. -1 c 0 1 X 2 Q 3 4 5 Boring Number: B-3 Depth (ft): 23 Moisture Density Data Before Test Initial Wet Density (pcf): 132.3 Initial Dry Density (pcf): 111.9 Initial Moisture (%): 18.2 After Test Final Wet Density (pcf): 132.3 Final Dry Density (pcf): 111.9 Final Moisture (%): 18.2 Axial Strain vs Effective Stress 100 1000 10000 100000 Axial Effective Stress (lbs) "`—In�n''gg Loading �— undatic9ity of i Final Loading - Y t a idge Building Divi., , . n Design CRE; Engineering U Inc. North Office 9197 W. 611 Ave, Suite 1 100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-1 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Location: 4020 Estes St. Depth to Bedrock (ft): 7 City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Total Depth (ft): 24 Drill Date: 9/19/16 J--r aDry � a- m Lithologic Layers Group Density Moisture Content Percent Percent Legend ZSymbol (pcf) (%) Swell -#200 0 � SON Topsoil ❑ Brown, SANDY Fill X 19/12 LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), calcareous, laminated, CL 111.6 9.2 0.8 52.6 Asphalt ■ +\`\\ [Alluvial] Landscaping Concrete 5 \\ Lean Clay (CL) Fat Clay (CH) X 33/12 `` ('i� CL 108.0 19.3 81.0 < Silty Clay (CL -ML) j ( Well Graded Sand (SW) .It •l Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) ;e 10fluWell i o c f ( Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) Poorly Graded Sand (SP) X 31/12 ( CL 109.5 19.4 1.5 79.9 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) fillPoorly Brown, CLAYSTONE, (moist), (firm to very hard), Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC) 15 calcareous, iron oxide stains, saprolltic, [Bedrock] Silty Sand (SM) Clayey Sand (SC) Lill Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) Ell Silt (ML) Elastic Silt (MH) ®� 20 Gravels :fop Claystcne'I" Sandstone X 50/6 109.7 18.5 Siltstone Conglomerate Peat 25 Coal Granitic CIT Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill Equilibrated Water Depth Not Encountered NE City of 35 Wheat Ridge e Building Divi -Son , Design z rE Engineering s X_ _ -F Inc. X, North Office 9197 W. 6th Ave, Suite 1100 Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-688-5151 South Office 210 5th St. Suite 200 Castle Rock, CO 80104 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-2 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Location: 4020 Estes St. Depth to Bedrock (ft): 6 City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Total Depth (ft): 19 Drill Date: 9/19/16 w am a m iz m Y m Lithologic Layers Group Dry Density Moisture Content Percent Percent Legend Z ; 3 Symbol (pcf) (�) Swell -#200 0 � INS Topsoil ❑ \\\ Brown, SANDY LEAN CLAY, (moist), (very stiff), Fill X 17/12 calcareous, laminated, [Alluvial] CL 111.3 11.4 51.1 Asphalt ■ \\ Landscaping Concrete 5 Lean Clay (CL) SNO Fat Clay (CH) 0 X 50/12 ���� CL 115.7 17.0 3.3 80.1 Silty Clay (CL -ML) 11Ef••• Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) ;e 1 Brown, CLAYSTONE, (moist), (hard to firm), ;°0 2 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC):. �. calcareous, iron oxide stains, saprolitic, [Bedrock] Poorly Graded Sand (SP) ;Po9 Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) Poorly Graded Sand with Clay Silty Sand (SM)'.'.' 15 Clayey Sand (SC)iie Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) ;� X 30/12 CL 106.6 21.4 88.6 Silt (ML) Elastic Silt (MH) OAFb 20 Gravels oT Claystone IIII Sandstone Siltstone Conglomerate `! Peat 25 Coal Granitic 1 Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill Equilibrated Water Depth Not Encountered N E 71,o 35 /100 Wheat guildiny C; Design z E CRE Engineering Inc. va c� ca North Office South Office 9197 W. 611 Ave, Suite 1100 210 5th St. Suite 200 Lakewood, CO 80215 Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone:303-688-5151 www.credesigneng.com Client: Martha & Steve Mortell Boring Number: B-3 Project Number: 16-7029 Depth to Ground Water (ft): NE Location: 4020 Estes St. Depth to Bedrock (ft): 10 City, State: Wheat Ridge, CO Total Depth (ft): 24 Drill Date: 9/19/16 JVE- a m Lithologic Layers Group Dry Density Moisture Content Percent Percent Legend Z 3 Symbol (pcf) {/o) Swell -#200 0 Topsoil ❑ Brown, CLAYEY SAND, Fill X 12/12 % (moist), (medium dense), calcareous, iron [Alluvial] SC 116.9 14.5 0.4 45.0 Asphalt ■ oxide stains, Landscaping 5 Concrete 0 Lean Clay (CL) Fat Clay \ X 17/12 Brownish Yellow, SILTY SAND, (moist), (medium (CH) f' dense), fine grained, [Alluvial] sM 108.2 10.6 . 292 Silty Clay (CL -ML) Well Graded Sand (SW) Well Graded Sand with Silt (SW -SM) e 000c 10 Well Graded Sand with Clay (SW -SC) Poorly Graded Sand (SP) Poorly Graded Sand with Silt (SP -SM) � Poorly Graded Sand with Clay (SP -SC) ::"-":;: Silty Sand (SM) 15 Nj 1. Gray and Brownish Yellow, CLAYSTONE, (moist), Clayey Sand (SC) _ (hard), iron oxide stains, blocky, [Bedrock] Silty Clayey Sand (SC -SM) Silt (ML) rr ff Elastic Silt (MH) 0.5 bp 20 1��1 Gravels '�V Claystone 1111 _ Sandstone X 50/11 CL 110.9 18.2 2.6 93.1 Siltstone Conglomerate Peat 25 Coal Granitic C�:I Igneous Metamorphic Auger Refusal 30 Water Depth at Drill IL Equilibrated Water Depth V Not Encountered N E 35 UuildingDivison APPENDIX D: DRAIN AROUND FOUNDATION WALL, FOUNDATION DRAIN, AND BACKFILL DETAILS City of Wheat Ridge no CITY OF WHEAT RIDGEI PUBLIC WORKS, ENGINEERING 0 APPROVED FOR: 4020 ESTES STREET < DRAINAGE OS CITY OF WHEAT FUDGE u PUBLIC WORKS 0 CURB 6 GUTTER 0 STREET � REINFORCED EDGE of MISCELLANEOUS OPLAT LOT 5, BLOCK 1, SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION DATE 5/12/2017 2' c;w 2' OF CONCRETE COMMENT Site Plan #3 RE FP..l DECK Approved with comments SITUATED IN THE SE OF SECTION 22, T3S, R69W OF THE 6TH P.M. RECEIVE 51SUBM16120172nd VARIES ER FT PER vpRlEs CITY OF WHEATRIDG , COUNTY OF JEFFERSON, STATE OF COLORADO 2� FT SEE NOTE 3 BELOW / 5/15117 - MIN 2°7^/ wRETE PAVING IVIL NGINEE DATE _ _ it SUBJECT TO FIELD INSPECTIONS -III-III- I _ - • < PER CRE ENGR. SOIL �' -1 I -III -I I I III I > REPORT DATED 10-10-16 a 1 I - II -l" - - SEE NOTE 3 BELOW 1� s (,°� RODIE WARREN W 3' UTILITY q 1 ROOIE BRITTA M ESMT SECTION A -A / �5a t e�O�e°�� (a1.os) - (ao.9z) 4050 ESTES STREEEE8DIV SIGN (40.89) B a1.o1 /J (41.16 ' LOT 4 SCHIFFERDECKER ) _ 0 wa EARTHEN SWALE SECTION REINFORCED CONCRETE THICKENED EDGE DETAIL qi� .� 5441 - 5442 wNy N.T.S. NTS lq y'�f BW -41.37- - '42.11 FS GENERAL COMb1ENTS d 'ly TW=44.13 1, 0.74% -,BW-41.51 d .1839 BW=41.88 TBVIW-_44.57° p B� BW=41.92 - 0.52%.,. d - °dam !) Pubhc rm ros emenb such as curb, gutter and srdewelk are re J Cor this n . 2.8 WALL 4 TW=44.32 ry - TW=44.77 i i 2 g. WA - TW=44.33 o 0 P quire prop[ y 11 WALL d 24s WALL d ^' ° �w a2 --_ - 2.8'WALL - N 8 Typically the property owner would have the opportunity to construct these with the current ----- v IT -- - 5A o ? - - - o f o ° ° "END WALlb S N� 4 9 v L , ' < project or to provld< funds m heti of construction. Since [here are no existing unprovements _ �N .1 �M ° o ° ° ° S °1d a . '`001 I 3 adjacent to the subject property, PW is recommending the improvements not be constructed and - - ° ° ° 4 d 1� �a45 - -- (5442) ° d - ° V 43.88 FS ° 2.40% ° 44.55 FS •45.00 �5 ° �,4 I_ I 1' 14 1• the funds m the amount of $4175.201re attached Fee Calculation Worksheet) be paid They 8" CMP ? �"^ h d 4 a 14" TRENCH DRN I - shall be required PRIOR to the Issuance of the budding perm,[ 0 O - 4 S - 'GRATE=44 95 - __ INV -41.07 4 a 4 4 -� a - O fi - ROOF DRAIN p5' ,0 �B -4 n �A1'- O. 2JWALL INV=43.27 2.4'WALL 2) A 25' hard surface connection to the existing roadway is required "' 9qo" - Downspout onentatian (TYP) - h - ` 4 BW 42.54 ° VgRIE P\_ 1" �Fft F VARIES TYP s S Y ° ° BW=42.54 S FT 42) o. pS �,5. TW=44.95 " I - - MIN. �A\N. - }Sl d _INSTALL CURB FROM EX. 1 44.88 FS 0� a 41 TW=44'94 (42.51) -I- 1) A ROW Construction Pemut will be needed m complete the connection and/or for any other lN`1' s?�ds�y '' ASPHALT TO PROPERTY TO by n, Aq' d S IF I- workinthepubhcROW Contact Public Works at 101-215-2861. -14 0 0o F5 A, a ° I END THIICKENED- �- 8" CMP AND I S. .PROTECT CULVERT PIPE (TYP) L �° rJ % '.Aar--'. a - ^ CONC. EDGE III--III-I �7 ql 5445 da � I- - -I ga along especially CMP ®2.64% 41 - 2.00% I a �' k b� all 42.50 FS 5) Caution should be exercised when excavator Ion hoes, es eaall the eastern :mil S 4 } D< `� 4 Q5 42.50 FG uwthem lines to prevent uodormmmg of existing fences and other struetarea -d 4 GARAGE Q d oa$, o FF=5445.5 sea o _ _ _ 2' CONCRETE SWALE SECTION 6) This Grading and Drainage Plan Is required to be signed & sealed by a Professional Engineer ?� j °. 4 - RS GARAGE 4500 p� Q d - �C.NED 54- - N.T.S. licensed in the state ofCulorado for tnclusmo in the Building Pemut construction plan set In -'i s - - 's addition. a Grading Cenif-tion Letter shall be required attesting to the as -built grading and a 4 -; 'i h • FF=5445.00 drainage being to substantial agreement with ol8cial construction documents prior to C O. S °'�SWALE 1U U 1U 20 MVN 5/19/17 S _as Es 227%% 4 220% p^144.94FS - (- ) SEE SECTION gsti9l ° O d 43.44 FG V 4 °a_ _ _ n ° BEGIN THIICKENED SCALE: 1"=10' C' IEE NOTE 3 BELOW 8" CMP S '0+4- - - _ _ - 5 CONC. EDGE I ; INV=41.81 - 9 S - - 2.00%1 ` 4 44.94 F5 I DRIVE WAY ;I �; ° -` °.- _ a o = -- - 4020 ESTES ST. -.�-� .yry" POOL 43.44 FG GRADING LEGEND d FF=5447.50 ° EL=5445.00 • . _ r 691 ro D E �A - < -T' - m _ / MAJOR CONTOURS-�¢.>---- 0 Tv_ -. _ aa.14 0 MINOR CONTOURS FT 5" CONCRETE PAVING �MNN3 NN' �,. 9.66% _ V I ( ) a --q4- • ¢ PER CRE ENGR. SOIL I d0' d SAN I - ° d - -- _ ,�„` _ > REPORT DATED 10-10-16 � S, 4 - ° - _ z EX MAJOR CONTOURS 544 FINISHED GROUND '-- --- a- '� SFS a z 1r_ - SEE NOTE 3 BELOW u _ m - °_ �? 1.00% ow`"'" EX MINOR CONTOURS ---5444 2.114%. 47.50 FF d / }--- SECTION B -B 6�-1% ,1 e o 1 a. 4" TRENCH DRAIN1 �w'a SPOT ELEVATION 77.50 FS 47.48 FS '� � 86 LF ®1.5% RETAINING WALL W/ 6" CURB N,> s Sae Fs oeFs a.oa� 2 " 4 I ��Nw Ex. spoT ELEvptloN x (44.00) NTS / - Nq ! b5'S STEWS - __. - 4 }"STEP AT DOOR _4j - 4y - - e Fs450 '9r SWALE ° o FS . a Z (44.98) no FLOW ARROW &SLOPE 1.6% rn s oFs 8' CMP �.. �,), ��.. 'wee _ - i EX. FLOW ARROW & SLOPE 1.6% o INV=43.54 1 �"> ' -�- d 4 200%o y�� ti y,10 ° 1^7. 4d 4" TRENCH DRN / CRITICAL GRADING POINT CP m N'o i - i W t" GRATE=44.89 4" TRENCH DR INV=44.56 7J NUMBER OF STEPS 0 Wwo I 11 4 aro GRATE =45.78 4 lgg9 \3.797, 527 �� B INV=44.26 w'ai 4 / FINISHED FLOOR FF gy �\. oS e �1 6av (45.83) / A, 4s.65 FS q� _ _ .007.p . 4.74% S - ° TOP OF FOUNDATION (TF) SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN fG`�5gg7 p y _ -._ - -yO_ FINISHED GROUND FG 18 LF -B" CMP ®4.897, I a' d 7959, 47.0 OO � O , M ' „ I gFS \ ` FINISHED SURFACE FS ' ° qe0 _ _ -_-j 2' GONG. SWALE ,D 'r°D,, �� ^7+ of 7 5'X5' CONC. PAD HIGH POINT HP 46.38 FL ri 0.80%11 FOR POOL EQUIP. 9 s' UTILITY LOW POINT LP LEGAL DESCRIPTION LOT 5, BLOCK I SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION, COUNTY OF JEFFERSON STATE OF COLORADO ADDRESS: 4020 ESTES STREET TO REQUEST MARKING OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES DIG SAFELY 811 W W W.UNCC.ORG CALL BEFORE YOU DIG WAIT REQUIRED TIME (3 BUSINESS DAYS) RESPECT AND PROTECT THE MARKS DIG WITH CARE at.o-rm unun xonricxnw mora or cotaxam acro 8" CMP V8" CmP IN _ I a _ °' 2 CONC. SWALE 2 CONO. SWALE o r _ _ wl (SEE SECTION) 46.82 FL -� 1 -5447 - - - - �° ESMT FLOW LINE GRADE BREAK FL GB I n a - - - - - - 1 - - - - I� v- - - 47.65) 47.01 FG (47.16)- (47.04) _ RETAINING WALL III (46.59) - -gfi09i (5447) 3' UTILITY SPARKS BEVERLY J o -(5448% - ESMT- PETERSON STEVEN M - (5448)- 4DIDESTE sST O UTILITY LEGEND I} LOT_ s_scHIFFERDECKER-sueDIVISON- (5449)._ FIRE HYDRANT ° - / I (5449) - NORTH WATER VALVE A GRADING NOTES WATER METER 1. ALL SPOT ELEVATIONS ARE TO FINISHED GROUND (FG) AND TO TOP OF PAVING (FS) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. IRRIGATION RISER FF=100.0 2. ALL PROPOSED CONTOURS ARE TO TOP OF FINISHED PAVING AND LANDSCAPING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE 1 3. REFER TO SOILS REPORT PROVIDED BY CRE DESIGN ENGINEERING INC., DATED 10-10-16 BY DARIN DENTON, P.E. CONCRETE WORK AND PAVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS PER CRE DESIGN ENGINEER INC. ARE AS FOLLOWS: PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND FLATWORK THE UPPER 8 INCHES OF SUBGRADE SOILS ARE TO BE MOISTURE CONDITIONED TO WITHIN 2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AND CLEANOUT CO COMPACTED TO 95% OF THE STANDARD PROCTOR AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D-698. USE A 5.5" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT. CONCRETE SHOULD HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4,000 PSI POWER POLE AND A MAXIMUM WATER -CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. THE CONCRETE SHOULD BE AIR -ENTRAINED WITH APPROXIMATELY 6% AIR AND SHOULD HAVE A CEMENT CONTENT OF 6 OR MORE SACKS PER CUBIC YARD: THIS IS VERY IMPORTANT FOR EXTERIOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO REPEATED FREEZE THAW. CONCRETE PAVEMENTS SHOULD HAVE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS AT APPROXIMATELY 12 FOOT ELECTRICAL PEDISTAL C=99.50 SPACING. PLACE STEEL REINFORCEMENT IN VEHICLE TRAFFIC AREAS, EITHER 6" BY 6' WELDED WIRE MESH OR STEEL REBAR CONSISTING OF NO. 3 REINFORCING BARS PLACED AT 18 INCHES ON CENTER. TELEPHONE PEDESTAL 4. PAVING CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL VALVE BOXES AND MANHOLE COVERS TO FINAL GRADES INDICATED ON PLANS. CABLE TV PEDISTAL A., 5. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE DRAINAGE THROUGH THE SITE DURING THE PROCESS OF EXCAVATION, GRADING AND EMBANKMENT. THE GRADE SHALL FG BE MAINTAINED IN SUCH A CONDITION THAT IT IS WELL DRAINED AT ALL TIMES. 4" TRENCH DRAIN 6. ALL STEPS ARE 6" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SRVC (TYP) STORM SEWER/SE1/ER NORMAL FOUNDATION DEPTH N.T.S. BENCHMARK FOUND CITY OF WH RIDGE PERMANENT HIGH ACCURACY CONTROL 4 LOCATED NEAR THE NW CORNER OF PARKING LOT ON WEST SIDE OF FRUITDALE PARK. SANITARY SEWER SAN PROJECT Na. NAVD 88 ELEVATION= 5375.45 WATER Wrn 17-01 BASIS OF BEARINGS: THE SOUTH LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST 1/4 OF SECTION 22-T3S-R69W COMMENCING AT A FOUND 3.25" ALLOY CAP IN RANGE BOX IN THE INTERSECTION OF OWt;. NAME CARR STREET AND WEST 38TH AVENUE FROM WHENCE A FOUND 3.25" ALUMINUM CAP IN RANGE BOX IN THE INTERSECTION OF GARRISON STREET AND WEST 38TH AVENUE BEARS NORTH GAS D t7-01 PR -BASE 89'37'50" EAST, A DISTANCE OF 2650.53 FEET WITH ALL BEARINGS HEREIN RELATIVE THERETO. FENCE -❑-❑-❑- C,tl of 4020 ESTES STREET LOT 5, BLOCK 1, SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION CIN 0 F WHEATRIDGE COUNT SECTION JEFFERSON 6STATE OF COLORADO h1 L O No. 0 10 20 30 SCALE: V=10 W .i..i J r �! m � O O O J I� liJ O Z C) ti D O U W d L � O O U PRQECr Na 17-01 DIM NAVE 17-01 EX DRN 1 cr 2 DRAINAGE LEGEND BASIN ID (5AA2) B BASIN SIZE (ACRES) DRAINAGE FLOW DIRECTION (EXISTING CONDITION) - - - - - - - DRAINAGE BOUNDARY yAA3 (EXIST. MINOR CONTOUR 5950 EXIST. MAJOR CONTOUR PROP. MINOR CONTOUR 5950— PROP, MAJOR CONTOUR h1 L O No. 0 10 20 30 SCALE: V=10 W .i..i J r �! m � O O O J I� liJ O Z C) ti D O U W d L � O O U PRQECr Na 17-01 DIM NAVE 17-01 EX DRN 1 cr 2 k ly0 (5446) Ot (544,) 1544B)-- (544,9) 5448)—(5448) 4020 ESTES STREET LOT 5, BL}}OCK 1, SCHIFFENDECKER SUBDIVISION C!N OFD WHEATRDGE, COUNTY SECTION JEFFERSON s STATE F OF COLORADO DRAINAGE LEGEND ABASIN i0 iB BASIN SIZE (ACRES) --ND DRAINACE FLOW DIRECTON (EXISTING CONDITION) - — — - — — — ORAUNAGE BOUNDARY EXIST. MINOR CONTOUR (5950) EXIST. MAJOR CONTOUR PROP. MINOR CONTOUR 5950-- PROP. MAJOR CONTOUR NO. 0 10 20 X) SCALE: V= 10 17-01 OWC. NAVE 17-01 PR ORN 2 a, 2 i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: PQ(_,7 Job Address:C��S'S Permit Number: 20 L7 CD2 ❑ No one available for inspection: Time AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No * When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: U 6P Job Address: y 0 a a '�7 5 4 8 s Sr Permit Number: �) > 3 V 1 !J ❑ No one available for inspection: Time f' AM/PM Re -Inspection required,: Yes No * When corrections have been made, call for re -inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: A�*_ DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE _:�9rBuilding Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax INSSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: v Job Address: (_/0 ZG /` S 7-�5 S Permit Number: `2 _G /? 0 5 9 Z 5 ❑ No one available for inspectionjime r' `-'/ AM/PM Re -Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re-insp CU94 303-234-5933 Date: 6` 1 /_ /��Inspector: w ` DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE ♦ i CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 Inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office • (303) 237-8929 Fax ,3 INSPECTION NOTIC /"�, Inspection Type:` Job Address: VO 2C 4Y Sj'S Permit Number: ❑ No one available for inspection -Ti of �``' AM/PM I Re -Inspection required: Ye No When corrections have been made, call for re-inspec!j n at 3 234-5933. Date: - Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE CITY OF WHEAT RIDGE Building Inspection Division (303) 234-5933 inspection line (303) 235-2855 Office - (303) 237-8929 Fax INSPECTION NOTICE Inspection Type: Job Address: `r--" Permit Number: ❑ No one available for inspection: Time 0AM/PM Re-Inspection required: Yes No When corrections have been made, call for re-inspection at 303-234-5933 Date: Inspector: DO NOT REMOVE THIS NOTICE City of heat ige Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 Email: permits@ci.wheatridge.co.us I FOR OFFICE USE ONLY I Date: Plan/Permit # Plan Review Fee: *** Please complete all ,highlighted areas on both sides of this form.Incomplete applications may not be processed.'*** Property Address: o a, m S -C .s �' "-�" �.t n? l2 • D q 2 G e b? 3 Property Owner (please print): "^'° r 7 a s T� v�- M ©r c Phone: 3o 3 H S. Property Owner Email: V^ ""' kV'% C' r- Tom--` Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: t � (- 4 3 `C Y r -e _� w'* City, State, Zip: �v •-�� e o ° ° 3 In A t K �i -c -2. �-,, it w1 Architect/Engineer: T'� tti t t r° M 4%r C_ 4► -CIL C -T s Architect/Engineer E-mail: T z `� �, 01 `-vN arc �_('t c't s Phone:J` g 4 9. 8_7 S 8 6 C.a m, C.•o Contractor: c r e w-sS Contractors City License #: I ° Phone: , S ' 0 8 S Contractor E-mail Address: I c_m a S� vti '-'I Sub Contractors: Electrical: L Tri c Plumbing: Mechanical: W.R. City License # W.R. City License # W.R. City License # Other City Licensed Sub: Other City Licensed Sub: City License # City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form ❑ COMMERCIAL Description of work: (Check all that apply) RESIDENTIAL ❑ NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ❑ ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE ❑ NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE ❑ COMMERCIAL ROOFING ❑ COMMERCIAL ADDITION ❑ RESIDENTIAL ROOFING ❑ RESDENTIAL ADDITION ❑ WINDOW REPLACEMENT ❑ COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT OTHER (Describe) f - v-- h= Eke c-r%.l C np 1 -0 -- (For ALL projects, please provide a detaile description of work to be performed, includingcurrent use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) Sq. FULF Btu's Gallons Amps Squares Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) $ 12 o a —' OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that I have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. 1, the applicant for this building permit application, warrant the truthfulness of the information provided on the application. CIRCLEONE: (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) or (AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) Electronic Signature (first and last na e) DATE: ® �� l 7 Building Division Valuation: V � City of Wheat Ridge Residential Demoliti PERMIT - 201700066 PERMIT NO: 201700066 ISSUED: 01/17/2017 JOB ADDRESS: 4020 Estes ST EXPIRES: 01/17/2018 JOB DESCRIPTION: Demolition of existing house ; 1890 sq ft *** CONTACTS *** OWNER (303)725-5931 MORRELL MARTHA AND STEVE GC (720)495-7085 Franco Santini 170014 Cypress Builders, LLC *** PARCEL INFO *** ZONE CODE: UA / Unassigned USE: UA / Unassigned SUBDIVISION CODE: 2406 / BEL AIRE,HILLCREST HEIGHTS, ME BLOCK/LOT#: 0 / *** FEE SUMMARY *** ESTIMATED PROJECT VALUATION: 8,500.00 FEES Total Valuation 0.00 Demolition Fee 50.00 * * TOTAL * * 50.00 ' t �) *** COMMENTS *** *** CONDITIONS *** All work shall comply with applicable codes and ordinances and is subject to field inspections. I, by my signature, do hereby attest that the work to be performed shall comply with all accompanying approved plans and specifications, applica le building codes, and all applicable municipal codes, policies and procedures, and that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property and am authorized to obtain this permit and perform the work described and approved in conjunction with this ermrt. I further attest that I am legally authorized to include all entities named within this document as parties to the work to be rmed and that all work performed fs disclosed in this document aP d/or its' accompanying approved plans and specifications. -7i -7 Si ture o ER or C (Circle one) Date 1. This permit was iss he information provided in the permit application and accompanying plans and specifications and is subject to the compliance with those documents, and all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures. 2. This permit shall expire 365 days after the date of issuance regardless of activity. Requests for extension must be made in writing and received prior to the date of expiration. An extension of no more than 180 days made be granted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and maybe subject to a fee equal to one-half of the originalpermit fee. 3. If thi,s permit expires, a new permit may be required to be obtained. Issuance of a new permit shall be subject to the standard requirements, fees and procedures for approval of any new permit. Re -issuance or extension of expired permits is at the sole discretion of the Chief Building Official and is not guaranteed. 4. No work of an manner shall be performed that shall results in a changeof the natural flow of water without prior and specific approval. 5. The permit holder shall notify the Building and Inspection Services Division in accordance with established policy of all required inspections and shall not proceed or conceal work without written approval of such work from the Building and Inspection Services Division. 6, The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for or an approval of, any violation of any provision of any applicable cod o any ordinance or regulation of this jurisdiction. Approval of work is subject to Held inspection. Signature of Chief Building Official Date REQUESTS MUST BE NADE BY 11:59PM ANY BUSINESS DAY FOR INSPECTION THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY. Inspection time requests will be accepted by email only. Please email requests to insptimerequest@ci.wheatridge.co.us between 7:30am and 8:00am, the morning of the inspection. Please put the address of the inspection in the subject line. City of �OM Wheat idge COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Building & Inspection Services Division 7500 W. 291h Ave., Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 Office: 303-235-2855 * Fax: 303-237-8929 Inspection Line: 303-234-5933 I FOR OFFICE USE ONLY I Date: Plan/Permit # Ac 1 ' ooo% b Plan Review Fee: Building Permit Application **' Please complete all highlighted areas on both sides of this form. Incomplete applications may not be processed. *** Property Address: 4 0'�Lv E S "r C S S `(' w �1.p 1-n' T r► d g e CQ $ o°-_� Property Owner (please print): A4 A'" -T k a a" s T Q v4 Mor->" e ` ` Phone: Property Owner Email: ►-,n Vn v+' o r 4..e e vh .e• , c o --, Mailing Address: (if different than property address) Address: lb(643 'TL,,rrz4— wA1, City, State, Zip: Q e, , C-0 Architect/Engineer: r-` T -2-1'`' ` a w. �" r , L• t Te- c -r s Architect/Engineer E-mail: ��-"" (�' `�''''� af��l'1 cT� cTS Phone: '� 3 ° cl• $ 3 ► C coMcvST , tse'r Contractor: C `1 A s�— Contractors City License #: Phone 2n °i S o g S Contractor E-mail Address: ra h C -.o a Sa �► 9 @ 5 Sub Contractors: Electrical: L e fie c Y r CU "� o S T L P l u "� �+ ' v �. Mechanical: S P 2 c n L Fo v W.R. City License # W.R. City License # W.R. City License # t+/' P �- Other City Licensed Sub: Other City Licensed Sub: City License # City License # Complete all information on BOTH sides of this form Description of work: (Check all that apply) ❑ NEW COMMERCIAL STRUCTURE ❑ ELECTRICAL SERVICE UPGRADE ❑ NEW RESIDENTIAL STRUCTURE ❑ COMMERCIAL ROOFING ❑ COMMERCIAL ADDITION ❑ RESIDENTIAL ROOFING ❑ RESIDENTIAL ADDITION ❑ WINDOW REPLACEMENT ❑ COMMERCIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORY STRUCTURE (Garage, shed, deck, etc.) ❑ MECHANICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT ❑ PLUMBING SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACMENT ❑ ELECTRICAL SYSTEM/APPLIANCE REPAIR or REPLACEMENT E.OTHER (Describe) i "6 o &-, nF (For ALL projects, please provide a detailed description of work to be performed, including current use of areas, proposed uses, square footage, existing condition and proposed new condition, appliance size and efficiency, type and amount of materials to be used, etc.) Sq. Ft./LF � D C� 0 Amps Btu's Squares Gallons Other Project Value: (Contract value or the cost of all materials and labor included in the entire project) OWNER/CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF UNDERSTANDING AND AGREEMENT I hereby certify that the setback distances proposed by this permit application are accurate and do not violate applicable ordinances, rules or regulations of the City of Wheat Ridge or covenants, easements or restrictions of record; that all measurements shown and allegations made are accurate; that 1 have read and agree to abide by all conditions printed on this application and that I assume full responsibility for compliance with applicable City of Wheat Ridge codes and ordinances for work under any permit issued based on this application; that I am the legal owner or have been authorized by the legal owner of the property to perform the described work and am also authorized by the legal owner of any entity included on this application to list that entity on this application. CIRCLEONE. (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR) or (AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) of (OWNER) (CONTRACTOR)7 PRINT NAME: f:r a- Go S" in H , SIGNATU DATE: k 3 i 1 ZONING COMMMENTS Reviewer BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS. Reviewer. PUBLIC WORKS COMMENTS Reviewer PROOF OF SUBMISSION FORMS Fire Department ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Water District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required Sanitation District ❑ Received ❑ Not Required DEPARTMENT USE ONLY OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION, Building Division Valuation: $ � ��;z�DEMOLITION NOTIFICATION APPLICATION FORM APPLICATION FEE MUST ACCOMPANY THIS FORM INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WILL BE RETURNED Colorado Department'' ,._ (Notice will be mailed to the demolition contractor unless specified otherwise) of Public Health ft2 andEnvironent Fee: $50 + $5 per 1000 ruof area to be demolished = $ (See instruction #1 on reverse side) Submit form to: Permit Coordinator Colorado Dept. of Public Health and Environment APCD-IE-B1 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver, CO 80246-1530 Phone: 303-692-3100 Fax: 303-782-0278 Asbestos@state.co.us * Regulated asbestos -containing materials means (a) friable asbestos -containing material, (b) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting or abrading or (d) Category 11 nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations regulated by this regulation. Note: Asbestos -containing sheet vinyl and linoleum must be properly Cp9Tpany Name: Building Nam@: L S� et' n 'X G Square footage of footprint of facility or portion of facility to be demolished Igo o City: _ t k t/�Lhr ; (i 5 Q r N c S State: Q Zip Code: � i� 0 ." St r t: lV�� �•� +r R � v N c Telephone # 0-1 C' Ll S SJ Fax #County: ('1 � � `t S. i `i 1. �- Zip Code: S 0)733 = Project Manager: Cell Phone # ProposeJ StartDate Proposed Qopleti n Date I certify that the Certified Asbestos Building Inspector has informed me E Method/Means of Demolition: p about any remaining asbestos -containing materials in the facility to be Q E demolished. t jWrecking El Burning El Implosion ❑ Moving El Other, specify: Signature: Print Name: 0 Landfill Receiving Building Debris: t � VZ_•Si r_� � � C— L_'1 s � �` ( �_ Burning requires additional authorization —Please call (303) 692-3100 and ask to speak to the Open Burning Permit Coordinator General Abatement Contractor (GAC)L w er's Na e: Vim- 'V 2 I L Environmental Connection LLC = j�Q p M o M 3 as CDPHE Asbestos Permit # 16JE6731A Total Quantity of Asbestos Remo 1710 ft lr�W�tJ E s = Q U Date Removal Completed 11/26/16 Telephone # 720 371-7972 �_ Cily:�1 Y(% hti ^C�� Stat Zip Code: �jOD L Type(s) of Asbestos -Containing Material Removed: o1n`t'act's�{a�me. Iv3 Telephone # ' t� it Ca Plaster, Sheet vinyl, floor tile and window caulking]UA Pv1 YY� �I J With my signature below, I certify that I possess current AHERA accreditation and state of Colorado certification as `o an Asbestos Building Inspector. I also certify that I have thoroughly inspected the facility to be demolished, as listed in the Demolition Site block above, sampled all suspect materials, had all samples analyzed for the presence of a asbestos by a NVLAP-accredited laboratory, and have determined that no Regulated ACM exists anywhere in the W C facility.* I also certify that I have informed the owner/operator of the facility or the demolition contractor that any u).2 asbestos -containing material allowed to stay in the facility must remain non -friable during demolition. Specify type(s) NM of ACM remaining, below: (check appropriate box(es)): U) v ❑ Vinyl asbestos floor tile (VAT) ❑ VAT mastic ❑ Tar/asphalt impregnated roofing El Asphaltic pipe coatings 'a ElSpray-applied tar coatings � Caulking ❑ Glazing ❑ Other, specify: ! Signature: (in Blue Ink) Printed Name: (1 Date of incl Iryspection CO Cert # l/663 Expirati n Date 10V Vic,/3,C. I Telephone # Cell Phone # 03c - s 3) h3 , 7� b I verify that all refrigerants from air conditioning/refrigeration appliances have been properly recovered in accordance with AQCC Regulation No. 15 (for information on CFC requirements call 692-3100). 1 further verify that all luminous exit signs (containing radioactive material) have been 0 disposed of in accordance with 6 CCR 1007-1 subpart 3.6.4.3 (for information on luminous exit sign requirements call 303-692-3320). CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX: m03 � uildin Owner Contractor Other Date: V Signatui Print Name: THIS Box is FOR CDPHE USE ONLY: Postmark or Hand Delivery Date: Approved By: Code: n initial -310 ❑ transfer -380 Form of Payment & #: Permit #: Record # Date Issued: * Regulated asbestos -containing materials means (a) friable asbestos -containing material, (b) Category I nonfriable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting or abrading or (d) Category 11 nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations regulated by this regulation. Note: Asbestos -containing sheet vinyl and linoleum must be properly sm Un derground/Stab 1 .:: .: T* We *Z r a g .. 00 ttlAMMI „ . � M •:. a #P l..: � !► t ' r •', � � � � � Pirmit Fes.. ,. ...., . 204' .. 'Us# Tax . Insulation Drywall Screw 1 Net) + ►. T* We g .. 00 ttlAMMI „ . Pirmit Fes.. ,. ...., . 204' .. 'Us# Tax . TOTAL' M City, State, Zip: M Contractors: Sub r 1. 1 • d r • •• • „ • ace •° • s !° • s of • (due at time ofsvbm#tsI) Credit Card Payment Use credit card listed on file. Date 1